Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit D10-080 - K & G FASHION SUPERSTORE - BUILD OUTK & G FASHION SUPERSTORE 17501 SOUTHCENTERPY D10-080 City aftukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: //www.ci.tukwila.wa.us DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Parcel No.: 2623049067 Permit Number: D10-080 Address: 17501 SOUTHCENTER PY TUKW Issue Date: 05/20/2010 Suite No: Permit Expires On: 11/16/2010 Tenant: Name: K & G FASHION SUPERSTORE Address: 17501 SOUTHCENTER PY SUITE 200 , TUKWILA WA Owner: Name: CLPF - TUKWILA LP Address: C/O JSH PROPERTIES INC , 10655 NE 4TH ST #300 98004 Phone: Contact Person: Name: JOHN CHELICO - JSH PROPERTIES Address: 2003 WESTERN AVE SUITE 200 , SEATTLE WA 98121 Phone: 425 - 283 -5457 Contractor: Name: D P INC GENERAL CONTRACTORS Address: 19909 BALLINGER WAY NE , SEATTLE, WA 98155 Phone: 206 - 361 -2989 Contractor License No: DPINCGC066BU Expiration Date: 01/31/2012 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: CONSTRUCT NEW TENANT BUILD -OUT INCLUDING FRAMING, FINISHES, FIXTURES, ELECTRICAL LIGHTING, PORTION OF NEW STOREFRONT GLAZING AND OCCUPANCY PLANS Value of Construction: $500,000.00 Fees Collected: $7,878.14 Type of Fire Protection: SPRINKLERS International Building Code Edition: 2006 Type of Construction: II-B Occupancy per IBC: 0019 * *continued on next page ** doc: IBC -7/07 D10 -080 Printed: 05 -20 -2010 City "Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Inspection Request Line: 206 - 431 -2451 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Permit Number: D10-080 Issue Date: 05/20/2010 Permit Expires On: 11/16/2010 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N Fire Loop Hydrant: N Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Flood Control Zone: Hauling: N Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Fill 0 c.y. Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: Start Time: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Private: Public: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Profit: N Non - Profit: N Water Main Extension: Private: Public: Water Meter: N Permit Center Authorized Signature: Date: I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit. Signature: i;; :; to ' Date: Print Name: 9Nt.) C tif1.460 2v/io This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. doc: IBC -7/07 D10 -080 Printed: 05 -20 -2010 • e City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Parcel No.: 2623049067 Address: Suite No: Tenant: 17501 SOUTHCENTER PY TUKW K & G FASHION SUPERSTORE PERMIT CONDITIONS Permit Number: Status: Applied Date: Issue Date: D10-080 ISSUED 03/18/2010 05/20/2010 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431- 3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: The special inspections for steel elements of buildings and structures shall be required. All welding shall be done by a Washington Association of Building Official Certified welder. 6: The special inspections and verifications for concrete construction shall be required. 7: When special inspection is required, either the owner or the registered design professional in responsible charge, shall employ a special inspection agency and notify the Building Official of the appointment prior to the first building inspection. The special inspector shall furnish inspection reports to the Building Official in a timely manner. 8: A final report documenting required special inspections and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted to the Building Official. The final inspection report shall be prepared by the approved special inspection agency and shall be submitted to the Building Official prior to and as a condition of final inspection approval. 9: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non - building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 10: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. 11: The special inspection of bolts to be installed in concrete prior to and during placement of concrete. 12: All construction shall be done in conformance with the approved plans and the requirements of the International Building Code or International Residential Code, International Mechanical Code, Washington State Energy Code. 13: Notify the City of Tukwila Building Division prior to placing any concrete. This procedure is in addition to any requirements for special inspection. 14: All rack storage requires a separate permit issued through the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8 -feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage or bracing shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington. 15: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building doc: Cond -10/06 D10 -080 Printed: 05 -20 -2010 • • City of Tukwila ti ` Z Department of Community Development G7 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 a :s` ��� Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone:206- 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us inspector. No exception. 16: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 17: Manufacturers installation instructions shall be available on the job site at the time of inspection. 18: Ventilation is required for all new rooms and spaces of new or existing buildings and shall be in conformance with the International Building Code and the Washington State Ventilation and Indoor Air Quality Code. 19: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the Cityof Tukwila Permit Center. 20: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431 - 3670). 21: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 22: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDmONS * ** 23: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 24: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 20B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3 -2.1) 25: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand -held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand -held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 26: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 27: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 28: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4) 29: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. doc: Cond -10/06 D10 -080 Printed: 05 -20 -2010 • 8 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 30: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 31: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) 32: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 33: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) 34: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I ", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in section 1011.5.1 of the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be m high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.5.1) 35: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 36: Means of egress, including the exit discharge, shall be illuminated at all times the building space served by the means of egress is occupied. The means of egress illumination level shall not be less than 1 foot - candle (11 lux) at the floor level. The power supply for the means of egress illumination shall normally be provided by the premise's electrical supply. In event of a power failure an emergency power system shall provide power for a duration of not less than 90 minutes and shall consist of storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) The path of egress shall require emergency lighting until exit discharge is accomplished. 37: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of the building and the required width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1013.4) 38: Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and/or adding sprinkler heads. (IFC 901.4) 39: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide such as ducts, decks, open grate flooring, cutting tables, shelves and overhead doors. (NFPA 13- 8.6.5.3.3) 40: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers Kemper or any other representative designated and /or recognized by the City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #2050) 41: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2051. 42: An approved manual fire alarm system including audible /visual devices and manual pull stations is required for this doc: Cond -10/06 D10 -080 Printed: 05 -20 -2010 City of Tukwila fgyZ Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of Americans With Disabilities' Act (I.B.C.), N.F.P.A. 72 and the City of Tukwila Ordinance #2051. 43: Maintain fire alarm system audible /visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible /visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2051) 44: Local U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #2051) 45: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2051) (IFC 104.2) 46: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206- 431 -3670) is required for this project. 47: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 48: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. 49: In order to provide you with the fastest police and fire protection under emergency conditions, please post your suite, room or apartment number in a conspicuous place near the main entry door. (IFC 505.1) 50: This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. 51: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2050 and #2051) 52: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 53: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575 -4407. 54: ** *PLANNING DEPARTMENT CONDTfION * ** 55: The tree that's marked as to be removed under note 4 on Sheet A -5.1 shall remain in its current location unless an alternative planting plan is proposed for review and is approved by the City of Tukwila. * *continued on next page ** doc: Cond -10/06 D10 -080 Printed: 05 -20 -2010 • s City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: ht4x//www.ci.tukwila.wa.us I hereby certify that I have read these conditions and will comply with them as outlined. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other work or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. Signature: Print Name: C Lc�Q Date: _5171))10 doc: Cond -10/06 D10-080 Printed: 05 -20 -2010 • • CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 htqx//www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Building Permit No. 1)1100•96 Mechanical Permit No. Plumbing/Gas Permit No. Public Works Permit No. Project No. (For office use only) Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. * *Please Print ** SITE LOCATION Site Address: 17501 Southcenter Parkway Tenant Name: K &G Fashion Superstore Property Owners Name: CLPF- Tukwila LP Mailing Address: C/o JSH Properties 10655 NE 4th St. #300 King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 262304906700 Suite Number: 200 Floor: 1 New Tenant: 0 Yes ❑ ..No Bellevue WA 98004 City State Zip CONTACT PERSON - who do we contact when your permit is ready to be issued Name: John Chelico / JSH Properties Mailing Address: 2003 Western Ave, Suite 200 Day Telephone: (425) 283 -5457 Seattle WA 98121 E -Mail Address: johnc @jshproperties.com City State Fax Number: (206) 859 -4501 Zip GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION — (Contractor Information for Mechanical (pg 4) for Plumbing and Gas Piping (pg 5)) Company Name: To Be Det. Mailing Address: City Day Telephone: Fax Number: Expiration Date: Contact Person: E -Mail Address: Contractor Registration Number: State Zip ARCHITECT OF RECORD - All plans must be wet stamped by Architect of Record Company Name: Partners Architectural Design Group, Inc. Mailing Address: 16398 NE 85th St. suite 101 Redmond WA 98052 Contact Person: Eric Koch E -Mail Address: eric @padgi.com City State Day Telephone: (425) 636 -8006 Fax Number: (425) 289 -5801 Zip ENGINEER OF RECORD - All plans must be wet stamped by Engineer of Record Company Name: CT Engineering Mailing Address: 180 Nickerson St. Ste 302 Seattle WA 98109 Contact Person: Chuck Morris E -Mail Address: cmorris @ctengineering.com H.\ApplicationsTonns- Applications On Line\2009 Applicanons \1 -2009 - Petmrt Application.doc Revised: 1 -2009 bh City State Day Telephone: (206) 285 -4512 Fax Number: (206) 285 -0618 Zip Page 1 of 6 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATION - 206 - 431 -3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 500,000 Existing Building Valuation: $ 16,000,000 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Construct new tenant build -out including framing, finishes, fixtures, electrical lighting, portion of new storefront glazing, and occupy per plans. Will there be new rack storage? ❑ Yes 0.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: 465 Compact: 246 Handicap: 16 Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes 0 No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: O Sprinklers ❑ Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes No If "yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2" x 11 " paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\Applicahons\Forms- Applications On Lrne\2009 Applications \1 -2009 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 1 -2009 bh Page 2 of 6 Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC 15t Floor 25,000 25,000 0 IIB M 2" Floor 3rd Floor Floors thru .Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: 465 Compact: 246 Handicap: 16 Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes 0 No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: O Sprinklers ❑ Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes No If "yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2" x 11 " paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\Applicahons\Forms- Applications On Lrne\2009 Applications \1 -2009 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 1 -2009 bh Page 2 of 6 PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES — Applicable to all permits in this application Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. Building and Mechanical Permit The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). Plumbing Permit The Building Official may grant one extension of time for an additional period not exceeding 180 days. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 103.4.3 Uniform Plumbing Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNE OR AUTHORIZED AGENT: Signature: Print Name: Eric Ko h Date: Day Telephone: (425) 636 -8006 Mailing Address: 16398 NE 85th Street, Ste 101 Redmond WA 98052 City State Zip Date Application Accepted: 3 -19 -10 Date Application Expires: cl -- (9- (0 Staff Initials: 4 H:\Applications\FoTms- Applications On Irnet2009 Applications \1 -2009 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 1 -2009 bh Page 6 of 6 • 1 City of Tukwila ti Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 p Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: //www.ci.tukwila.wa.us RECEIPT Parcel No.: 2623049067 Permit Number: D10-080 Address: 17501 SOUTHCENTER PY TUKW Status: APPROVED Suite No: Applied Date: 03/18/2010 Applicant: K & G FASHION SUPERSTORE Issue Date: Receipt No.: R10 -00893 Payment Amount: $4,776.40 Initials: WER Payment Date: 05/20/2010 02:45 PM User ID: 1655 Balance: $0.00 Payee: CLPF - TUKWILA LP TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 010790 4,776.40 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts BUILDING - NONRES STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 000.322.100 640.237.114 Total: $4,776.40 4,771.90 4.50 PAY T REGE IVFO doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 05 -20 -2010 • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us RECEIPT Parcel No.: 2623049067 Permit Number: D10 -080 Address: 17501 SOUTHCENTER PY TUICW Status: PENDING Suite No: Applied Date: 03/18/2010 Applicant: K & G FASHION SUPERSTORE Issue Date: Receipt No.: R10 -00488 Payment Amount: $3,101.74 Initials: WER Payment Date: 03/18/2010 03:49 PM User ID: 1655 Balance: $4,776.40 Payee: PARTNERS ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 5156 3,101.74 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts PLAN CHECK - NONRES 000.345.830 3,101.74 Total: $3,101.74 doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 03 -18 -2010 • INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION Y"' 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 CAA Project: Type of Inspection: /alio Address: / 7 Sv / Swt1h�,:„,t v rte/ Date CaIIe J ` , 4,N Special Instructions: 1.7- dG`r3 ' J/ / o�`1I ^'� Ptprn .� t ' �� ". Date Wanted: 7— .21- / (� p.m. Requester: Phone No: aoG- 34/ -3/(7/ Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: i f Instbr: Date: --1 _2( —( El $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQIiIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit lb to - og 0 PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Project: k '+' Ca 145 011 S S e Type of Inspection: -Paine iq rit? / Address: 115-0 S f,,a 4„ Date Called: Special Instructions: / Date Wanted: a.m. p.m. Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. 0 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Inspector: to 40ok.vi.c Date: —7/2 J o ri $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: 4 6.9 INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit tiro - oP) PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Proj r.....4 , —!S L . J / Type it scti , �1 hia AA, .) ■' Al Address: ,r5� ! S� P� /u. Date Called: / Special Instructions: 1 I /Date Wanted: -)-c - - -/0 P.my Requester: r '`) . rei (J�. �, rr6n, e t 'j Ph 5V1-0.:- it 35/1 IAp`proved per applicable codes. o ctions required prior to approval. COMMENTS (IVe .. 6`pC h' 4 ()r,), E! .�. rdtk. ( '''-e .._,<,) e C it s' . ' kaN.d-ti.e' i. ze . -( ic-4_ . e..11,4-6,4_ .,,,,4) r, - I (17 eG a r _ 7.)..., it--..k.44 i (16,1, l Al &Af 4,7 — ` 1,,),.:4 I .= iu v t ;7"--r- v (ja,,.- ;. r tl` r' c--A4-7- 4r-7-- • , S. .1;1 c..lue_2t. . PI ' , i - /Al z..., _ _ Cam..+/ - -- r '`) . rei (J�. �, rr6n, e t 'j n•��_,'SS.'i to r 4.-1'. . err. it , .,-,esc.:^-f i ,,,if, Alt s-- _ -,---r 7-- 6,1_ A c SIif df ez ..- 6 1,cisks f--rz, ,a, 6. 4 - z Ai ,./ i . In nectar: Date ,rti ❑ $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Calk to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: >1 INSPECTION 0. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit t( o- k3 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 \mL Pro c fliski.. Type of Inspection '"—' -le AS S4, i AA U L.. /t.7 Address: I,: D ate alled,,., � Gp,A U Special Instructions: / Date Wanted: 1-` "' r a.rr p.m. Requester: Phone No: ' Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: t -le AS S4, i AA U L.. /t.7 al ' S u_ A4 LAJ e e c :..1,1 p ,-,o,p i r ., 1 � pector: Date: D $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE"REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: • INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY 6F tUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION x-- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Project: ,I< $ 6 t r k. JA/ Type of Inspection: �.M. e i i. L-, l A 6 Address:_. i '7 01 S-6, fririarti 4, Date Called: t'kft°'S Special Instructions: \ - ate Wanted: 7-r7 ^�,a.m;. � -(0 p.m. Requester: Phone No ' , 31. / —3s,4 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: " b c(f1-3 i1/4JE-114— 0 t'kft°'S i 1--5-77r-ti r‘) /-- 1 i . •, -1 " 1 1 • 1 • 1 J ___._ n 1 ' _. Inso'ector: Date: 7- n $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit IN PECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION �- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 dw -mod Pr ect: $t 4 .JuN, v Type of Inspection: 9.. ..r . - 1,1 6 c Address: / �5 o s c�,c -r� J4�/ Date Called: f Y J -ei 3 o ik e .1-71),) ( L4&( ( ,' , ..� Special Instructions: , Date Wanted: ( —(0 "�,IIy, t 0 p.m. Requester: 1 Phone No: 2.o-to- .3 t —35/1 ClApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 1.7-"r; S AIAr -rixe 6u (..-k � , , r e.fir4 I,J G PJC. 1 k i /-! /rJ I n rN1-7( e. ,et `7m A-71.."` v • I , '1 f Y J -ei 3 o ik e .1-71),) ( L4&( ( ,' , -I 1-1 r I S 71 P �/-& . J% INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION g 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Project j/ • X61 N Type of tnsp c�jgn: f �'(� i Address: Date Called: Special Instructions: Dat�Wanted: t ZS' J amm_ Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. LJCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: In 4 ector: Date: ID El $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE RE UIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: INSPECTION Na INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit pro -CYO PIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION �- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Project: ! 6 ,r -t. d a, ,,,__,„„. 4 e,,,,,,,,,7,,..,, Type of Inspection. 6 rat -z, � ,l �� El /JO A dress. '7 COSl 4 1'�j Dat all d: L e+ : � , Special Instructions: lus.)-e re A 6) pi ts)c . 02 1 3/47 / Date Wanted: (.o 25---/o p.m. Requester: s r I Phone No: 26 C -3 1 ( —.3.574 —.3.574 ElApproved per applicable codes. orrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS _S US , L€,,.,+ ( , : t 1 . ( io ,,,__,„„. 4 e,,,,,,,,,7,,..,, ( i_) 6./C1--,N2 cl, re'sf A--(6) . 7T) v (, k'.) T?x. 37- . i vv Si.A.4,,,,,r A 1,2 (D/) r *VA--dt t e v« sttool- 4 2. - ,K_ )\J/) 0 _ 5se A- 4--fir f e ,. c lus.)-e re A 6) pi ts)c . 02 1 3/47 s r I Insp ctor: Date: "7 - C. St- aA ,A4 0 $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIR D. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMITTNO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION lc-- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 /J(0 -ad ProjR 60 f% INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Proj t: / J / Pl) f tom, Type of Intio 1 Address 1'7 co ( Sc AiKA Date Called: � C �� - S - Special Instructions: / o I io 2-5 - c)i INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Proje t: _cik Type of spection: I Addle S D ( SG A4 K tJ Date Called: Special Instructions: 25 (jJJ �'/m , Date Wanted: yT a m J — —IJ p.m. Requester: PhojeNq: ...... 3gii —3571 EiApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. --' g COMMENTS: n AI A fn to 0 /l e L i o f 1,,J R..l I .Z. L.) e J : 0n w _a n, / 1 r111AA r t .o J P eJ r-)) U P /e '0 ,: r (jTi-er f: J /0/ LL . . 1 Inspe9for: Date: 7 _ � d D $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit cam, 010 -ad CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 W.MIT NO. Proje ( 1L--40 f-Ac Type of Inspection: Address: Date Called: Special. Instructions: lPateWanted: • 5- 2f--�3 a.m Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 3(j rA- 4- 7 >rLJ,044) ,4 A. G £( Spe � 1` po JV A Date: 5- 2(- iJ.. ri $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: • INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit extrsv PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKVWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa: 98188 206- 575 -4407 Project: ,,+ - • .\ ~`od Type of Inspection: 15;.e- hl .4, Co.�.ve....1.00 - Address: / 7 $7,0/ Suite #: 2,00 .5 c- 19k' r f Contact Person: Tess fiso I„� Special Instructions: Pre -Fire: ,. Phone No.: 4/2-4.5- - Z.76, Approved per applicable codes. nCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ern n rs! Cole .S'f ONIS / retie.' 6T>.� . Needs Shift Inspection: - • .\ ~`od rinklers: ' . Fire Alarm: " - T '� ` & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: -- • Inspector: i..10/55 " .. • Date: • iii V so • Hrs.: $80.00 REINSPECTION. FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department:4 Cali to sehedule a reinspection. Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc • • 0. 1/13/06 i = T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 0-' 5- o7/ cAo PERMIT NUMBERS . CITY OF TUI(WILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 -575 -4407 Project: L. � IS � k1 v Type f Inspection: -,, r Address: 0.5-0 ( Suite #: ao S.0 - Pr-' y Contact Person: r ".,-... Special Instructions: Permits: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. nCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 0,t 6 Coo-e/- a. Needs Shift In s pection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: ' Pre -Fire: Permits: - Occupancy Type: - Inspector: ,tea--. Date: 9 ''45) Hrs.: I ... n $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Cali to schedule a reinspection. Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc/ 1/13/06 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSP ' NUMBER K INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit / - 5 — 0 ? - / 0 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East. Tukwila, Wa.r981188 206- 575 -4407 Project: it, A Li, .-- Sprinklers: ,i - - - Type of Inspection: ✓ Hood & Duct: ( ys.F Address: l'I To j• se„ Qk ,,,,y Suite #: ii. 200 Contact Person: ca d u„ .- 0 L4 %.,, Special Instructions: Phone No.: ig,ApproVed per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: A V•p 5Arp." L/ ' C d L DP.Q. indt ,y/ 7/71,0 • . . . ; * - ... •. ..... w Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: ,i - - - Fir'Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: • Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: *Inspector. ' . Date: -4.\I\ , o H rs.: • g— - j n $80.00 REINSP ON FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. 1. " Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc ti+• ► 1/13/06 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 grF•11014126Clir . • -INSPECTICIN RECORD Retain a copy with permit , . INSPECTION NUMBER • • .4. PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA gRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tul<Wila Wa. 98.18 f 206-575-4407 • .;; ? • i; • Project: lc ,4. -.., Type of Inspection: FA riv a.-1( Address; 1 (1 5-0 f Suite #: 2.00 SC . P4 ,,,,/ Contact Person: Special Instructions: Monitor: Phone No.: (L42.c) 2-ci o - ..1 fa o z) [I Approved per applicable codes. [154 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: --...-• • • •- • Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: ,. __ • • t: : — S-----.N% ILIVNC 41.,,1er 0 le__ Monitor: -- F 0 L a_ A C 9 I- r (*el' .5 tifri c �L Permits: ,...., Akt ,... _ • b,,•€' L9.;-__1,„;. . 4_.' k • g`4; i.,;.+; P-- d --E471. - . 'ale-- - - .. - -- .0 &is/eke- 91/44 oL ft, 1 1 Oa ike.,L5- of - SAf4J 4 $,1 —re -g-4344 Prie.y k f-#4 ,",4 • • - a.e.. te,c,x.k et i4AOi-e f A. c P -- emfg....4.4 44,1,4. . . tv1/4 5 al:41., 4( WM 5 - 4r, . s FA &t/46A, i:// AR)t-; 4e-,".4,- oWL,9_,A, Needs Shift Inspection: --...-• • • •- • Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: ,. 4 • • t: : Hood & Duct: .1 Monitor: I 1 A C Pre-Fire:' • . • Permits: ,...., Akt I Occupancy Type: I. InspectOi:k) ' • --...-• • • •- • D . ...., ",.. . .. :ate.- . . .' ,• s.: Hr ' • • t: : • . • $80.00 REINSPEC1I�N FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from th City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to:schedUle•a ieinspection. Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 • — ' • . • _ _ r.•:•••• -.se: • ••• • • • ee ti O ., . _..f� -ter.. ..- FILE: COP' ib Pe-4--""1- SIGNAGE UNDER A SEPARATE PERMIT • : F `t, G.S. G.51 G.S. ly 0 NEW STOREFRONT MATCH FINISH OF EXISTING STOREFRONT i EXTERIOR ELEVATION 1(� P r-1 ,. _IMMOI FASHION SUPERSTORE REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 19 201 City of TukviIa BUILDING DIVi SInN ■ SCALE : ,�-o- INSTALL WINDOW FILM 'WF1' ON GLAZING PER SPECS IN ALL LOCATIONS EXCEPT THOSE OF TENANT DESIGNATED GRAPHICS REPAIR ALL DAMAGED NEOPRENE GASKETS AT EXISTING STOREFRONT SYSTEM - TYP. INCOMPLETE bLOO9O REPAIR EXISTING DAMAGED E.I..S. AT STOREFRONT RECEIVED APR 02 2010 PERMIT CENTER I5' -0' 7 PROVIDE NEW E.IF.5. CORNICE AT TOP OF NEW GLAZING TO MATCH ADJACENT CORNICE EXISTING E.IF.5. CORNICE TO REMAIN ELEVATION / NEW STOREFRONT SCALE : ,,- - ,• -o- - REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 1 9 2010 City of Tukwila BUILDING DImInni 0 AS ASJ RIO G.S. G.S. Asa q0 Al '45 G.S. NEW STOREFRONT MATCH FINISH OF EXISTING STOREFRONT 7 PROVIDE NEW E.IF.5. CORNICE AT TOP OF NEW GLAZING TO MATCH ADJACENT CORNICE EXISTING E.IF.5. CORNICE TO REMAIN ELEVATION / NEW STOREFRONT SCALE : ,,- - ,• -o- - REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 1 9 2010 City of Tukwila BUILDING DImInni Proposed New Storefront Addition K &G Fashion Superstore New 15' -0' wide glazing under clock. 1 K &G Fashion Superstore APR Minor Modification Review Existing Facade PERMIT No change to colors are proposed. The new storefront will match the existing adjacent system. K&G Fashion Superstore Minor Modification Review APR C Existing Facade PERMIT Proposal to eliminate one tree at center planter to gain transparency into the new display storefront. CT E N G I N E E R I N G INC STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS for Remodel of K&G Fashion Superstore 17501 Southcenter Parkway Tukwila, WA Description and Scope of Calculations: The tenant improvement call for the new openings in two existing concrete walls. One wall is an interior shear wall the other is an exterior wall. CODE: IBC LOADS: Wind 85 MPH, (3- Sec. Gust), Exposure B Seismic Ss= 1.408; S1= .481 Sos =.938; SDI =.488 S.D.C. =D REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAf 1 y 2010 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Structural Engineers tAO**O8O 180 Nickerson St. Suite 302 Seattle, WA 98109 (206) 285-4512(V) (206) 285- 0618(F) RECEIVED MAR 18 2010 PERMIT CENTER C T E N G I N E E R I N G Project: -11)14501u., , 1 N C. Date: 3/I —1/ �v Client: Page Number: 1 180 Nickerson St. Suite 302 Seattle, WA 98109 (206) 285-4512 FAX: (206) 285-0618 Cul to °1, to° SE1eo2 wow aZ 92.10 . Tt+t t T N G.t T4Rltt:. tg 4V-8s L.oNL.t. S Yi d • (flDMMti. 46' 15 kJ. T try C own uc`tl, 00( 1114 ‘4.11 I N-4'.) Zit TH15 LkIbZtN.4 1+0V1 t,,6Wt.A.• at(LR►c �--� T l r Mme ., Vopos 14Vwawl, ?t e Mme''. 1.640% tom+ 1 6 5 cry atc_ t2tcxnoJ�.. Loco-rt L-41 act, 4115 ito_ 4e1414_ t,4wy . = - f t.04,4 L?2 L(. 5 S 1.40s ; Si -.4ce:1 (p 14 A$ C 3� 115 '8 ZD6 k= 5 (s, re✓ t; Cs ,RIB ,lti_ • tsghsc-L- Nrz_eiN To Cy43)5-rD Cbi)C1Z) It It Wo1.1,,c t,a= `70 ("sr Reo w - is rsF W=[(),o..L all 67)3 .t451c 9�� C � = 119211A - G A4. _ 1 ct,C) tP 5 1 15}96 1w) I U 2 s"_s th Kio to?(ta> 510 a s - , 53 il 2�L) -a eCt4t1 4 zoNte 1-c. - (Ls c 4.sP", H= t o2 .T (1 i 351 I- to' 2 T aAt aN.f 267 ! 2k' pi 1 cg, . 1 iii slay_ . 21•s 1.� Structural Engineers Conterminous 48 States 2003 NEHRP Seismic Design Provisions Latitude = 47.445 Longitude = - 122.263 Spectral Response Accelerations Ss and S1 Ss and S1 = Mapped Spectral Acceleration Values Site Class B- Fa = 1.O,Fv= 1.0 Data are based on a 0.05000000074505806 deg grid spacing Period Sa (sec) (g) 0.2 1.408 (Ss, Site Class B) 1.0 0.481 (S1, Site Class B) • Conterminous 48 States 2003 NEHRP Seismic Design Provisions Latitude = 47.445 Longitude = - 122.263 Spectral Response Accelerations SMs and SM1 SMs= FaxSsand SM1 = FvxS1 Site Class D - Fa = 1.0 ,Fv = 1.519 Period Sa (sec) (g) 0.2 1.408 (SMs, Site Class D) 1.0 0.731 (SM1, Site Class D) Conterminous 48 States 2003 NEHRP Seismic Design Provisions Latitude = 47.445 Longitude = - 122.263 Design Spectral Response Accelerations SDs and SD1 SDs = 2/3 x SMs and SD1 = 2/3 x SM1 Site Class D - Fa = 1.0 ,Fv = 1.519 Period Sa (sec) (g) 0.2 0.938 (SDs, Site Class D) 1.0 0.488 (SD1, Site Class D) C T E N G I N E E R I N G Project: V.A -11% lAt% 1 N C. Date: A`ttti 0 180 Nickerson St. Suite 302 Seattle, WA 98109 (206) 285 -4512 FAX: Client: Page Number: ( (206) 285 -0618 tt L 1L10thes1 ' Ltz..1 . G b4 Ffe---- Ego VOLT. 80A to,., t.114,( t41 CwoN6'I Cbst) o ci a `G.$ (r -_t4' *4- '1tJ. t e 1 /c S Cf'12I M,7 ova ?1•L ton VEr2.1t a►L ttA t: 0 ttL% LIO) ( 3.cnt0c.� '- all 19.61, bk,: it c Luta LA.- t of I5,2 Cuss v to") for= 38t.f$/i5)l,2 ,1/4kr 2- p5C ()6 (1.> 14561 lccc a. 3.4 . ?t3 2-tv-.1((Z:s vo s c)14- two yc� Z av ou 4 . 0.4ex ro ti r-c, is /.cc7 Affe-Tao Taw 4 Z (tom , 01/431 of Q (Setsrtic) t °_ jq Asb 231 'T' era? C C.S) SPRoArQ a cA 1 j ts cc 4P Z 1aossn gat- -5Q15 ka ` 50 :is c� 5 s t�t (z* t.4 D \r! ( , 8)) 75C.7) Structural Engineers 20. St-ltart. ' Jbtu, [ 1 C T r II G I II I: E. It I ,I G PROJECT : 14- GI y PAGE : '•P CLIENT : DESIGN BY : JOB NO.: DATE : . ".:..: : ' : _ REVIEW BY Ordinary- Reinforced Concreto-Si ear:Wall Design Based on ACI4I8- 60)BC, 06:IRCB0: 07 , INPUT DATA & DESIGN SUMMARY CONCRETE STRENGTH (ACI 318 5.1.1) fc = i < ? : ksi FACTORED AXIAL LOAD P„ _ k s9 -.. REBAR YIELD STRESS fy tP ksi FACTORED MOMENT LOAD My = ., 0P.° ft-k FACTORED SHEAR LOAD V„ = 1"" •"• k LENGTH OF SHEAR WALL L ._;:: # s . ft THICKNESS OF WALL t =' g:5' • in THE WALL DESIGN IS ADEQUATE. WALL DIST. HORIZ. REINF. `1' # '.-4:: @ 14 ., in. o.c. WALL DIST. VERT. REINF. 1 # • 4 -@ '14 `. :.'in. o.c. VERT. REINF. BARS AT END 1 - # 4 ANALYSIS I 2000 T. Ca 1Tai I c 1500 iii111111!•....._ I _raid, P° (k) 1000 500 - o L Cc 1 ° = B,C —, }l FORCE DIAGRAM C 500 000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6040 fy/E. 1 ith,_ ] Mn (ft-k) I ....mg STRAIN DIAGRAM CHECK MINIMUM REINFORCEMENT RATIOS AND SPACING (ACI 318 -05 14.3) (p1 )pmvd. = 0.0026 > (pt )mi. = 0.0020 [Satisfactory] (pi ),,,,a, = 0.0026 > (p, )min. = 0.0012 [Satisfactory] CHECK SHEAR CAPACITY (ACI 318-05 11.3 & 21.7.4) On = MIN [ m ACv (2 (fc) °.5+ Pty. 4) 8 A„ (•)°•5 ] = 162.1 kips > V„ [Satisfactory) where 0 = 0.60 (conservatively, ACI 318-05 9.3.4 a) Ac„ = 957 1n2 CHECK FLEXURAL & AXIAL CAPACITY THE ALLOWABLE MOMENT AT AN AXIAL LOAD P, IS GIVEN BY 0 M° = 1393 kips. > M„ [Satisfactory] where m = Min{0.9, Max[0.65 + (Et - 0.002)(250/3) , 0.65]) = 0.900 (ACI 318 -05 Fig. R9.3.2) o 0 o St-ltart. ' Jbtu, [ 1 Rev: 580000 User. KW-0602997, Ver 5.8.0, 1 -Dec -2003 (c)1983-2003 ENERCALC Engineering Software Title : Dsgnr: Description : Scope : Tilt -Up Wall Panel Design Description interior shear wall jamb Job # Date: 2:09PM, 3 MAR 10 zb Page 1 misc art.ecw:Calculations General Information Clear Height Parapet Height Thickness Bar Size Bar Spacing Bar Depth Min Defl. Ratio Concrete Weight 23.000 ft 6.000 ft 5.500 in 4 14.000 in 2.750 in 150.0 145.00 pcf fc Fy Width Code Ref: ACI 318 -02, 1997 UBC, 2003 IBC, 2003 NFPA 5000 3,000.0 psi Seismic Zone 60,000.0 psi Min Vert Steel % 0.900 Min Horiz Steel % 12.000 in Base Fixity Wall Seismic Factor Parapet Seismic Factor LL & ST Not Combined Using: ACI Eq. 9 -7 for Ieff with Defl. calc'd at Mn Parapet Weight Counteracts Middle . 0.0025 0.0025 10 % 0.2600 0.2600 Loads Note: Lateral Loads Wind Load 20.500 psf Point Load Ibs ...height ft ...load type Seismic Lateral Load 20.50 #/ft ...distance to top 23.000 ft ...distance to bot 10.000 ft ...load type Wind Vertical Loads Uniform DL Uniform LL ...eccentricity Concentric DL Concentric LL Seismic "I" Magnifier Wind "I" Magnifier 1,950.00 #/ft 2,150.00 #/ft in Ibs Ibs 1.000 1.000 Load factoring supports 2003 IBC and 2003 NFPA 5000 by virtue of their references to ACI 318 -02 for concrete design. Factoring of entered loads to ultimate loads within this program is according to ACI 318-02 C.2 Wall Analysis Basic Defl w/o P -Delta Basic M w/o P -Delta Moment Excess of Mcr Max. P -Delta Deflection Max P -Delta Moment For Factored Load Stresses Seismic 0.238 16,232.7 12,102.3 7.653 28,671.0 Maximum Allow Vertical Bar Spacing 14.545 in Maximum Allow Horizontal Bar Spacing 14.545 in Summary Wall Inadequate 23.00ft clear height, 6.00ft parapet, 5.50in thick with #4 bars at 14.00in on center, d= 2.75in, fc = 3,000.0psi, Using: ACI Eq. 9 -7 for Ieff with Defl. calc'd at Mn Factored Load Bending : Wind Load Governs Maximum Iterated Moment : Mu 42,122.25 in-# Moment Capacity 30,845.32 ink Wind 1.977 in 30,090.8 in4 25,553.6 in-# 7.653 in 42,122.2 in4 For Service Load Seismic 0.169 11,574.1 0.0 0.506 12,357.5 Parapet Bar Spacing Req'd : SEISMIC Parapet Bar Spacing Req'd : WIND Deflections Wind 0.884 in 23,600.6 in4 9,478.2 in4 1.650 in 26,046.8 in-# 14.545 in 14.545 in Mn • Phi : Moment Capacity Applied: Mu @ Mid -Span Applied: Mu @ Top of Wall Max Iterated Service Load Deflection Actual Deflection Ratio Actual Reinforcing Percentage UBC Allow. As % = 0.6 • RhoBal Actual Axial Stress : (Pw + Po ) / Ag Allowable Axial Stress = 0.04 • f c Service Load Deflection : Wind Load Govems Maximum Iterated Deflection 1.650 in Deflection Limit Seismic 30,845.32 in-# 28,670.95 in-# 5,234.55 in4 0.51 in 546 :1 167 :1 Wind 30,845.32 in-# 42,122.25 in-# 5,645.70 in4 0.0052 0.0128 47.17 psi 120.00 psi 0.0052 0.0128 47.17 psi 120.00 psi C T E N G I N E E R I N G Project: V...A s� Client: INC. Date: 3 /1,7/( v Page Number: 3 180 Nickerson St. Suite 302 Seattle, WA 98109 (206) 285-4512 FAX: (206) 285-0618 pOi- vF -l'uv k e : bcza t T tti -a oPP.11!► - A.-ED D S"tnavicee- �IndL, lZ o t c d To 240 Oigm--truErms—ivets4 161 1oo)(aoir_i �-r f 11 910 Se 41 S� �,g� ��ns I.00E- Z069 14 =- 3f3't C2e4oQ ?.0.42‘ LW(,aL-L, Rsa Vr c. c SMbt L Fr�.� . V,;IbL.�.. - do-7 45 2t 15 oPe41■4L4 .r COQ ?ANDtti bra Cr. ©P 134$ Act• Et-e4 - C 251 (9S,} mom , 1r F44%40t ruar4 13y 36 (�525� (i5) '� •� b.t+, `. (' zs) (73) g-1 UA o�- o� aPaii -. %GAM. Lc»0 6 Pz - 2,b (14-: 1,1e 'P I� ,,4 = 0°152•5 2,9i Structural Engineers LRev: 580005 User. KW-0602997, Ver 5.8.0, 1- Dec-2003 (01983 -2003 ENERCALC Engineering Software Description Title : Dsgnr: Description : Scope : 3/i ific) Job # Date: 2:09PM, 3 MAR 10 Steel Beam Design strongback at interior wall Page 1 misc artecacCa culations General Information Steel Section : TS6X4X1 /4 Center Span Left Cant. Right Cant Lu : Unbraced Length 23.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft Code Ref AISC 9th ASD, 1997 UBC, 2003 IBC, 2003 NFPA 5000 Pinned - Pinned Bm Wt. Added to Loads LL & ST Act Together Fy Load Duration Factor Elastic Modulus 36.00ksi 1.00 29,000.0 ksi Distributed Loads Note! Short Term Loads Are WIND Loads. DL LL ST Start Location End Location Summary #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 0.020 0.100 10.000 23.000 #6 #7 k/ft k/ft k/ft ft ft Using: TS6X4X1 /4 section, Span = 23.00ft, Fy = 36.0ksi End Fixity = Pinned - Pinned, Lu = 0.00ft, LDF = 1.000 Actual Allowable Moment 6.640 k -ft 14.573 k -ft fb : Bending Stress 10.826 ksi 23.760 ksi fb / Fb 0.456: 1 Shear fv : Shear Stress fv / Fv 1.342 k 0.447 ksi 0.031 : 1 43.200 k 14.400 ksi Beam OK Static Load Case Govems Stress Max. Deflection Length/DL Defl Length /(DL +LL Dell) -0.944 in 292.3 : 1 292.3: 1 Force & Stress Summary Max. M + Max. M - Max. M @ Left Max. M @ Right Shear @ Left 0.78 k Shear @ Right 1.34 k Center Defl. -0.944 in Left Cant Defl 0.000 in Right Cant Defl 0.000 in ...Query Defl @ 0.000 ft Reaction @ Left 0.78 Reaction @ Rt 1.34 Fa calc'd per Eq. E2 -1, K *Ur < Cc Maximum 6.64 k -ft <<-- These columns are Dead + Live Load placed as noted -» DL LL LL +ST LL LL +ST Only CrD Center (di Center Cd). Cants Cod Cants 6.64 k -ft -0.00 k -ft k -ft k -ft 0.78 k 1.34 k -0.944 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.78 1.34 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 -0.944 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.78 1.34 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in 0.000 in 0.000 in 0.000 in k k Section Properties TS6X4X1 /4 Depth Thickness Width Area Rt 2.000 in R -xx Values for LRFD Design.... R-yy 6.000 in Weight 0.250 in Ixx 4.000 in lyy Sxx 4.59 in2 Syy J 15.59 #/ft 22.100 in4 11.700 in4 7.360 in3 5.870 in3 2.190 in 1.600 in 25.000 in4 Zx 9.060 in3 Zy 6.840 in3 C T E N G I N E E R I N G Project: — 1 N C. Date: /n/cb Client: Page Number: 180 Nickerson St. Suite 302 Seattle, WA 98109 (206) 285 -4512 FAX: (206) 285-0618 i gam (P-.7 .r PaJ�J- �ow:Z ra. 6PG tsA 16 —LS $gym (Ct+k•tt ..> oar 0-5IDE w= 1005) = 1S0P�, . IS (I5.0) 21,1 1 58.1 . -19,5"4-' 4 4b I s s.-1 L�- R= LS (•iS� — 13,5 5`15) ( ITS) t7z4) _ °LI> 114 384(z1oacl.% IP I5.C1 (15 t1� _ 219 jist4 31(01w4 C T': 3Is Sr 4z u.3 , Z2 -8 Ks I = 15.c.14- .156-5) Tar: is t, v Ey c.oAxstQ)tgov 4P PRs.04, V' 3It L Act 4% A Chnhlj VEVritMn pea* 8a1. 21 !t (Ps a f/ Port Aivekkrk . . l Os6 Structural Engineers C T E N G I N E E R I N G Project: 14.A 7uF StAl t.trt.\ INC. Client: Date: J z f t.° Page Number: 180 Nickerson St. Suite 302 Seattle, WA 98109 (206) 285 -4512 FAX: (206) 285-0618 f R-onri \AJbt.v Ctikktki.Il t3t To 13.5 kIFS L 3x'3�SJico 7 °"1 t� > s n4I L To CM ntsvvt- C14vt Ry Mb ovt a< la) ea. S a( - 4 ...-11.1141//,1 . �,1= 4o.E < 3•1l t' /tks. (Y4FiT zN 31.5 I1L�l s1+ ft c. L re. GA,. 3.5 p\L \ I Y r _ (L'■-) t -C. Ih4 ac 1 c -VW vS' -Z- S T B h\t.-c%, Cc.) /NS 1 e..1 2600 PSG , Cra e.-cZ'( I l4 - 3 ;TB kLF <►,rt tnJ,e� F l,Ctup, ..ittet, it re:, 15 ( 25.s tt) = l � E3� Nr. 50o.4 2, ots-r 2kl.r 7f 1 " 3 �� s kLF- QsS's 1.6401_ PT; . C3' w/ 1,444 ) tom. S .Q = Lc( c� (1,.5 I t(z.'f) = 2 I 16:7 v At It :.\ II° Te.S t art.. 62Ci7.- �1.'('' A%' 2 I t , (0 0 Itl C Idiz 2 #'S Ai s 2. C,s> r 04a,L O d Vitt 2.t66.P6r zs' Structural Engineers FT4 mlcWi$(c u rem. P 1b'L RcA%Col.S ,er,.•r 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Envelope Summary Climate Zone 1 ENV -SUM 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Info Project Address 17501 Southcenter Parkway Suite 200 Date 3/18/2010 Tukwila, WA Applicant Name: For Building Department Use Eric Koch / Partners Architectural Design Group, Inc ApplicantAddress: 16398 NE 85th St Ste 101, Redmond, WA 98052 Applicant Phone: 425 636 -8006 . PILE`ACOmY: Permit Igo.,_ s.�i� Project Description ❑ New Building ❑ Addition El Alteration ❑ Change of Use Compliance Option ❑ Prescriptive Component Performance (See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications) ['Seattle EnvStd ❑ Systems Analysis Space Heat Type Q Electric resistance ® All other (see over for definitions) Glazing Area Calculation Note: Below grade walls may be included in the Gross Exterior Wall Area if they are insulated to the level required for opaque walls. Total Glazing Area Electronic version: these values are automatically taken from ENV -UA -1. (rough opening) Gross Exterior (vertical & overhd) divided by Wall Area times 100 equals % Glazing 554.0 - 2967.0 X 100 = 18.7% Concrete/Masonry Option 0 yes Check here if using this option and if project meets all requirements for the Concrete/Masonry Option. See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications. Enter requirements for each qualifying assembly below. 0 yes Check here if using semi - heated path and if project meets all requirements for semi - heated spaces Semi - Heated Path O no as defined in section 1310. Requires other fuel heating and qualifying thermostat. Only wall insulation requirement is reduced (2006 change). Only available in prescriptive path. Envelope Requirements (enter values as applicable) Minimum Insulation R- values Roofs Over Attic All Other Roofs No Change Opaque Walls' No Change Below Grade Walls No Change Floors Over Unconditioned Space n/a Slabs -on -Grade n/a Radiant Floors n/a Maximum U- factors Opaque Doors Vertical Glazing 0.280 Overhead Glazing Maximum SHGC (or SC) Vertical /Overhead Glazing I 0. 390 1. Assemblies with metal framing must comply with overall U- factors Notes: Opaque Concrete /Masonry Wall Requirements Wall Maximum U- factor is 0.15 (R5.7 continuous ins) CMU block walls with insulated cores comply If project qualifies for Concrete /Masonry Option, list walls with HC a 9.0 Btu /ft2• °F below (other walls must meet Opaque Wall requirements). Use descriptions and values from Table 10 -9 in the Code. Wall Description U- factor (including insulation R -value & position) fc&LE APPROVED MAY 19 2010 BUILD PIGrDIV�isa nN t1O 060 RECEIVED MAR 18 2010 PERMIT CENTER 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Envelope Summary (back) Climate Zone 1 ENV -SUM 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Decision Flowchart for Prescriptive Option Use this flowchart to determine if project qualifies for the optional Prescriptive Option. If not, either the Component Performance or Systems Analysis Options must be used. 1302 Space Heat Type: For the purpose of determining building envelope requirements, the following two categories comprise all space heating types: Other: All other space heating systems including gas, solid fuel, oil, and propane space heating systems and those systems listed in the exception to electric resistance. (continued at right) All Insulation Installed? Below Grd Wall (ext) Below Grd Wall (oth) Roof Over Attic All Other Roof Raised Floor Slab -On -Grade Radiant Floor Opaque Door R -10 R -19 R -30 R -21 R -19 R -10 R -10 U -0.60 Mass Wall f—N• Criteria OK? (below) Yes AG Mass Wall Insulation Req. Mass Wall CMU Block Wood Frame Metal Framed U0.15/R5.7ci Ins. Cores R19 R19 e Lye Electric Resistance: Space heating systems which use electric resistance elements as the primary heating system including baseboard, radiant, and forced air units where the total electric resistance heat capacity exceeds 1.0 W/ft2 of the gross conditioned floor area. Exception: Heat pumps and terminal electric resistance heating in variable air volume distribution systems. Yes Glazing Criteria Met? Glazing Area % 0 -30% 30-45% >45% No Vert OH UVaI UVaI 0.55 0.70 0.45 0.60 Not Allowed Yes pot SHGC 0.45 0.40 Yes All Insulation Installed? Below Grd Wall (ext) Below Grd Wall (oth) Roof Over Attic All Other Roof Raised Floor Slab -On -Grade Radiant Floor Opaque Door Wood R -10 R -19 R -38 R -30 R -30 R -10 R -10 U -0.60 Metal R -10 U -0.062 U -0.031 U -0.034 U -0.029 R -10 R -10 U-0160 LNo- Yes Yes— Glazing Criteria Met? Glazing Area % 0 -30% >30 Vert OH UVaI UVaI SHGC 0.40 0.60 0.40 Not Allowed Prescriptive Path Allowed Yes Component Performance, Systems Analysis, or EnvStd Required No Yes No• AG Mass Wall Insulation Req. Mass Wall U0.15/R5.7ci CMU Block Ins. Cores Wood Frame R19 Metal Framed U0.062 Concrete/Masonry Option* Wall Heat Capacity (HC) Assembly Description Assy.Tag HC ** Area (sf) HC x Area Totals Area weighted HC: divide total of (HC x area) by Total Area *If the area weighted heat capacity (HC) of the total above grade wall is a minimum of 9.0, the Concrete Masonry Option may be used. * *For framed walls, assume HC =1.0 unless calculations are provided; for all other walls, use Section 1009. 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Envelope UA Calculations Climate Zone 1 ENV -UA 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Address 17501 Southcenter Parkway Suite 200 Date 3/18/2010 Space Heat Type Q Electric resistance ® All other For Building Department Use Glazing Area as % gross exterior wall area 19.2% Prop. 45.0% Max.Target Concrete/Masonry Option 0 Yes Q No Notes: If glazing area exceeds maximum allowed in Table, then calculate adjusted areas on back (over). Building Component List components by assembly ID & page # Proposed UA U- factor x Area (A) = UA (U x A) Target UA U- factor x Area (A) = UA (U x A) Vertical Glazing U= Plan ID New Windows U= Plan ID Existing Windows U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: 0.280 216.0 60.5 0. 600 354.0 212.4 0.550 570.0 313.5 Glazing % Electric Resist. Other Heating 0 -30% 0.40 0.55 >30 -45% see note above 0.45 I Overhead Glazing IOver Attics U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: 0.700 Glazing % Electric Resist. Other Heating 0 -30% 0.6 0.7 >30 -45% see note above 0.6 Oth.Roofs U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: 0.700 0 n °o O U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: 0.600 Electric Resist. Other Heating 0.60 0.60 „ > > C. C O ° R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: 0.036 Electric Resist. Other Heating 0.031 0.03.6 I Other Roofs R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: 0.046 Electric Resist. Other Heating 0.034 0.046 Opaque Walls* R= Plan ID Existing malls R= Plan ID To Remain R= Plan ID U- values a place R= Plan ID holder for the form R= Plan ID concrete walls R= Plan ID No Furring R= Plan ID: "Note: sum of Target Areas here should equal 0.610 2397.0 1462.2 Target Opaque Wall Area (see back) 0.610 2397.0 1462.2 ** ** Electric Resist. Other Heating Frame -Wd 0.062 0.062 Frame -Mtl 0.062 0.109 Mass Wall ++ 0.15 0.15 ++ see mass wall Criteria I oeww Grade INntie R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: Note: if insulated to levels required for opaque walls, list above with opaque walls Electric Resist. Other Heating Int Ins 0.062 0.062 Ext Ins 0.07 0.07 I r1 wuuia Over Inrnnd R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: 0.056 Electric Resist. Other Heating 0.029 0.056 Oieu -uJ grade Pnrlian4 R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: _ 0.540 Electric Resist. Other Heating F =0.54 F =0.54 (see Table 13 -1 for radiant floor values) *For CMU walls, indicate core insulation material. Totals' 2967.0 1735.1 Totals! 2967.0 1775.7 o comply: 1) Proposed Total UA shall not exceed Target Total UA. 2) Proposed Total Area shall equal Target Total Area. 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Climate Zone 1 ENV -SHGC 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Glazing List components by assembly ID & page # Proposed SHGC SHGC* x Area (A) = SHGC x A Target SHGC SHGC x Area (A) = SHGC x A rn N co 0 ID: New solarban 60 storefront windows ID: Existing glazing - no changes ID: ID: ID: ID: 0.390 216.0 84.2 0.450 354.0 159.3 0.450 570.0 256.5 Glazing % Electric Resist. Other Heating 0 -30% 0.4 0.45 >30 -45% not allowed 0.4 *Note: Manufacturer's SC may be used in lieu of SHGC. Totals' 570.0 243.5 Totals' 570.0 256.5 For compliance: Proposed total SHGC x A shall not exceed Target total SHGC x A NOTE: Since 1997 SHGC compliance for vertical and overhead glazing is allowed to be calculated together. Target Area Adjustment Calculations If the total amount of glazing area as a % of gross exterior wall area (calculated on ENV -SUM1) exceeds the maximum allowed in Table 13 -1, then this calculation must be submitted Use the resulting areas in the Target UA and SHGC calculations above. Glazing Area Opaque Area Gross Exterior Wall Area Proposed Areas: Numbered values are used in calculations below. Roofs over Attics Other Roofs Walls OG= OG= VG= 570.0 2397.0 Max Glazing Area (Table 13 -1) 2967.0 X 45.O% _ 00 = ( 1335.2 Maximum Target Glazing Area 1335.2 Roofs over Attics Other Roofs Walls Target OG Area in Roofs over Attics 8 lesser 1335.2 Max OG Remaining 1335.2 Proposed Opaque Area Proposed Opaque Area 2397.0 Target OG Area in Other Roofs 0 lesser 1335.2 Proposed OG Area Target OG Area`✓ + - + Proposed VG Area Target VG Area + 570.0 — 570.0 = Note: OG = overhead glazing VG = vertical glazing Target VG Area 570.0 Target Opaque Area Target Opaque Area 2397.0 For Target OG's, the lesser values are used both here and below. Note: If there is more than one type of wall, the Target VG Area may be distributed among them, and separate Target Opaque Areas found. If the Target Areas for Opaque Walls listed on the front must equal the total calculated here. Target Areas OK Target values in shaded boxes are used in the applicable Target UA calculations on the front. Target VG Area and Total Target OG Area are also used in the applicable Target SHGC calculations above. 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Building Permit Plans Checklist ENV -CHK 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Address 17501 Southcenter Parkway Suite 200 Date 3/18/2010 The following information is necessary to check a building permit application for compliance with the building envelope requirements in the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (Sections 1301 -1314) 1301 Scope Unconditioned spaces identified on plans if allowed 1302 Space heat type: If "Other", indicate on plans that electric resistance heat is not allowed 1310.2 Semi - heated spaces Semi - heated spaces identified on plans if allowed 1311 Insulation 1311.1 Insul. installation Indicate densities and clearances 1311.2 Roof /ceiling insul. Indicate R -value on roof sections for attics and other roofs; Indicate clearances for attic insulation; Indicate baffles if eave vents installed; Indicate face stapling of faced batts 1311.3 Wall insulation Indicate R -value on wall sections; Indicate face stapling of faced batts; Indicate above grade exterior insulation is protected; Indicate loose -fill core insulation for masonry walls as necess; Indicate heat capacity of masonry walls if masonry option is used F73; 1311.4 Floor insulation Indicate R -value on floor sections; Indicate substantial contact with surface; Indicate supports not more than 24" o.c.; Indicate that insulation does not block airflow through foundation vents 1311.5 Slab -on -grade floor Indicate R -value on wall section or foundation detail; Indicate slab insulation extends down vertically 24" from top; Indicate above grade exterior insulation is protected 1311.6 Radiant floor Indicate R -value on wall section or foundation detail; Indicate slab insulation extends down vertically 36" from the top; Indicate above grade exterior insulation is protected; Indicate insulation also under entire slab where req'd. by Official yes 1312 Glazing and doors Provide calculation of glazing area (including both vertical vertical and overhead) as percent of gross wall area A5.1 yes 1312.1 U- factors Indicate glazing and door U- factors on glazing and door schedule (provide area - weighted calculations as necessary); Indicate if values are NFRC or default, if values are default then specify frame type, glazing layers, gapwidth, low -e coatings, gas fillings A5.1 yes 1312.2 SHGC & SC Indicate glazing solar heat gain coefficient or shading coefficient on glazing schedule (provide area - weighted calculations as necessary) A5.1 1313 Moisture control 1313.1 Vapor retarders Indicate vapor retarders on warm side 1313.2 Roof /ceiling vap.ret. Indicate vapor retarder on roof section; Indicate vap. retard. with sealed seams for non -wood struc. 1313.3 Wall vapor retarder Indicate vapor retarder on wall section 1313.4 Floor vapor retarder Indicate vapor retarder on floor section 1313.5 Crawl space vap. ret. Indicate six mil black polyethylene overlapped 12" on ground 1314 Air leakage 1314.1 Bldg. envel. sealing Indicate sealing, caulking, gasketing, and weatherstripping 1314.2 Glazing /door sealing Indicate weatherstripping 1314.3 Assemb. as ducts Indicate sealing, caulking and gasketing 1314.4 Recessed Lighting FixtuR Indicate IC rating, ASTM E283 certification, and gasketing or caulking to ceiling PRESCRIPTIVE /COMPONENT PERFORMANCE (Sections 1320 -23 or 1330 -34) Envelope Sum. Form Completed and attached. Provide component performance worksheet if necessary no Is shown for any question, provide explanation: 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energ Code Com • fiance Form Building Permit Plans Checklist ENV -CHK 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Envelope - General Requirement 1311 Insulation 1311.1 Installation Requirements: All insulation materials shall be installed according to the manufacturer's instructions to achieve proper densities, maintain clearances and maintain uniform R- values. To the maximum extent possible, insulation shall extend over the full component area to the intended R- value. 1311.2 Roof /Ceiling Insulation: Open -blown or poured loose -fill insulation may be used in attic spaces where the slope of the ceiling is not more than 3/12 and there is at least 30 inches of clear distance from the top of the bottom chord of the truss or ceiling joist to the underside of the sheathing at the roof ridge. When eave vents are installed, baffling of the vent openings shall be provided so as to deflect the incoming air above the surface of the insulation. Where lighting fixtures are recessed into a suspended or exposed grid ceiling, the roof /ceiling assembly shall be insulated in a location other than directly on the suspended ceiling. EXCEPTION: Type IC rated recessed lighting fixtures. Where installed in wood framing, faced batt insulation shall be face stapled. 1311.3 Wall Insulation: Exterior wall cavities isolated during framing shall be fully insulated to the levels of the surrounding walls. When installed in wood framing, faced batt insulation shall be face stapled. Above grade exterior insulation shall be protected. 1311.4 Floor Insulation: Floor insulation shall be installed in a permanent manner in substantial contact with the surface being insulated. Insulation supports shall be installed so spacing is not more than 24 inches on center. Installed insulation shall not block the airflow through foundation vents. 1311.5 Slab -On -Grade Floor: Slab -on -grade insulation installed inside the foundation wall shall extend downward from the top of the slab a minimum distance of 24 inches or to the top of the footing, whichever is less. Insulation installed outside the foundation shall extend downward a minimum of 24 inches or to the frost line, whichever is greater. Above grade insulation shall be protected. EXCEPTION: For monolithic slabs, the insulation shall extend downward from the top of the slab to the bottom of the footing. 1311.6 Radiant Floors (on or below grade): Slab -on- grade insulation shall extend downward from the top of the slab a minimum distance of 36 inches or downward to the top of the footing and horizontal for an aggregate of not less than 36 inches. If required by the building official where soil conditions warrant such insulation, the entire area of a radiant floor shall be thermally isolated from the soil. Where a soil gas control system is provided below the radiant floor, which results in increased convective flow below the radiant floor, the radiant floor shall be thermally isolated from the sub - floor gravel layer. 1312 Glazing and Doors 1312.1 Standard Procedure for Determination of Glazing and Door U- Factors: U- factors for glazing and doors shall be determined, certified and labeled in accordance with Standard RS -31 by a certified independent agency licensed by the National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC). Compliance shall be based on the Residential or the Nonresidential Model Size. Product samples used for U- factor determinations shall be production line units or representative of units as purchased by the consumer or contractor. Unlabeled glazing and doors shall be assigned the default U- factor in Table 10 -6. 1312.2 Solar Heat Gain Coefficient and Shading Coefficient: Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC), shall be determined, certified and labeled in accordance with the National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC) Standard by a certified, independent agency, licensed by the NFRC. EXCEPTION: Shading coefficients (SC) shall be an acceptable alternate for compliance with solar heat gain coefficient requirements. Shading coefficients for glazing shall be taken from Chapter 31 of Standard RS -1 or from the manufacturer's test data. 1313 Moisture Control 1313.1 Vapor Retarders: Vapor retarders shall be installed on the warm side (in winter) of insulation as required by this section. EXCEPTION: Vapor retarder installed with not more than 1/3 of the nominal R -value between it and the conditioned space. 1313.2 Roof /Ceiling Assemblies: Roof /ceiling assemblies where the ventilation space above the insulation is less than an average of 12 inches shall be provided with a vapor retarder. (For enclosed attics and enclosed rafter spaces, see Section 1203.2 of the International Building Code.) Roof /ceiling assemblies without a vented airspace, allowed only where neither the roof deck nor the roof structure are made of wood, shall provide a continuous vapor retarder with taped seams. EXCEPTION: Vapor retarders need not be provided where all of the insulation is installed between the roof membrane and the structural roof deck. 1313.3 Walls: Walls separating conditioned space from unconditioned space shall be provided with a vapor retarder. 1313.4 Floors: Floors separating conditioned space from unconditioned space shall be provided with a vapor retarder. 1313.5 Crawlspaces: A ground cover of six mil (0.006 inch thick) black polyethylene or approved equal shall be laid over the ground within crawlspaces. The ground cover shall be overlapped 12 inches minimum at the joints and shall extend to the foundation wall. EXCEPTION: The ground cover may be omitted in crawl spaces if the crawlspace has a concrete slab floor with a minimum thickness of 3 -1/2 inches. 1314 Air Leakage 1314.1 Building Envelope: The requirements of this section shall apply to building elements separating conditioned from unconditioned spaces. Exterior joints around windows and door frames, openings between walls and foundation, between walls and roof and wall panels; openings at penetrations of utility services through walls, floors and roofs; and all other openings in the building envelope shall be sealed, caulked, gasketed or weatherstripped to limit air leakage. 1314.2 Glazing and Doors: Doors and operable glazing separating conditioned from unconditioned space shall be weatherstripped. Fixed windows shall be tight fitting with glass retained by stops with sealant or caulking all around. EXCEPTION: Openings that are required to be fire resistant. 1314.3 Building Assemblies Used as Ducts or Plenums: Building assemblies used as ducts or plenums shall be sealed, caulked and gasketed to limit air leakage. 1314.4 Recessed Lighting Fixtures: When installed in the building envelope, recessed lighting fixtures shall by Type IC rated, and certified under ASTM E283 to have no more than 2.0 cfm air movement from the conditioned space to the ceiling cavity. The lighting fixture shall be tested at 75 Pascals or 1.57 Ibs /ft pressure difference and have a label attached, showing compliance with this test method. Recessed lighting fixtures shall be installed with a gasket or caulk between the fixture and ceiling to prevent air leakage. May 10, 2010 Allen Johannessen City of Tukwila Building and Planning 6300 Southcenter Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 RE: Permit # D10 -080 K& G Fashion Superstore Plan Review dated April 13, 2010 Dear Allen, We have received you letter dated 4/13/10 and modified our drawings to respond to the questions below: WY OF Ttprwuk NAY 11 2010 PJ Carra 1. Provide a floor plan that identifies means of egress. Dimension egress paths. Identify path of egress illumination on the plan to show common paths of egress are provided with emergency illumination. Emergency illumination shall have at least an average of 1 foot -candle and a minimum at any point of .1 foot candle measured along the path of egress at the floor level. Emergency lighting shall also be required for exit discharge doorways. (IBC Section 1006). We have added sheet A2.6 to depict the egress path on the fixture plan. The emergency egress lighting is shown on the lighting plan sheet E1.2 and A3.1. We have updated the emergency lighting to cover 4 main paths. The lighting plan has been referenced into this egress plan to show the lighting. Also included is a new sheet EM1.1 with photometric analysis of all the egress path lighting. 2. Access to the common path of egress in an "M" occupancy, the aisle ways common path of travel shall not exceed 30 feet, with minimum 30 inch clear width aisle access ways at any point within the merchandise pad. Show aisle access ways do not exceed travel distance (30 feet) to the common path of egress. (IBC 1014.4.1 & 1014.4.2) See new sheet A2.6 for the egress path locations. We have 4 paths from which to keep the maximum dimension well under 30'. 3. Show provisions for at least two drinking fountains. A double "high/low" drinking fountain shall be acceptable. At least one shall meet accessibility standards. (IBC 2903.4 ) We have modified our floor plan to show the new double fountain. We also added an interior elevation to show the unit. 16398 NE 85TH ST. SUITE 101 REDMOND, WA 9805 425 636 8006 • • 4. Show provisions for an accessible check out counter. Provide cabinet details with dimensions for the accessible check writing surface height and counter access. (IBC 1109.12.5 & ANSI 904.4 thru 904.4.3) We have 7 ADA accessible counters at the main check out area. We have identified each with the 34" height. The counters are set up for a parallel approach per the code. Shop drawings are available for the cabinetry. We received an updated fixture plan from our client during the time that the permit was under review. We have included this updated fixture plan with our resubmittal package. Many sheets were affected, and we have included each for a final review. The 2 sheets not affected are A1.1 (site plan) and A8.1 (interior details). Also included are the client standard specification sheets A9.1 -A9.7. These may not be necessary for the permit review, but are included none the less. Sincerely, Partners Architectural Design Group, Inc. Eric E. Koch Principal encl. (4) copies A0.1, A0.2 <new >, A2.1, A2.2, A2.3, A2.4, A2.5, A2.6 <new >, A3.1, A3.2, A4.1, A5.1, A6.1, A7.1, A7.2, A9.1 -9.7 <new specifications sheets >, EM1.1 <new egress lighting plan> Revision Submittal Form • 1 Jim Haggerton, Mayor epartment of Community i eVelopment Jack Pace, Director April 27, 2010 John Chelico 2003 Western Ave, Ste 200 Seattle, WA 98121 RE: Correction Letter #1 Development Permit Application Number D10 -080 K & G Fashion Superstore —17501 Southcenter Py Dear Mr. Chelico, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building Department. At this time the Fire, Planning, and Public Works Departments have no comments. Building Department: Allen Johannessen at 206 - 433 -7163 if you have questions regarding the attached memo. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and /or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) sets of revised plans, specifications and /or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, ifer Marshall it Technician encl File No. D10 -080 W:\Permit Center \Correction Letters\2010\D10 -080 Correction Letter #1.DOC 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 0 Tukwila, Washington 98188 o Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 o Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Tukwila Building Division Allen Johannessen, Plan Examiner Building Division Review Memo Date: April 13, 2010 Project Name: K & G Fashion Superstore Permit #: D10 -080 Plan Review: Allen Johannessen, Plans Examiner The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and/or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. Provide a floor plan that identifies means of egress. Dimension egress paths. Identify path of egress illumination on the plan to show common paths of egress are provided with emergency illumination. Emergency illumination shall have at least an average 1 foot -candle and a minimum at any point of 0.1 foot candle measured along the path of egress at the floor level. Emergency lighting shall also be required for exit discharge doorways. (IBC Section 1006) 2. Access to the common path of egress in an "M" occupancy, the aisle ways common path of travel shall not exceed 30 feet, with minimum 30 inch clear width aisle access ways at any point within the merchandise pad. Show aisle access ways do not exceed travel distance (30 feet) to the common path of egress. (IBC 1014.4.1 & 1014.4.2) 3. Show provisions for at least two drinking fountains. A double "high/low" drinking fountain shall be acceptable. At least one shall meet accessibility standards. (IBC 2903.4 Washington State Amendments & ANSI 602) 4. Show provisions for an accessible check out counter. Provide cabinet details with dimensions for the accessible check writing surface height and counter access. (IBC 1109.12.5 & ANSI 904.4 thru 904.4.3) Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206 -431- 3670. No further comments at this time. • • PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D10 -080 DATE: 04 -02 -10 PROJECT NAME: K & G FASHION SUPERSTORE SITE ADDRESS: 17501 SOUTHCENTER PY - STE 200 Original Plan Submittal X Response to Incomplete Letter # 1 Response to Correction Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPA TMEN S: ��� uildi g ivision Olt �c . ' �� r s Fire Prevention Structural n DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Comments: r71. Incomplete n 14-it o Planning ivision Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 04 -06 -10 Not Applicable Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route T, Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required n REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 05 -04-10 Approved n Approved with Conditions ❑ Not Approved (attach comments) 1% Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: . DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: 9 Departments issued corrections: Bldg] Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 • City of Tukwila Steven M Mullet, Mayor Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite # 100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: httn: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Steve Lancaster, Director Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: 4/I /to Plan Check/Permit Number: D10-080 ® Response to Incomplete Letter # 1 ❑ Response to Correction Letter # ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: K & G Fashion Superstore Project Address: 17501 Southcenter Py — Ste 200 K Contact Person: 0 Phone Number: 41-5 � 5 60 1360 ' (3 Summary of Revision: CZ V\SC.uSSIoki w( -111%1 AvE fgoovlP b 'k F I E r2 0 f‘401-0's O'er 'F'?-01,s7 _L.. j -vi a hi S kZ V t ps r crO sysco'P Sheet Number(s): \ l X n "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of rev" 10 RECEIVED APR 0 2 2010 PERMIT CENTER Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: Jul Tt/� Entered in Permits Plus on lapplications\forms- applications on line xevision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: • • Jaimie Reavis City of Tukwila Building and Planning 6300 Southcenter Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 RE: Permit # D10 -080 K &G Fashion Superstore Incomplete letter 1 Dear Jaimie, We have received you letter dated 3/24/10 and modified our drawings to respond to the question below: 1. This design of this building was approved through Public Hearing Design Review. For the exterior modifications proposed, a minor modification to the approved design review must be approved by the Community Development Director. Please submit a written description of the proposed changes to the building exterior, colored elevations, and the location of any existing landscaping to be removed. The submitted 11x17 photos depict the area of the project where we propose to install a 15' -0" wide new storefront window to increase the transparency of our tenant space. The location is centered under the clock at the centerline of the arched canopy. The photos show the before and after conditions. Per our conversation, we have photoshopped in the new glazing to depict the final conditions. Also requested is the removal of the center tree in the planter. There are two existing trees adjacent to the new storefront portion, and shrubs in the planters. Four sets of 11x17 photos are enclosed for further review. Do not hesitate to call with any questions on this proposal Partners Architectural Design Group, Inc. Eric E. Koch Principal encl. Before, After, Line Drawing, Tree Removal 11x17's Revision Submittal Form INCOMPLETE LTR# D10-084 ECEIVED APR 0 2 2010 PERMIT CENTER 2150 NORTH 107TH ST. SUITE 501 SEATTLE, WA 98133 FAX 206 361 1467 206 361 1358 March 24, 2010 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Jim Haggerton, Mayor John Chelico — JSH Properties 2003 Western Ave Suite 200 Seattle, WA 98121 RE: Incomplete Letter #1 Development Permit Application D10 -080 K & G Fashion Superstore —17501 Southcenter Py Dear Mr. Chelico, Jack Pace, Director This letter is to inform you that your permit application received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center on March 18, 2010 is determined to be incomplete. Before your application can continue the plan review process the attached/following items from the following department(s) need(s) to be addressed: Planning Department: Jaimie Reavis at 206 - 431 -3659 if you have any questions concerning the attached comments. Please address the attached memo in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and /or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) sets of revised plans, specifications and /or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at the Permit Center at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, Bill Rambo Permit Technician Enclosures File: D10 -080 W:\Permit Center \Incomplete Letters \2010\D10 -080 Incomplete Ltr # 1.DOC 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 0 Tukwila, Washington 98188 0 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 a Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 • • PLANNING DIVISION COMMENTS DATE: March 23, 2010 APPLICANT: John Chelico — JSH Properties RE: D10 -080 ADDRESS: 17501 Southcenter Parkway (parcel #262304 -9067) Please review the following comments listed below and submit your revisions accordingly. 1. This design of this building was approved through Public Hearing Design Review. For the exterior modifications proposed, a minor modification to the approved design review must be approved by the Community Development Director. Please submit a written description of the proposed changes to the building exterior, colored elevations, and the location of any existing landscaping to be removed. If you have any questions on the requested revision, Jaimie Reavis is the planner assigned to the file and can be reached at 206 -431 -3659. PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D10 -080 DATE: 07 -15 -10 PROJECT NAME: K & G FASHION SUPERSTORE SITE ADDRESS: 17501 SOUTHCENTER PY - SUITE 200 Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # X Revision # 1 After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works ❑ Fire Prevention Structural n n Pltnl r ing ivision Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Incomplete n DUE DATE: 07 -20-10 Not Applicable n Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: No further Review Required DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved n Approved with Conditions Notation: ID revve, k)(4.er REVIEWER'S INITIALS: JR n DUE DATE: 08-17 -10 Not Approved (attach comments) Ll0-04I a-C. -L DATE: M''� Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 • PER iTCOORDCOMP PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D10 -080 DATE: 05/11/10 PROJECT NAME: K & G FASHION SUPERSTORE SITE ADDRESS: 17501 SOUTHCENTER PY Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # X Response to Correction Letter # 1 Revision # - after Permit Issued D P TM NTS: rihia � � `O u ing ivision Public Works ❑ Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division ❑ Permit Coordinator ❑ DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete it Comments: Incomplete ❑ DUE DATE: 05/13/10 Not Applicable Permit Center Use Only . INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Building Please Route K, REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required ❑ DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 06/10/10 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions 14 Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only . CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D10 -080 DATE: 03- 1.8 -10 PROJECT NAME: K & G FASHION SUPERSTORE SITE ADDRESS: 17501 SOUTHCENTER PY SUITE 200 X Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # _ After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works 11 A IAA Arc 3- 0 Fire Prevention Structural Aet4-4 Planning Division n Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) DUE DATE: 03 -23-10 Complete Incomplete Not Applicable n Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: -'�-cD LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route ❑ Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 04 -20 -10 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions ❑ Not Approved (attach comments) n Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents /routing slip.doc 2 -28-02 • PROJECT NAME: L6 F'tS &i w' S - PERMIT NO: 1 lt 0 U0 SITE ADDRESS: L SO 1 So 4cinor ORIGINAL ISSUE DA S- 0 REVISION LOG REVISION NO. DATE'RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS S •• • • of Revision: _ ' CT%1_ I4AJER1!R'„ V'-_ Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE . STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) REVISION' NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF .INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: City of Tukwila REVISION SUBMITTAL Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: 7 (( s/ 1 T3 Plan ChecWPermit Number: V 1 U _d D 0 ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ❑ Response to Correction Letter # 51 Revision # 1 after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: 4t ""iNsS j OI-i S Project Address: 17'5 6 ( S ICI..l1C`/ '- s'R ZO 0 Contact Person: gl C Y-CC4-4- Phone Number: 41- 2 5 fQ 3 (n S 0 0 (p Summary of Revision: 1%/1 I l,.,CJ`i; 1'40VI'Pt clYtpL) 1ZE-MOY L-✓, SN tZuYS R CA_ o s LPCN s GA-r If LA-1,J S r[5 )4_ RECErtinD OF Ttnetru Sheet Number(s): L _ 1 • 0 "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: Entered in Permits Plus on 7- (S' ( 0 152010 °R calm H:Wpplications\Forms- Applications On Line \2009-08 Revision Submittal.doc Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: 8 -2009 • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http : / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: 1- (� Plan Check/Permit Number: D10-080 ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ® Response to Correction Letter # 1 ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: K & G Fashion Superstore Project Address: 17501 Southcenter Py Contact Person: 'g-.\ C.- ILO CAA Phone Number: 4 2 C2 % - 8 Ca(y eirvilggerult44 HAY 11 14 PERM1rcR Summary of Revision: gV-.SPoLSt— TO '`t /13/10 LA- 11>"'(Z F-1F--0'1 ALL 3 0;-k ., N 1= SS o 4 • 1,M-1-1 -1.1 L.ow '9\241.1,4-11,4 hfiPsi J ASV VVP. I�t t$ i2-ES$ t't -I°M DMZ_ Co "T� PtLT E V_E5S `'P 8-1-47 - GcCESS l-lC N'11tiG f14 CAD I-4 -1 tC . 1 -t SVN.01.1 L. 4N --1 Le,dt -LS, C-, -k. cry -7 Ary Pt Gov e Cot,-S14 Accp N r1,4 t= bc-Tur.g 1' Lf Lkitarr 1z41 M 1"E"l■1Prl41- 'Ct) S't'% , Sheet Number(s): AO.1,,40.2, A2.1, A2.2, A2.3 A2.4, A2.5, A2. (9, A3. 1, A'3.2 , A �t. %, A4. I, "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision A L.a.1 A-1. I, A 7.2, A °►,1- �."� �� M I, Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: 0/►^- Entered in Permits Plus on 1L Q \applications \forms - applications on line\revision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: Contractors or Tradespeople Per Friendly Page • General /Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with Lai to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. Business and Licensing Information Name D P Inc General Contractors UBI No. 601515833 Phone 2063612989 Status Active Address 19909 Ballinger Way Ne License No. DPINCGC066BU Suite /Apt. License Type Construction Contractor City Seattle Effective Date 1/31/1994 State Wa Expiration Date 1/31/2012 Zip 98155 Suspend Date County King Specialty 1 General Business Type Corporation Specialty 2 Unused Parent Company Other Associated Licenses License Name Type Specialty 1 Specialty 2 Effective Date Expiration Date Status PATTICC034MH Pattison Construction Co Llc Construction Contractor General Unused 7/8/1997 2/17/1998 Archived PATTICA066DQConstruction Pattison &Amp; Assoc Construction Contractor General Unused 3/18/19942/17/1998 01/31/2008 Archived DODSOPI101J6 Dodson Pattison Inc Construction Contractor General Unused 4/2/1990 3/26/1994 Archived ACECO" 179L0 Ace Construction Construction Contractor Carpentry/Framing Painting /Wallcovering 6/20/1983 6/16/1986 Archived VANSND'176B0 Van's Northwest Drywall Construction Contractor Dry Wall Painting /Wallcovering 1/20/1983 11/1/1983 Archived ALLAMD'184BN All American Drywall Construction Contractor Dry Wall Painting /Wallcovering 1/15/19821/15/1983 Archived Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date Dodson, William President 01/31/1994 Bond Information Page 1 of 2 Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date 5 DEVELOPERS STY & INDEMNITY CO 791078C 01/31/2008 Until Cancelled $12,000.0002/25 /2008 4 CBIC SA6377 01/31/2002 01/31/2008 01/31/2010 $12,000.00 01/09/2002 Assignment of Savings Information No records found for the previous 6 year period Insurance Information Insurance Company Name Policy Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Amount Received Date 13 OHIO CASUALTY INS CO BK01153724175 01/31/2009 01/31/2011 $1,000,000.00 01/22/2009 12 OOHIO CAS INS BK00953724175 01/31/2008 01/31/2009 $1,000,000.00 04/04/2008 https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/bbip/Print.aspx 05/20/2010 L_ J EXIT ANALYSIS: OCCUPANT LOADING (IBC TABLE 1004.12) K4cx FASHION SUPERSTORE AREA F. / PERSON M (SALES FLOOR) 21,435 F. 30 S -1, S -2 (RECEIVING) 984 SF.. 500 BATHROOM CORE 494 SF.. - B (TAILOR / FITTING) 2,081 SF.. 100 TOTAL 25,000 F. TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD: 131 EGRESS WIDTH REQUIRED: (1005.1) DOORS: 131 OCCUPANTS X .15 3 EXITS REQUIRED (10182) EGRESS WIDTH PROVIDED: FRONT DOOR EXIST 68 INCHES REAR HALL DOOR 1 34 INCHES OCCUPANT LOAD 114 2 0 21 131 110° 3 EXITS PROVIDED FRONT DOOR EXIST. 68 INCHES TOTAL PROVIDED: 110 INCHES WALL AND OPENING PROTECTION: TYPE 1IB (IBC) IBC TABLE 601 M, S- 1,6-2: NON COMBUSTABLE STRUCTURAL FRAME: (COL'S, ;GIRDERS, TRUSSES) NO RATING BEARING WALLS - EXTERIOR: (IBC 602) 2 I-4R LESS THAN 5 FEET I HR LESS THAN 10 FEET BEARING WALLS INTERIOR: NO RATING NON BEARING WALLS - EXTERIOR (I5C 602) 2 HR LESS THAN 5 FEET 1 1-R LESS THAN 10 FEET NON BEARING WALLS INTERIOR: NO RATING FLOOR: NO RATING ROOF: NO RATING SHAFT ENCLOSURES: 1 HR - SEE 101 FOR EXCEPTIONS STORAGE RACKS: NOT TO EXCEED 12 FEET IN HEIGHT PER IBC 413.1 4 IFC 2302 MERCHANDISE NOT TO EXCEED 12' -0° OCCUPANCY SEPARATION: IBC TABLE 805.33 M FROM 5 -1,2 NO RATING. (TABLE 5083. FOOTNOTE B EXC. 2) OPENING PROTECTIVES: NO RATED WALLS REQUIRED PATH OF TRAVEL - 115' MAX, 250' ALLOWED - OK COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL - 60' MAX, 15' ALLOWED - OK FASHION SUPERSTORE 175 s L-- AC AY 2 EL_ Permit No. Pt 01° Plan review approval is subject to errors and omissions. Approval of construction documents does not authorize the violation of any adopted code or ordinance. Receipt of approved Field Copy and conditions is acknowledged: By Date: 5b -DO °/0 City Of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISI.ON L J J EX ARCH 1 TE CTUR4L- A -2J FLOOR PLAN A -22 ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN A -2.3 FLOOR MATERIAL LAYOUT 1 FINISH PLAN A -2.4 GRAPHIC PLAN 4 SCHEDULE IXTb - AN 4 •UL A -2.6 EGRESS PLAN . 0" .� . A -32 CEILING FRAMING PLAN A- R• 4, P A -5.1 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A -6.1 BUILDING SECTIONS A -1.1 INTE- = - ELEVATIONS A -12 A -8.1 A -9.1 A -92 A -93 A -9.4 A -9.5 A -9.6 A -9.1 D•OR SCH DUL INTERIOR DETAILS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS STRUCTURAL, 51 STRUCTURAL NOTES AND PLANS S2 STRUCTURAL DETAILS EGRE55 Len.' EGRESS LIGHTING PLAN 0 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLANS TO CONSTRUCT NEW INTERIOR ROOMS WITH ALL FINISI -IES, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING FOR A NEW K4G FAST -410N SUPERSTORE. LOCAT ION: ZONING: OCCUPANCY: CONSTRUCTION: PROPOSED USE: SQUARE FOOTAGE: SUITE C2 i3LDG SQ FT: PARKING: ASSESSORS PARCEL * 11501 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY SUITE 200 M TYPE 115 (FULLY SPRINKLED) UNLIMITE RETAIL MAIN FLOOR: 25,000 S.F. SUITE B SUITE C1 SUITE 02 SUITE D TOTAL: 40,020 18,610 25,000 43,050 126,680 REVIEWED CODECOMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 19 2010 Gityo` kwtla BUILDING l IVISIQV 121 TOTAL STALLS - NO CHANGE TO BUILDING OR SITE 262304906100 ii SY A �3 n) NO MATERIALS OR PRODUCTS CONTAINING ASBESTOS ARE TO BE UTILIZED IN THIS PROJECT. NO PRODUCTS ARE TO BE UTILIZED IN THIS WORK THAT WILL REQUIRE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SHOULD THEY BE REMOVED. ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE 2006 EDITION OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE. ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE PLANS 4 PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS. IN THE EVENT OF CONFLICTS OR CHANGES BETWEEN DETAILS OR BETWEEN THE PLANS 4 SPECIFICATIONS, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. FINISH FLOOR REF. DATUM EQUALS (100' -0') REFER TO TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY FOR ACTUAL SITE ELEVATION. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF CONCRETE, MASONRY, FACE OF FRAMING OR COLUMN CENTER LINES U.N.O. ALL WOOD IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE OR MASONRY SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED WOOD PRESSURE TREATED WOOD OF ANY SPECIES OR FOUNDATION GRADE CEDAR OR REDWOOD. ALL MARKED BY AN APPROVED TESTING AGENCY. ALL WOOD FORMS USED FOR CONCRETE, IN THE GROUND OR BETWEEN FOUNDATION SILLS 4 THE GROUND SHALL BE REMOVED. PROVIDE HORIZONTAL FIREBLOCKING IN ALL FRAME WALLS AT 10' -0' O.C. 4 WHERE FRAME WALLS PENETRATE CEILING. FIREBLOCK IN ACCORDANCE 1.111114 I.S.C. SEC. 10822. DRAFTSTOPPING IN FLOORS IS NOT REQUIRED IN BUILDINGS EQUIPPED THROUGHOUT WITH SPRINKLER SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 903.3.1. (180 111.3.3) DRAFTSTOPPING IN ATTICS IS NOT REQUIRED IN BUILDINGS EQUIPPED THROUGHOUT WITH AN AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 903.3.1. (IBC 111.4.3) PROVIDE A FLOOR OR LANDING NOT GREATER THAN 14' BELOW THRESHOLD AT ALL DOORWAYS. PROVIDE BLDG. ADDRESS PER OWNERS BUILDING STANDARDS. EGRESS DOORS SHALL BE READILY OPENABLE FROM THE EGRESS SIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. 115C 1008.1.8.1 HARDWARE. DOOR HANDLES, ULLS LATCHES, LOCKS AND OCHER OPERATING DEVICES ON DOORS REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE SY CHAPTER 11 SHALL NOT REQUIRED RIGHT GRASPING, TIGHT PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST TO OPERATE. 1008.1.83 LOCKS AND LATCHES. LOCKS AND LATCHES SHALL BE PERMITTED TO PREVENT OPERATION OF DOORS WHERE ANY OF THE FOLLOWING EXISTS: 2. IN BUILDINGS IN OCCUPANCY GROUPS M, THE MAIN EXTERIOR DOOR OR DOORS ARE PERMITTED TO BE EQUIPPED WITH KEY- OPERATED LOCKING DEVICES FROM THE EGRESS SIDE PROVIDED: 2.1 THE LOCKING DEVICE IS READILY DISTINGUISHABLE AS LOCKED, 22 A READILY VISIBLE DURABLE SIGN IS POSTED ON THE EGRESS SIDE OR ADJACENT TO THE DOOR STATING: THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED. THE SIGN SHALL BE IN LETTERS 1 INCH HIGH ON A CONTRASTING BACKGROUND. ALL ROOMS OR AREAS HAVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 50 (1,500 SF OF RETAIL SPACE) OR MORE SHALL HAVE AT LEAST 2 .EXITS TO THE EXTERIOR OR TO AN EXIT CORRIDOR ( ONE -HOUR CONSTRUCTION). ( I.B.C. 1014.1 ) EXITS SHALL HAVE A MIN. SEPARATION OF ONE HALF THE MAX. OVERALL DIAGONAL OF THE BUILDING OR AREA SERVED, MEASURED` IN A STRAIGHT LINE BETWEEN EXITS. ( I.B.C. SECTION 10142.1 ) EXCEPTION 2 - WHERE A BUILDING IS EQUIPPED THROUGHOUT WITH AN AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 9033.1 OR 9033.12, THE SEPARATION DISTANCE OF THE EXIT DOORS OR EXIT ACCESS DOORWAYS SHALL NOT E LESS THAN ONE -THIRD OF THE LENGTH OF THE MAXIMUM OVERALL DIAGONAL DIMENSION OF THE AREA SERVED. EXPOSED INSULATION MATERIALS INCLUDING FACINGS AND VAPOR BARRIERS, SHALL NAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING NOT TO EXCEED 25, AND A SMOKE DENSITY NOT TO EXCEED 450, OR SHALL BE IN SUBSTANTIAL CONTACT WITH THE WALL OR CEILING SURFACE FINISH. (IBC. SECTION 803) ELECTRIC RESISTANCE HEAT IS NOT ALLOWED UNLESS THE WASHINGTON STATE NON - RESIDENTIAL ENERGY CODE COMPLIANCE FORM IS REVISED. LIMIT AIR LEAKAGE PER W.S.E.C. SECT. 1314. UJHEN THE FLOOR AREA OF 'GROUP 8 OR GROUP M' OCCUPANCIES EXCEED 1500 SF, TWO BARRIER FREE RESTROOMS WILL BE REQUIRED. 29023.1 EXC. 2 WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS WHEN THE OCCUPANT LOAD EXCEEDS 50 THE DOORS MUST SWING IN THE DIRECTION OF EXIT TRAVEL. 15C 1008.12 BUILDING SECTION SECTION IDENTIFICATION LOCATED ON SHEET.» WALL SECTION SECTION IDENTIFICATION LOCATED ON SHEET- DETAIL DETAIL IDENTIFICATION LOCATED ON SHEET INTERIOR ELEVATION ELEVATION IDENTIFICATION LOCATED ON SHEET ROOM SYMBOL OFFICE < ROOM NAME ROOM NUMBER 101 1 A4 R OMATERIAL CODES let FLO AS 2nd No WALLS/UTAINSCOT 91 _ 011 3rd No CEILING 950 SQ. CEILINGs HEIGHT SQUARE FOOTAGE GRID MARKERS LETTERS IN ONE DIRECTION NUMBERS IN THE OTHER DOOR SYMBOL AA < DOOR NUMBER WALL SYMBOL WALL IDENTIFICATION WINDOW SYMBOL WINDOW IDENTIFICATION MATCI -1 LINE - SHADED PORTION IS THE SIPE CONSIDERED s a NORTH ARROW ELEVATION MARKER FINISH GRADE ELEVATION TOP OF CURB TOP OF PAVEMENT CENTER LINE PROPERTY LINE > CENTER LINE OF STREAM NEW CONTOUR / EXISTING CONTOUR / -11 REVISION CLOUD IDENTIFYING NUMBER SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: ►:/ Y Mechanical Electrical Plumbing 11. Gas Piping City of Tukwila ILDING DIVISION 1.10.060 L • i ACACOUS. ARP. AGGR ALUM. ANOD. APPROX. ARCH. ASPH. BD. BLDG. BLK SLK'G. BM. BOT. B.0 R CAS. C.B. CEM. CH. C.J. CLG. CLR. C.O. COL. CONC. CONN. CONSTR. CONT. C.T. CTR CTSK DBL. DEPT. PET. PIA. DIM DN. DR D.S. E. EA. E.I.F.S. EL. ELEC. ELEV. ENCL. E.P. AND ANGLE AT CENTERLINE DIAMETER OR ROUND PERPEND ICULAR POUND OR NUMBER ANCHOR BOLT ACOUSTICAL ABOVE FINISH FLR AGGREGATE ALUMINUM ANODIZED APPROXIMATE ARCHITECTURAL ASPHALT BOARD. BUILDING BLOCK BLOCKING SEAM BOTTOM BUILT UP ROOF CABINET CATCH BASIN CEMENT CHANNEL CONTROL JOINT CEILING CLEAR CLEAN OUT COLUMN CONCRETE CONNECTION CONSTRUCTION CONTINUOUS CERAMIC TILE CENTER COUNTER SUNK DOUBLE DEPARTMENT DETAIL DIAMETER DIMENSION DOWN DOOR DOt1MSPOUT DRAWING EAST EACH EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM EXPANSION JOINT ELEVATION ELECTRICAL ELEVATOR ENCLOSURE ELECTRICAL PANEL EQ. EQUAL EQUIP. EQUIPMENT EXIST. EXISTING EXPO. EXPOSED EXT. EXTERIOR F.O.I C. FURNISHED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY CONT'R F.D. FLOOR DRAIN F.E. FIRE EXTING- UISHER F.H. FIRE HYDRANT FIN. FINISH FLASH. FLASHING FLR. FLOOR FLUOR FLUORESCENT POUND. FOUNDATION FRIG. FRAMING FT. FOOT OR FEET FTG. FOOTING FURR. FURRING GA. GAUGE GALV. GALVANIZED GC. GENERAL CONTRACTOR GL. GLASS GND. GROUND GR GRADE GP. GROUP G.W.S. GYPSUM WALL BOARD GYP. GYPSUM HOUR. HPCP. HDWD. H.S. H.C. HM. HORIZ. HR I4T. INST. INSUL. INT. LAM. LS. LOC. MATL. MAX. MFR. M.H. MECH. MIN. MISC. MTD. MIL. N. N.I.C. NO. N.T.S. HARDWARE HAND ICAP HARDWOOD HOSE 5188 HOLLOW CORE HOLLOW METAL HORIZONTAL HOUR HEIGHT INSTALLATION INSULATION INTERIOR LAMINATED POUND LOCATION MATERIAL_ MAXIMUM MANUFACTURER MANHOLE MECHANICAL MINIMUM MISCELLANEOUS MOUNTED METAL NORTH NOT IN CONTRACT NUMBER NOT TO SCALE O.C. 0/ OPP. PL. PLYWD. P.P. PLAN R R.D. REC. REF. REIN REQ'D. RM. S.C. SCHED. SI-IT. SHT'G. SIM. SPEC. SQ. STD. STL. STOR. BTRUC. SUeP. S SVC. SYM. SAU T. T.C. TEL. T.4 G. TI-IK T.OP T.P. T.W. TYP. U.SC. UNF. U.ON. VERT. W. WO. WOW. W/0 W.P. WR MGT. WT. ON CENTER. OVER OPPOSITE PLATE PLYWOOD POWER POLE PLASTIC LAMINATE RADIUS OR RISER ROOF DRAIN RECOMMENDED REFERENCE REINFORCED REQUIRED ROOM SOUTH SOLID CORE SCHEDULE SHEET SHEATHING SIMILAR SPECIFICATIONS SQUARE STANDARD STEEL STORAGE STRUCTURAL SUSPENDED STAIN AND VARNISH SERVICE SYMMETRICAL SIDEWALK TREAD TOP OF CURB TELEPHONE TONGUE AND GROOVE THICK TOP OF PLATE TOP OF PAVEMENT TOP OF WALL TYPICAL UNIFORM BUILDING CODE UNFINISHED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED VERTICAL WEST WITH WOOD WINDOW WITHOUT WATERPROOF WATER RESISTANT WAINSCOT WEIGHT REVISIONS No ChflQ9s shall be made to the scope of work without prior approval of Tukwila Building Division. NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal and may include additional plan review fees. s 157th 5t S:i56Sh Ln 1 `t so;Irti efrier, 6 1613t St enw.styartt Soattt S6ittllc Ater 5:172nd.51 5172nd P1 .: 6 175t St 778th St 690)o s 179th" St us 78th Si ti Upland Or'. Midland De Minkler.:Blvd A4 Hied JaroptT I I -.-,' (11 .n 1111/3 w PARK PLACE 54-1OPPING CENTER 3 sued Ja soqukr 23 )iced ier:,puy Mink Saxon( CONSU LANDLORD: CLPF- TUKWILA LP 0/0 JSI-1 PROPERTIES 10655 NE 4TH ST. SUITE 300 BELLEVUE, WA 98004 P14. (206) 859 -4500 FAX (206) 859- 4501 E -MAIL JOHNCeJSHPROPERTIES.COM CONTACT: JOHN CHELICO ARCHITECT 1 PLANNER: PARTNERS ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN GROUP 16398 NE 85TH ST, SUITE 101 REDMOND, WA 98052 P14: (425) 636 -8006 FAX: (425) 289 -5801 E -MAIL: ERICePADGI.COM CONTACT: ERIC KOCN MEP ENGINEER HENDERSON ENGINEERS INC. 8325 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 400 LENEXA, KS, 66214 P14: (913)142 -5358 FAX: (913)142 -5001 E -MAIL: ROBERT.HARRISel-EI- ENG.COM CONTACT: ROBERT HARRIS STRUCTURAL ENGINEER CT ENGINEERING 180 NICKERSON STREET SUITE 302 SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98109 P14: (206) 285 -4512 FAX: (206) 285 -0618 E -MAIL: CMORRISeCTENGINEERING.COM CONTACT: CHUCK MORRIS TENANT THE MENS WEARHOUSE 40650 ENCYCLOPEDIA CIRCLE FREMONT, CA 94538 PH: (510) 123 -8643 FAX: (113) 518 -9848 E -MAIL: ENII1 *TMW.COM CONTACT: EVE LEFCOURT CORRECTION R E C TIO N CITY OF MAY 71 2010 PERMIT CENTER THAT PORTION OF THE SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF THE SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF SECTION 26, TOWNSHIP 23 NORTH, RANGE 4 EAST, W.M. AND OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 35, TOWNSHIP 23 NORTH, RANGE 4 EAST, W.M. IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: BEGINNING AT THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF SAID NORTHEAST QUARTER OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER: THENCE NORTH 81 °45151' WEST 481.05 FEET TO THE WEST MARGIN OF SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY: THENCE SOUTH 11 °59'33' EAST 4121 FEET: THENCE NORTH 81'45151' WEST 210 FEET TO NE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING: THENCE CONTINUING NORTH 81'45151' WEST 19.11 FEET: THENCE SOUTH 42'30'21' WEST 531.51 FEET TO A POINT ON A LINE 19.5 FEET SOUTHWESTERLY OF CENTERLINE OF 19 FOOT WIDE RAILROAD EASEMENT: THENCE NORTHERLY ALONG A LINE WHICH IS CONCENTRIC AND PARALLEL WITH SAID CENTERLINE ALONG A CURVE TO THE RIGHT OF THE CENTER OF WHICH BEARS NORTH 48'31'03' EAST HAVING A RADIUS OF 429.19 FEET AN ARC DISTANCE OF 43355 FEET THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 51'41152': THENCE CONTINUING ALONG SAID PARALLEL LINE NORTH 16•161651 EAST 50.03 FEET TO THE SOUTH LINE OF SAID SECTION 26: THENCE SOUTH 61'45'51' EAST 20.01 FEET TO THE CENTERLINE OF AN EXISTING RAILROAD EASEMENT: THENCE NORTH 16°18'55' EAST 164.16 FEET: THENCE ALONG ,4 CURVE TO THE RIGHT HAVING A RADIUS OF 661.14 FEET AN ARC DISTANCE OF 154.13 FEET THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 15'59'40': THENCE NORTH 00'19'15' EAST 528.93 FEET: THENCE CONTINUING ALONG SAID CENTERLINE ON A CURVE TO THE RIGHT HAVING A RADIUS OF 41028 FEET AND ARC DISTANCE OF23928 FEET THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 33 •24'54': THENCE SOUTH 88 °51'25' EAST 34.64 FEET: THENCE SOUTH 01 °08'35' WEST 198.66 FEET: THENCE NORTH 86'40'03' EAST 214.13 FEET TO THE WEST MARGIN OF SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY: THENCE SOUTHERLY ALONG SAID WEST MARGIN ON CURVE TO THE LEFT OF THE CENTER OF WHICH BEARS NORTH 85'13'08' EAST HAVING A RADIUS OF 99131 FEET AN ARC DISTANCE OF 40 FEET THROUGH A CENTER ANGLE OF 2 °18142' THENCE SOUTH 85 °12'11' WEST 182 FEET: THENCE SOUTH 11'59'33' EAST 261.61 FEET: THENCE SOUTH 88 °25'36' EAST 115.11 FEET: THENCE NORTH 11'59'33' WEST 91.14 FEET: THENCE SOUTH SS'25136' EAST 66.65 FEET TO THE WEST MARGIN OF SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY: THENCE SOUTH 11'59'33' EAST 531.16 FEET: THENCE NORTH 81'45'51' WEST 210 FEET: THENCE SOUTH I1 °59'33' EAST 234.54 FEET TO THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING: LESS PORTION WITHIN UNION PACIFIC RAILROAD EASEMENT: ALSO KNOWN AS PARCEL B OF CITY OF TUKWILLA BOUNDARY LINE ADJUSTMENT NO. 8 -19 RECORDED UNDER KING COUNTY RECORDING NO. 1908230152 SITUATE IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON CI) C `O C'i Of orimere 1 CO i cam. :t 0 i 4 DESCRIPTION to tCl X W z z f U U 0 w 1- 0 M A dl 0 DRAWN: EEK CHECK: EEK JOB NO: 10 -014 tu 0'- :3 }- tu ot 0-6 oi 0- Z 0/ 0 W� z tsct±-0 1 IL�3 -idt 1-- 2 (n- 8 W Z SHEET: A -0.1 OF: - SHEETS GENERAL NOTES: ALL ITEMS SHOWN TO BE FURNISHED BY TENANT VENDORS ARE TO BE PROVIDED AT LANDLORDS COST - GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN PRICING FROM VENDORS AND INCLUDE IN THE BID. TENANT APPROVED VENDORS INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO GRAPHICS, FLOORING, LOOSE FIXTURES, MILLWORK FIXTURES (INCLUDING WALL FOCALS), FURNITURE, WALL STANDARDS, LIGHTING, PAINT AND TOILET ACCESSORIES. HS [) oNS n, n MAL--1 KaG T.uRN KEy sToRE NOTE: WN BY TENANT ALL ITEMS ARE TO BE SHO RECTO EIVED BE FURNISHED BY TENANT GC. K&G TURN KEY K)1 5 \� •FULL RESPONSIBILITY °SHARED RESPONSIBILITY n/a NOT APPLICABLE ..). �J� ., ,co- `N.‘5 z w 0 z Z w 1- vzzvzz- z w C. z w -i - iI- f_ z w O z(1) w I - rn z vi w NOTES DESCRIPTION -i JHF- 1. AS BUILT/ BASE BUILDING PLANS a. Provide and install a phone conduit with a minimum of a four pair cable at a location designated by Tenant and terminated at the buildings MPOE. G. (Rear) Provide existing loading dock and plate in good working condition. • PROVIDED BY LANDLORD 2. TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLANS • b. Provide and Install a 4'x 6'x 3/4" painted phone board mounted 12" AFF. Provide 3 quadruplex receptacles on a dedicated circuit with an isolated neutral below the phone board or at an elevation required by code. H. All doors to be keyed identically per plans, so 1 key will unlock all doors. Excluding the restroom doors - see note "I" below. • PROVIDED BY LANDLORD 3. TENANT IMPROVEMENT ENGINEERING (MEP ONLY) • I. Restroom doors shall be self - locking & will require an independent key. Install key pad lock per plan. • PROVIDED BY LANDLORD 4. TENANT IMPROVEMENT PERMITS • • �. (Sales area - Receiving) All doors into receiving area shall be unlocked by key from sales area side only. Key pad lock per plan. • PROVIDED BY LANDLORD 5. DEMOLITION ® • K. (Fitting Rooms) All fitting rooms shall be equipped with dowel rods and privacy curtains -no doors required. • • A. Demolition to include all hardware, fasteners & related systems. • • L. Provide a sign above all exits from the premises that "This door to remain unlocked during business hours." Letters shall be at least one inch in height and shall be white on a contrasting background, mounted at head of door. • • B. All areas are to be patched and /or repaired in preparation for new constructinn and /nr finishes • 11. MIRRORS C. Provide and install a switch for vacuum located under the press C. Demolition of MEP systems shall include removal of associated ductwork, pipes, conduits, wiring and other related equipment. • • • A. Provide and install mirrors on wall and at the end of rack displays, as shown on plans. • D. Utility services to be abandoned shall be capped off as directed by local officials and /or the Landlord. • • B. Provide and install 3 way mirror bays. Base of mirror bays provided by Tenant's fixture company. • E. Interruption of any utility service shall be coordinated with and approved by the Landlord • • 12. RESTROOMS f. Provide and install a 20 amp circuit for vacuum pump at 48" AF". • F. Field verify all existing conditions including but not limited to electrical conduits, watersprinklers sanitary and sanita stubs .etc. , • • A. Existing. To be steam cleaned prior to tumover g. Provide and install a duplex outlet at 54" AFF for future water softener installation. 6. ROOF/ FLOOR • EXISTING TO REMAIN a. Provide Bobrick vertical grab bar at both ADA stalls. • A. Existing roof to remain. Provide Tenant with roof warranty information. • • 13. PLUMBING • B. Provide and install all roof curbs and penetrations including but not limited to air and vent pipes including vents required by press installation. • 0 • A. Provide existing water, gas and sewer utility lines servicing the premises including but not limited to the payment of any fees necessary to provide the aforementioned utility services into the premises in their existing locations. • 1. Provide and install 24 hour timer for track lighting installed parallel to storefront and junction boxes above ceiling at storefront. C. Existing concrete slab shall be uniformly level, at a single elevation without depressions. The surface shall be smooth and of uniform solid concrete with no visible rock, gravel or similar substance. • • • B. Existing utility sink in its existing location. • FLOOR SLAB IS EXISTING a. Finish exposed areas of concrete with FC1 material ON -2000 clearseal - Thickness 6 -8 mills. Two (2) coats of ON -2000 Clearseal epoxy coating manufactured by Floric Polytech strictly adhering to manufacturer specifications. Protect floor per manufacturer's guidelines until tumover to Tenant. Diamond grind prior to application of epoxy to be approved by the TMW/ • • C. Existing drinking fountain in its existing location. r K &G CPM in writing. • \/ D. Provide and install one ea. 1/2" water supply with backflow preventer and gate valve 48" AFF for the Tenant's press equipment at a location designated by Tenant for Tenant's press equipment. • L. Provide and install a 20 amp circuit mounted above ceiling line at storefront connected to a 24 hour timer for future installation of interior mounted neon sign. GC's electrician to make final sign connections. • v _- - v.-- 7. STOREFRONT A. Existing entry doors t• be in clean, good working condition E. Provide and install Josam 12" x 12" x 8" floor sink for at a location designated by Tenant for Tenant's press equipment. • M. Provide and install speakers per tenant's plans . • • B. Provide and install tenan s mo • - • = efro 5'x15' f...:-- I ' dow F. Provide and install two ea. 2" sch. 40 black steel vent pipes to exterior, or as specified by local code at a location designated by Tenant for Tenant's press equipment. • : - 18. FINISHES / FIXTURES ®. - .:: ._ using tempered safety glass for new construction. C. Clean and repair existing storefront to appear like new and have a watertight glazing system. Paint, patch and repair as necessary. paint colors to match center. A. Install Tenant provided wall standards. Locate per Tenant's plans and consult with Tenant for location. Top of standards in the sales are to be 8' -4" • H. Provide and install water softener for press equipment. 0 D. Provide and install Madico "Clear 7 -mill #CL- 700 -XSR" window film on glazing except in locations of tenant designated graphics. • • • 14. INSULATION E. Provide Tenant storefront graphics per plan. • 0 • • A. Existing roof insulation G. Relocate tenant's existing storefront signage per plans approved by tenant. Relocation of signage cannot occur prior to last day of business in the "Demised Premise ", and must be installed at the "Relocation Premise" prior to store opening. • • • N/A - EXISTING TO REMAIN B. Demising walls shall contain a minimum of 3" sound batt insulation, or 1 -1/2" rigid insulation in furring areas. • H. Landlord to reuse the existing vestibule. a. Wall Paint, Benjamin Moore • • 8. PARTITIONS b. Ceiling Paint, Benjamin Moore - see schedule on A -2.3 • N/A - EXISTING TO REMAIN A. All new wall framing and furring shall be min. 20 gauge metal studs, or as shown on the wall types. Fire retardant treated wood may be used as nailers and blocking. • • 15. FIRE PROTECTION B. Provide all necessary in -wall framing and blocking required to carry shelving standards and other attachments which are to be installed on walls. • • • • A. Provide and install if required a complete fire sprinkler system per NFPA -13 or local code, including but not limited to UL listed monitoring and associated control panel. All supply lines, drops and heads to be at a uniform height as specified by Tenant. o C. All new metal studs (other than the new demising wall) to be 3 -5/8" or 6" (min.) 20 gauge at 24" on center. Where tighter spacing is required - see watitypes, continuous blocking shall be provided up to 8'-4" on all sales floor partition walls and demising walls. Altematively, studs can be placed 12" o.c. • • • • B. Modifications to sprinkler system for Tenant improvement. • D. All walls shall be faced with 5/8" thick type "x" gypsum wallboard. • • • C. Provide and install type "ABC" 10 Ib. Wall mounted fire extin- guisher's in accordance with code in locations designated by local authorities having jurisdiction. • E. Join wallboard panels with fire resistive joint reinforcing tape and joint compound so as to produce an assembly resistive to fire for one hour period or longer. Walls are not required to be rated per construction II B. a. WF1 Provide and install Madico "Clear 7 -mill #CI- 700 -XSR" window film on glazing per plans. • • D. Provide and install all ceiling mounted smoke detectors as required by local authorities having jurisdiction. 0 F. Provide a smooth surface void of all defects including ridges, trowel marks, bumps and tape wrinkles. • • • • E. Provide and install HVAC duct smoke detectors as required by local authorities having jurisdiction. • G. Furr all concrete and /or block walls with 3 -5/8" metal studs and 5/8" gypsum wallboard finished per "F" above. • • • • Req'd on all units 2000 CFM & above located in retum air ducting. F. Provide and install all audio and visual alarms using tenant's layout plans as required by code. No alarm devices on the sales floor walls below 14 feet. For lower installation, devices to hang 3 feet off the wall and shall not interfere with any wall focal or hangint signage, refer to plans. • H. Interior partition scope provided by Tenant's architect and per Tenant approved plans. • • • 9. CEILING 20. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT 16. MECHANICAL A. Existin s "open en bar joist ceiling" throughout sales floor. Minimum • • • A. Provide Existing HVAC units to be in good working order, and new filters installed after construction completion. • clearance to underside of any duct / sprinkler / lowest element tobe15'. B. 18 KVA Boiler. Indicated on plans by mark EQ6. Also see Details on Sheet A401 • B. Provide and install all MEP services necessary for HVAC units. • B, Provide and install per plans, acoustical ceiling suspension system using 24 "x48 ", 1" thick armstrong Optima Open Plan Tegular #3250 acoustical ceiling panels with all main tees, cross tees, wall molding, and other accessories requied for a complete installation in the tailor shop, break room, managers office and exit corridors. Use 24 "x24 "x1" thick Armstrong Optima Open Plan Tegular #3250 Cortege acoustical ceiling panels in the fitting rooms. See tenant plans for layout. • • C. Provide and install programmable thermostats (including but limited to wiring g and hook-ups between the thermostat a n d HVAC units) for each HVAC unit in accordance with all local codes in a location designated by Tenant. • c, Clearance ceiling height in the sales area shall be at a minimum of 15' without any obstructions after installation of all lighting HVAC, electrical etc. in the premises. • • • D. Provide and install all supply and retum air ducting and grills, dampers and diffusers. Plenum ceilings not acceptable. • D. Bathroom ceilings are "as -is ", • • • F. Provide and install all engineering (structural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing), framing and supports necessary for the HVAC units and system. E, Provide one hour rated gypsum board ceilings in exit corridors. • • • G. Provide and install all duct heaters as necessary. • F, Existing access panels and catwalks for all exterior signs • • • H. Provide and install all ceiling and baseboard heaters as necessary. • 10. DOORS & HARDWARE H . Fire alarm & sprinkler monitoring systems' equipment to tie into the Landlord's fire alarm control panel. All wiring, controls, homs, strobes & meters to be coordinated bet Tenant GC and Landlord. • 1. Provide and install a smoke evacuation system as required by code. • A. Provide and install "Detex" audible panic hardware on all exterior exits other than main entry doors. (Model # ECL -600 BRATCH, Brushed Chrome) • • • J. Provide and install a smoke detection system as required by code. • B. Provide and install one pair of 3' -0" x 6' -8" or 7' -0" glass entry door with exterior or low profile ("Sentinel, Compact 40 Series, Parallel Installation" ) closers. • • • • N/A - EXISTING TO REMAIN C. Provide and install smoke seals on all fire rated doors. • • • 17. ELECTRICAL D. All doors and hardware shall comply with current ADA regulations. • • A. Provide and install a complete main electrical service in its existing location within th ePremises including but not limited to all utility connection fees (if any), conduits, switchgear, circuit breakers, buss bar, wiring, meter socket and distribution panel with a minimum capacity of 60 circuits. • E. All door hardware and butt sets to have a brushed aluminum finish per plans. • • • B. Minimum service shall be 208/240 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire, 800 ampere. If 480 volt service is used, minimum service shall be 400 ampere and include but not limited to any step down transformers and additional circuit panels. • F. Storefront doors shall have low profile closers when applicable. Exceptions: Auto slide or Auto bi -fold doors. (All doors are existing) • • • C. Standard Lighting a. See Sheet E0.1 for lighting schedule. D. Provide and install door bell at the rear door and enunciator to be located above the ceiling at Stockroom to Showroom wall. HS [) oNS n, n MAL--1 KaG T.uRN KEy sToRE NOTE: WN BY TENANT ALL ITEMS ARE TO BE SHO RECTO EIVED BE FURNISHED BY TENANT GC. •FULL RESPONSIBILITY ()SHARED RESPONSIBILITY n/a NOT APPLICABLE 4 5\' `) 4q. K)1 5 \� U z w 0 z Z w 1- o -i J1--Hw z zz- w 0 z- w O z X NOTES DESCRIPTION daQdaa� -i J1- 10. DOORS & HARDWARE (cont) a. Provide and install a phone conduit with a minimum of a four pair cable at a location designated by Tenant and terminated at the buildings MPOE. G. (Rear) Provide existing loading dock and plate in good working condition. • • • b. Provide and Install a 4'x 6'x 3/4" painted phone board mounted 12" AFF. Provide 3 quadruplex receptacles on a dedicated circuit with an isolated neutral below the phone board or at an elevation required by code. H. All doors to be keyed identically per plans, so 1 key will unlock all doors. Excluding the restroom doors - see note "I" below. • • I. Restroom doors shall be self - locking & will require an independent key. Install key pad lock per plan. • • • • �. (Sales area - Receiving) All doors into receiving area shall be unlocked by key from sales area side only. Key pad lock per plan. • • K. (Fitting Rooms) All fitting rooms shall be equipped with dowel rods and privacy curtains -no doors required. • • • L. Provide a sign above all exits from the premises that "This door to remain unlocked during business hours." Letters shall be at least one inch in height and shall be white on a contrasting background, mounted at head of door. • • • 11. MIRRORS C. Provide and install a switch for vacuum located under the press • • A. Provide and install mirrors on wall and at the end of rack displays, as shown on plans. • • B. Provide and install 3 way mirror bays. Base of mirror bays provided by Tenant's fixture company. • • • 12. RESTROOMS f. Provide and install a 20 amp circuit for vacuum pump at 48" AF". • • A. Existing. To be steam cleaned prior to tumover g. Provide and install a duplex outlet at 54" AFF for future water softener installation. • EXISTING TO REMAIN a. Provide Bobrick vertical grab bar at both ADA stalls. • • • 13. PLUMBING H. Provide and install a quadruplex receptacles on a dedicated circuit - 54" AFF with one phone jack for alarm system. Located at phone board. ADT -Fire phone board by Demark. • 0 A. Provide existing water, gas and sewer utility lines servicing the premises including but not limited to the payment of any fees necessary to provide the aforementioned utility services into the premises in their existing locations. • 1. Provide and install 24 hour timer for track lighting installed parallel to storefront and junction boxes above ceiling at storefront. • • B. Existing utility sink in its existing location. J. Provide and install two dedicated quadruplex receptacle at the storefront entry doors for Sensormatic/ Checkpoint devices. • • C. Existing drinking fountain in its existing location. • K. Provide and install electrical receptacles at cash counter per tenant's plans.. • • D. Provide and install one ea. 1/2" water supply with backflow preventer and gate valve 48" AFF for the Tenant's press equipment at a location designated by Tenant for Tenant's press equipment. • L. Provide and install a 20 amp circuit mounted above ceiling line at storefront connected to a 24 hour timer for future installation of interior mounted neon sign. GC's electrician to make final sign connections. • . E. Provide and install Josam 12" x 12" x 8" floor sink for at a location designated by Tenant for Tenant's press equipment. • M. Provide and install speakers per tenant's plans . • F. Provide and install two ea. 2" sch. 40 black steel vent pipes to exterior, or as specified by local code at a location designated by Tenant for Tenant's press equipment. • : - 18. FINISHES / FIXTURES ®. - .:: ._ G. Provide and install one ea. Rheem "Point of Use" model EGSP10, with 3000 watt heating element, 10 gallon electric hot water heater with galvanized drip pan, located above the janitor ceiling. A. Install Tenant provided wall standards. Locate per Tenant's plans and consult with Tenant for location. Top of standards in the sales are to be 8' -4" H. Provide and install water softener for press equipment. 0 B. Receive, assemble and install Tenant millwork provided by Tenant's vendors to include but not limited to cash counter, cashwrap focal, department wall focals, handbag wall focal with shelving, luggage display platforms, fragrance case, jewelry table, jewelry tower, fitting room focal, fitting room partitions and mirrors, fitting room benches, suite display focals, show and shirt gondolas, layout/draping tables, impulse / accessory fixtures, display tales, display shelving, display towers and pinwheels, mirrored end panels, end cap panels, tailor soffit, tailor wall focal, tailor tables, tailor step -up platform, upholstered chairs and ottomans. • 14. INSULATION C. Receive, assemble and install Tenant's floor / metal fixtures provided by Tenant's vendors to include but not limited to H- racks, 4 -ways, I grid, rounders, luggage racks, easel mirrors, and tailor 3 -way mirrors. This also includes the hardware to support visual merchandise, brackets, grid, shelf supports, hang rail, hang rail end caps. 0 • A. Existing roof insulation D. Paints • N/A - EXISTING TO REMAIN B. Demising walls shall contain a minimum of 3" sound batt insulation, or 1 -1/2" rigid insulation in furring areas. • a. Wall Paint, Benjamin Moore • C. Exterior walls shall have existing insulation value per local code if a higher assembly value if required. b. Ceiling Paint, Benjamin Moore - see schedule on A -2.3 • N/A - EXISTING TO REMAIN E. Flooring 15. FIRE PROTECTION a. See finish schedule on sheet A2.3 for all finishes. • • A. Provide and install if required a complete fire sprinkler system per NFPA -13 or local code, including but not limited to UL listed monitoring and associated control panel. All supply lines, drops and heads to be at a uniform height as specified by Tenant. o b. Sealed Concrete - Protect floor per manufacturer's guidelines until tumover to Tenant. Diamond grind prior to application of epoxy to be approved by the K &G CPM in writing • • B. Modifications to sprinkler system for Tenant improvement. • F. Solar Control Film • C. Provide and install type "ABC" 10 Ib. Wall mounted fire extin- guisher's in accordance with code in locations designated by local authorities having jurisdiction. • a. WF1 Provide and install Madico "Clear 7 -mill #CI- 700 -XSR" window film on glazing per plans. • • D. Provide and install all ceiling mounted smoke detectors as required by local authorities having jurisdiction. 0 G. Use Tenant's vendor to provide and install all window, graphic wallpaper, wall and ceiling hung graphics and dimensional text graphics. • • E. Provide and install HVAC duct smoke detectors as required by local authorities having jurisdiction. • H. Use Tenant's vendor to provide and install suit valance and fitting room area valance. • • Req'd on all units 2000 CFM & above located in retum air ducting. F. Provide and install all audio and visual alarms using tenant's layout plans as required by code. No alarm devices on the sales floor walls below 14 feet. For lower installation, devices to hang 3 feet off the wall and shall not interfere with any wall focal or hangint signage, refer to plans. • • 20. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT 16. MECHANICAL A. McAllister Pacific Pack. Indicated on plans by mark EQ1. Also see Details on Sheet A401 • A. Provide Existing HVAC units to be in good working order, and new filters installed after construction completion. • Installed by McAllister B. 18 KVA Boiler. Indicated on plans by mark EQ6. Also see Details on Sheet A401 • B. Provide and install all MEP services necessary for HVAC units. • Installed by McAllister 0. Condensate and Retum Tank. Indicated on plans by mark EQ7. Also - - see Details on Sheet A401 • C. Provide and install programmable thermostats (including but limited to wiring g and hook-ups between the thermostat a n d HVAC units) for each HVAC unit in accordance with all local codes in a location designated by Tenant. • Installed by McAllister D. ASME Blow down tank. Indicated on plans by mark EQ8. Also see Details on Sheet A401 • D. Provide and install all supply and retum air ducting and grills, dampers and diffusers. Plenum ceilings not acceptable. • Installed by McAllister E. Remo Vacuum. Indicated on plans by mark EQ9. Also see Details on Sheet A401 • F. Provide and install all engineering (structural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing), framing and supports necessary for the HVAC units and system. Installed by McAllister F. McAllister 42" Manual Press. Indicated on plans by mark EQ10. Also see Details on Sheet A401 • G. Provide and install all duct heaters as necessary. • Installed by McAllister G. Not Used. • H. Provide and install all ceiling and baseboard heaters as necessary. • H . Fire alarm & sprinkler monitoring systems' equipment to tie into the Landlord's fire alarm control panel. All wiring, controls, homs, strobes & meters to be coordinated bet Tenant GC and Landlord. • 1. Provide and install a smoke evacuation system as required by code. • • J. Provide and install a smoke detection system as required by code. • • K. Test and balance complete HVAC system. Provide Architect and Tenant certified copies of report. • • 17. ELECTRICAL A. Provide and install a complete main electrical service in its existing location within th ePremises including but not limited to all utility connection fees (if any), conduits, switchgear, circuit breakers, buss bar, wiring, meter socket and distribution panel with a minimum capacity of 60 circuits. • • B. Minimum service shall be 208/240 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire, 800 ampere. If 480 volt service is used, minimum service shall be 400 ampere and include but not limited to any step down transformers and additional circuit panels. • • C. Standard Lighting a. See Sheet E0.1 for lighting schedule. D. Provide and install door bell at the rear door and enunciator to be located above the ceiling at Stockroom to Showroom wall. 1<&G TURN KEY STORE NOTE: ALL ITEMS SHOWN TO BE FURNISHED BY TENANT ARE TO BE RECEIVED BY TENANT GC. •FULL RESPONSIBILITY °SHARED RESPONSIBILITY n/a NOT APPLICABLE , \'' v t -j TENANT TENANT GCI L.L. G.C. TENANT TENANT GC z 1- co w NOTES DESCRIPTION E. Telecommunications a. Provide and install a phone conduit with a minimum of a four pair cable at a location designated by Tenant and terminated at the buildings MPOE. • b. Provide and Install a 4'x 6'x 3/4" painted phone board mounted 12" AFF. Provide 3 quadruplex receptacles on a dedicated circuit with an isolated neutral below the phone board or at an elevation required by code. C. Provide and install at the cash counter a trenched 2 (two quanti ) - 3" conduit with 28 Quantity, 4 -pair category 5 plenum phone cab -s from cash counter to phone board. Leave 10' lead at both ends. • • • Pr•vide minimum of 30' pigtail at cas counter, so all areas of cou f ter may be reached. F. Tailor Area (Install per Tenant's plans.) a. No more than three quadraplex receptacles shall be on one cll.( uit. • b. Provide and install a 60 amp. 3 phase disconnect for boiler at 48" AFF. • C. Provide and install a switch for vacuum located under the press • • d. Provide and install a 115V 2 0 amp control circuit fo r boiler at 30" AFF. e. Provide and install a 20 amp control J box circuit for iron at 36" AFF. • • f. Provide and install a 20 amp circuit for vacuum pump at 48" AF". • • g. Provide and install a duplex outlet at 54" AFF for future water softener installation. G. Provide and install three 30 amp single phase circuits per storefront elevation, connect to a 24 hour timer for Tenant's signs. Electrician responsible for sign hook -up. • • H. Provide and install a quadruplex receptacles on a dedicated circuit - 54" AFF with one phone jack for alarm system. Located at phone board. ADT -Fire phone board by Demark. • 0 `2 1. Provide and install 24 hour timer for track lighting installed parallel to storefront and junction boxes above ceiling at storefront. • • J. Provide and install two dedicated quadruplex receptacle at the storefront entry doors for Sensormatic/ Checkpoint devices. • • K. Provide and install electrical receptacles at cash counter per tenant's plans.. • L. Provide and install a 20 amp circuit mounted above ceiling line at storefront connected to a 24 hour timer for future installation of interior mounted neon sign. GC's electrician to make final sign connections. • M. Provide and install speakers per tenant's plans . 18. FINISHES / FIXTURES A. Install Tenant provided wall standards. Locate per Tenant's plans and consult with Tenant for location. Top of standards in the sales are to be 8' -4" B. Receive, assemble and install Tenant millwork provided by Tenant's vendors to include but not limited to cash counter, cashwrap focal, department wall focals, handbag wall focal with shelving, luggage display platforms, fragrance case, jewelry table, jewelry tower, fitting room focal, fitting room partitions and mirrors, fitting room benches, suite display focals, show and shirt gondolas, layout/draping tables, impulse / accessory fixtures, display tales, display shelving, display towers and pinwheels, mirrored end panels, end cap panels, tailor soffit, tailor wall focal, tailor tables, tailor step -up platform, upholstered chairs and ottomans. • C. Receive, assemble and install Tenant's floor / metal fixtures provided by Tenant's vendors to include but not limited to H- racks, 4 -ways, I grid, rounders, luggage racks, easel mirrors, and tailor 3 -way mirrors. This also includes the hardware to support visual merchandise, brackets, grid, shelf supports, hang rail, hang rail end caps. 0 • D. Paints a. Wall Paint, Benjamin Moore • b. Ceiling Paint, Benjamin Moore - see schedule on A -2.3 E. Flooring a. See finish schedule on sheet A2.3 for all finishes. • • b. Sealed Concrete - Protect floor per manufacturer's guidelines until tumover to Tenant. Diamond grind prior to application of epoxy to be approved by the K &G CPM in writing • F. Solar Control Film a. WF1 Provide and install Madico "Clear 7 -mill #CI- 700 -XSR" window film on glazing per plans. • • G. Use Tenant's vendor to provide and install all window, graphic wallpaper, wall and ceiling hung graphics and dimensional text graphics. • • H. Use Tenant's vendor to provide and install suit valance and fitting room area valance. • • 20. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT A. McAllister Pacific Pack. Indicated on plans by mark EQ1. Also see Details on Sheet A401 • Installed by McAllister B. 18 KVA Boiler. Indicated on plans by mark EQ6. Also see Details on Sheet A401 • Installed by McAllister 0. Condensate and Retum Tank. Indicated on plans by mark EQ7. Also - - see Details on Sheet A401 • Installed by McAllister D. ASME Blow down tank. Indicated on plans by mark EQ8. Also see Details on Sheet A401 • Installed by McAllister E. Remo Vacuum. Indicated on plans by mark EQ9. Also see Details on Sheet A401 • Installed by McAllister F. McAllister 42" Manual Press. Indicated on plans by mark EQ10. Also see Details on Sheet A401 • Installed by McAllister G. Not Used. H . Fire alarm & sprinkler monitoring systems' equipment to tie into the Landlord's fire alarm control panel. All wiring, controls, homs, strobes & meters to be coordinated bet Tenant GC and Landlord. • 080 REVIEWED F C0 D E C 0 MPLIqNDE APPROVED MAY 19 2010 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION VENDOR CONTACT INFORMATION: 1) CHECKPOINT SYSTEMS CONTACT: PATRICK O'LEARY (P) 724 - 934 -2233; (F) 724 - 934 -2232; (MOBILE) 412 -585 -7648 2)ADT ALARM SYSTEM CONTACT: FRANKIE CASEL (800) 453 -2247 X 2124 3)FLOORING DAWN KEYERLEBER (240) 422 -1188 REFERENCE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR OTHERS 4) McALLISTER CONTACT: TODD (770) 441 -3000 5)MUZAK, CONTACT: JONICA PALMER 800 - 331 -3340 EX. 10312 EMAIL: JONICA_PALMER©MUZAK.COM 6)SPEAKERS CONTACT: BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS, 50 SPRING STREET, RAMSEY, NJ 07446. 7) GRAPHICSNOMILA: CONTACT: MIKE BERAN (651) 523 -9507 8) TARRANT INTERIOR LIGHTING CONTACT: USA CAHAK (817) 626 -0044 EXT. 113 (817)740 -9416 FAX NOTES: RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 11 2010 PERMIT CENTER THE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE 1S INTENDED TO BE USED AS A GUIDE ONLY AND IS NOT ALL - INCLUSIVE. ALL PERSONS BIDDING WORK OR CONTRACTED FOR WORK ARE TO REVIEW THESE DOCUMENTS, THE LANDLORD CRITERIA, AND THE LEASE CONSTRUCTION EXHIBIT IN THEIR ENTIRETY. THE MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ALL HARDWARE SHALL COMPLY W/ NBHA RECOMMENDED LOCATIONS FOR BUILDERS WARWARE AND/ OR TI-4E LATEST REQUIREMENTS OF THE A.D.A. REGULATIONS, OR CABO/ ANSI STANDARDS, WHICHEVER APPLICATION 15 MORE STRINGENT FOR ITS USE. TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO ORDER ALL MATERIALS BY 114E FIRST WEEK OF CONSTRUCTION TO ALLOW ENOUGH TIME FOR DELIVERY. ALL VENDORS INCLUDING ADT, MUZAK, ATTRACTION FLOORING, McALLISTER (BOILER/ PRESS), CHECKPOINT AND TELEPHONE COMPANY (FOR THE INSTALLATION OF TELEPHONE DEMARCATION POINT IN THE SPACE) ARE COORDINATED BY 11-4E T.G.C. AND WORK MUST 5E FINISHED W/ SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. MUZAK RESPONSIBLE TO PENETRATE 11-4E ROOF TO LOCATE SATELLITE AND CONTACT THE T.G.C. C1 qa) altisse Liu 1. Iota Q DESCRIPTION a W Z 4 r-- t fa 6 w 1- 0 tt tC W CC to (z U 1.= Q Q 4 Q z 4 VJ z 0 11 tL. 0 i- 1 Pa co 0 c DRAWN: EEK CHECK: EEK JOB NO: tu 0 1- I- 5 cf) 0_ e° ci) fi �U� 4:t4 S' vrP � 0 0 10-014 tu w SHEET: OF: - SHEETS �-�.� - .. - rte._ �--• �'.��°�'rr► = „,„„, vrJ"--t.7,;,-i'',,Alig„, rrrwwr+l� . �IfR11lIKa�111�1� �W WIRY -••= a� �_.~� r = - .�+ • Vii,+ - ... _.. •___.- ......,, r+- -.,.,. r- ...- ..�.. -- — -- .*""�' ~' ..:..% -- r T t t � L ,,':s_ n (5) • • }. f • 73.FR.21.' f-- 5 -.,,� - Ottika ..„-.--, "--.. st30:171 ,..--t: .'I .. " ▪ .' ,▪ . . r.....- . • WC" E. • • \ - +- r,,,... .. . Ate +!-•— �"'r r,.. ..0 -' 4• - NOTE: NO CI -IANGE TO EXISTING PARKING O-O9O DECEIVED MAR 18 2010 PERMIT CENTER Cif) g 43.) 0 g Os O i trafe a Oft 2150 North 107th St. Suite 501 DESCRIPTION PERMIT SUBMITTAL 0_ a z 4 a Q 5 fa V! 0 Q Q 4 z 4 z -15 0 111 0 1- 0 W C4 DRAWN: 1- U 111 d) ti to n (0 MM CHECK: EEK JOB NO: -014 111 0 1— c0) ILI3 a_ cl)Z ty 0� 1_14z cf)U� in di r Ot FENC SITE PLAN SHEET: ,4 -1.0 OF: - SHEETS WALL TYPES- 24' -5 1/4' 8° CONC. AN TILT L PANEL SEE EXT. ELEV5. FOR LOGS. F5 -25 6 -MIL. vAP. BAR 1 \ \ \\ ► \ \\�I \ \\ a..r ern zem.i R -19 BATT. INSUL. 5/8' TYPE 'X' G.W.B. 3625$125 -33 MTL. STUDS 0 16' O.C. STUDS TO 12' -0', G.W.B. TO 6' ABOVE CEILING 1' AIR SPACE R -11 BATT. INSUL. 5/8' TYPE 'X' G.W.B. 36255125 -33 MTL. STUDS 9 W O.C. R -19 BATT. INSUL. 5/8' TYPE °X' G.W.B. 36255125 -33 MTL. STUDS * 16' OC. REMOVE EX ST DOOR / WALL CONSTRUCT NEW DEMISING WALL UP TO ROOF DECK. STATION 24' -5 1/4' * • • /! / /i /.v! /ilrir, /.' /! /ii /iJ' / // /iii /ii! / /i /i //, c +i. • viiitiiiii:r a / /.0 Yriii /liiiiL?/ SH0P RECEIVING STUDS TO 12' -0', G.W.B. TO 6' ABOVE CEILING DEMISING WALLTYPE REMOVE EXIST WATER FOUNTAIN, REPLACE WITH DOU LE HIGH■ OW WOM TOILET U 16' -0' R -19 BATT. INSUL. 5/8' TYPE 'X° G.W.B. 6005125 -54 MTL. STUDS 41 16' O.G. LEAVE ONE E DBL. DOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK GW.B. TO 6' ABOVE CEILING R -19 BATT. INSUL. 5/8° TYPE 'X' G.W.B. 36255125 -33 MTL. STUDS 41 16' O.C. STUDS TO 14' -0', G.W.B. TO 6' ABOVE CEILING INSULATION MATERIALS INCLUDING FACINGS SHALL NAVE A FLAME - SPREAD RATING NOT TO EXCEED 25 AND A SMOKE DENSITY NOT TO EXCEED 450. UBC SEC 1113 CONTINUOUS BOTTOM CRACK SECURED TO SLAB W/ .145 X 1/2' POWDER ACTIVATED FASTENERS e 16' 0.C. PROVIDE ALL BRIDGING AS REQUIRED PER METAL STUD MANUFACTURER ExISTING CONCRETE TILT PANEL 4 4 a • 4 WRAP COLUMN W/ 5/8' G.W.B. COLUMN WRAP EXISTING STRONGBACK SCALE: 1 -1/2 " =1' -0" 10014M02 EXISTING CONCRETE TILT PANEL 4 4 . 4 4.' WRAP COLUMN W/ 5/8° G.W.B COLUMN WRAP SCALE: 1- 1/2 " =1' -0" J -MOLD 0 TOP OF GIU.B. 362$131 -33 STUD FLAT OYER 362±150 -33 TRACK SCREW TOGETHER W! *10 SCREWS m 12' O.C. OVERLAP CORNERS (LIKE AT WOOD STUD TOP PLATE) EXISTING STRONGBACK 12' -0' A.F.F. TOP OF WALL DETAIL SCALE: 3"=1'-0° 10014M03 CONSTRUCT DEMISING WALL USING A MINIMUM OF 6' - 16 GA METAL STUDS a 16' O.C. AND A MINIMUM OF 5/8' FIRE RESISTANT G.W$. AT EACH SIDE TO THE UNDERSIDE OF METAL DECK TO GIVE A MINIMUM OF I HOUR FIRE RATING AND TO MEET ALL STATE, FEDERAL AND LOCAL CODES. TOP FRAMING TRACK SHALL CONSIST OF A SLIP JOINT TO ALLOW FOR BUILDING MOVEMENT. NO EXPOSED WALL BRACING OR FRAMING SHALL BE PERMITTED. FULL HEIGHT METAL SECURITY MESH BY AMIGO SECURITY MESH: MODEL ASM .15 -13F OR EQUAL SHALL BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY TO THE FRAMING ON THE SOUTH SIDE UNDER THE G.W.B. THE WALL SHALL BE FULLY INSULATED, TAPED, FLOATED AND SANDED SMOOTH READY FOR PAINT TO FULL WALL HEIGHT. ALL DRYWALL SHALL BE CUT IN. TAPED 4 FINISHED AROUND ALL ROOF FRAMING, DECK FLUTES AND ANY REQUIRED TOP EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL BE CLEANLY SEALED WITH A FLEXIBLE 100`o SILICONE SEALANT THAT CAN BE PAINTED SO THAT THERE ARE NO OPENINGS TO ADJACENT TENANT SPACE. FIRE TAPE AND CAULK ALL PENETRATIONS AS REQUIRED. T 'rPICAL NOTES: A. LANDLORD TO FILE ANY LANDLORD TENANT WORK UNDER SEPARATE APPLICATION WHEN NECESSARY. B. L.LGC. TO ORDER ALL MATERIALS BY FIRST WEEK OF CONSTRUCTION TO ALLOW ENOUGH TIME FOR DELIVERY. C. L.L.G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CHECKING THE QUALITY OF THE MATERIALS AND THE VERIFYING OF ALL DIMENSIONS. EXISTING BATHROOM CORE 12' -0' 51-011-y ) 8 1/8' D. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE TO THE PUBLISHED INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS AND PROCEDURES OF THE MANUFACTURER OF THE MATERIAL USED. E. PROTECT OTHER WORK AND MERCHANDISE AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT ANY DAMAGE. F. REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR FINISHES ONLY WHEN DAMAGE IS LOCATED IN CONSPICUOUS PLACES, MAIN PATHS OR TRAVEL POSSES A HAZARD OF INTERFERES WITH THE INSTALLATION OF OTHER MATERIALS. G. LLAC. TO ENSURE TIGHT, SECURE AND PROPER FASTENING OF ALL STANDARDS TO METAL STUDS. H. VERIFY WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER THE LOCATION AND AMOUNT OF STANDARDS IN RECEIVING ROOM. I. J. AFTER THE WALLS HAVE RECEIVED PAINT 4 THE FLOOR FINISH IS INSTALLED, TENANT TO FURNISH FITTING ROOM PARTITION AND T.G.C. TO INSTALL AND ASSEMBLE FITTING ROOM PARTITIONS AS REQUIRED. FOR INTERIOR ELEVATIONS, REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE, FINISH NOTES 4 ACCESSORY SCHEDULE, SEE SHEET A -12 K LLG.C. TO SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR DATA AND PHONE LINE PLAN. NEW STRONGBAC PER STRUCTURA PAINT TO MATCH WALL L. DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF STUD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 6 THE FLOOR PLAN. M. PATCH 4 REPAIR ALL DRYWALL AND MASONRY SURFACES SCHEDULED TO BE PAINTED N. JOIN WALLBOARD PANELS W/ FIRE RESISTIVE JOINT REINFORCING TAPE 4 JOINT COMPOUND SO AS TO PRODUCE AN ASSEMBLY RESISTIVE TO FIRE FOR ONE HOUR PERIOD OR LONGER AS SPECIFIED SY UL DWG A465. 0. IF THE CONTRACTOR CONSIDERS ANY SURFACE UNSUITABLE FOR A PROPER FINISH HE SHALL NOTIFY TENANT AND ARCHITECT OF THE CONDITION AND NOT COMMENCE WORK WITH THAT SURFACE UNTIL DIRECTED BY TENANT AND /OR ARCHITECT. P. ANY/ ALL SEAMS IN THE CARPET SHALL RUN FROM FRONT TO BACK OF THE AREA (NO SEAMS RUNNING SIDE TO SIDE) Q. 2 "VINYL REDUCER TO EE MERCER. R. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO INSPECT ALL WALL COVERING FOR QUALITY AND DEFECTS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. S. ALL SURFACES TO RECEIVE FABRIC OR WALL COVERINGS AS SELECTED SHALL BE PROPERLY PREPARED AND SIZES AS RECOMMENDED BY WALL COVERING. MANUFACTURERS SELECTED FOR THE TYPE OF INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY TENANT OF ANY SURFACE NOT SUITABLE FOR PROPER APPLICATION OF WALL COVERING. DO NOT APPLY ANY MATERIAL UNTIL SITUATION IS RESOLVED. ALL ADHESIVES TO BE SUPPLIED BY L.LA.C. THE TYPE USED AS RECOMMENDED BY WALL COVERING MANUFACTURER SELECTED FOR THE INSTALLATION. U. ALL DOORS AND DOOR TRIM TO MATCH WALL COLOR SPECIFIED IN THAT AREA. T.G.C. TO COORDINATE WITH TENANTS FIXTURE MANUFACTURER TO ENSURE FINISHES TO MATCH. W. DRESSING ROOM CURTAINS FURNISHED 4 INSTALLED BY LLG.C. X. LL.G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE OF PROVIDING STANDARDS ON ALL WALLS AT STORE. CONTACT CPM IF THEY ARE NOT SHOWN. Y. LLA.C. TO BEAD BLAST EXISTING FLOOR PRIOR TO INSTALLING NEW FLOOR. Z. PAINT ABOVE WAINSCOTING. KNOX BOX TO BE PROVIDED BY LANDLORD AND LOCATION TO BE DETERMINED BY FIRE MARSHAL. FLOOR CANNOT VARY MORE MORE THAN Y.e OYER 10' -0' CONDUIT, PIPES 4 DUCT WORK TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH WALLS SEE 51-IEET A -12 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE SEE SHEET 4-2.3 FOR FLOOR FINISH PLAN DEMISING WAL UNDER A PRE IOUS PERMIT D10 -048 1 1 1 1 1 NEUJ STRONGBACKS PER STRUCTURAL PAINT TO MATCH WALL FLOOR PLAN 51 -0" HEAVY DUTY SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARD PROVIDE BY TENANT INSTALLED BY G.C. 0 EXACT 41-01'0.c., BOTTOM OF STANDARD 6 4 "AFF. TAKEN FROM HIGHEST FLOOR ELEVATION. TYPICAL FOR ALL SALES AREA, SHOE AREA, TAILOR AREA, BREAK ROOM AREA 4 BEHIND REGISTER STANDARDS. MOUNTING SCREWS FOR ALL STANDARDS SHALL BE PROVIDED 4 INSTALLED BY THE T.G.C. USE LINE 4 LINE LEVEL OR LASER LINE TO INSURE CONSISTENT MOUNTING HEIGHT. FOR TOP OF STANDARDS (DIMENSIONS OF LOCATIONS ARE TO FINISHED FACE OF WALL). 'INSTALLER TO LEAVE 6 OPEN HOLES AT THE TOP'. STANDARDS MUST BE SECURED TO STUD. 81 -0" HEAVY DUTY SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARD PROVIDED BY TENANT INSTALLED BY G.C. Q EXACT 41 -0' o.c., BOTTOM OF STANDARD 0 31-0” APP. AT STOCK ROOM, SHIPPING 4 RECEIVING AREAS. USE LINE 4 LINE LEVEL OR LASER LINE TO INSURE CONSISTENT MOUNTING HEIGHT. (DIMENSIONS OF LOCATIONS ARE TO FINISHED FACE OF WALL). 'INSTALLER TO LEAVE 6 OPEN HOLES AT THE TOP. STANDARDS MUST BE SECURED TO STUD. CUT TO 1' -0 "HEAVY DUTY SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARD PROVIDED BY TENANT INSTALLED BY G.G. m EXACTLY 4' -0" O.C., BOTTOM OF STANDARD 6 4" 4FF. ON BOTH INSIDE 4 OUTSIDE OF MANAGER'S WORKSTATION. USE LINE 4 LINE LEVEL OR LASER LINE TO INSURE CONSISTENT MOUNTING HEIGHT. (DIMENSIONS OF LOCATIONS ARE TO FINISHED FACE OF WALL).'INSTALLER TO LEAVE 6 OPEN HOLES AT THE TOP'. STANDARDS MUST BE SECURED TO STUD. G.C. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL CONTINUOUS FIRE RATED BLOCKING (TO SECURE PALLET RACKS, SHELVING 4 DRESSING ROOM PARTITIONS TO WALLS) METAL FLOOR CLIPS, TO SECURE PALLET RACKS TO FLOOR± AND WALL MOUNTED STANDARDSLIF NOT INSTALLED BY L.L.) NOT USED NOT USED G.C. TO FURNISH 4 INSTALL 3' -0' X 3' -0' WINDOW W/ CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS W/ WINDOW FILM (PROVIDING ONE -WAY VIEWING) IN HOLLOW METAL FRAME 3' -6" AFF. 111X3 "CONTINUOUS CLEAT,-CLEAR PINE FOR DRESSING ROOM PARTITIONS FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. 1 W DIAMETER BLACK METAL CURTAIN ROD FOR DRESSING ROOM CURTAIN FURNISHED 4 INSTALLED BY G.C. WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD IN THIS LOCATION. BOILER INSTALLER SHALL TEST EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO LEAVING THE JOB SITE. T.G.C. TO ENSURE TESTING I5 DONE. TAYLOR PRESS G.C. TO SUPPLY WHITE METAL GUARD CORNER 4 TO INSTALL CORNER GUARDS AT A HEIGHT OF 4' -0' A.F.F. ON ALL OUTSIDE COMERS INCLUDING COLUMNS (SALES AND NON SALES - AREAS) NAILED ON ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS. G.C. TO FURNISH CHROME WARDROBE HOOKS (BOTH SIDES) FOR DRESSING ROOM PARTITIONS 4' -0' X 1' -0' PLASTIC LAMINATE DRESSING ROOM PARTITIONS AND ASSOCIATED HARDWARE FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY TIC. SEE DETAIL 5/82 NOT USED ENTRY SENSORMATIC - INSTALLED BY OTHERS, ELECTRICAL BY G.C. CASHWRAP. ELECTRICAL CEILING HUNG OUTLET BOXES TO SERVE THE TAILOR SHOP COUNTER e 18° AFF. WALL OR DRESSING ROOM PARTITION MOUNTED MIRROR (FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C.) FLOOR SINK AT TAILOR SHOP. PROVIDE DOOR BELL FOR RECEIVING AREA. TAILOR COUNTER TABLE (LOCATION FOR REFERENCE ONLY). I-IC BENCH FURNISHED BY TENANT 4 INSTALLED BY G.C. SEE DETAIL 6 / AS2 CARPET AREA SEE DETAIL 2/A1.4 FLOOR TRANSITION. SEE DETAIL 3 ! 4 -I.1a. LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE. G.C. INSTALLED FIXTURE. COORDINATE WITH FIXTURE VENDOR SEE SHEET 4 -2.5 FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE DETAIL 13/4 -82 FOR CONNECTION TO WALL DETAIL. G.C. TO SUPPLY ALUMINUM CORNER GUARD 4 TO INSTALL CORNER GUARDS AT A HEIGHT OF 4' -0' A.F.F. ON ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS OF WALLS PAINTED P -3, P -5 AND P -6. T.G.C. TO INSTALL 3/4' PLYWOOD AND PL -3 TO DEMISING WALL PRIOR t0 FIXTURE F -24 BEING INSTALLED. PLYWOOD AND LAMINATE TO EE INSTALLED TO 11' -6' A.F.F. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND SIZE WITH FIXTURE PLACEMENT PLAN AND FIXTURE VENDOR T.G.C. TO COORDINATE WITH FIXTURE VENDOR TO ENSURE WIDTH AND HEIGHT ARE CORRECT TO RECEIVE FIXTURE. CASHWRAP FOCAL EDGE OF VINYL COMPOSITE TILE. SEE SHEET A -23. 3 -WAY MIRRORS TO BE PROVIDED BY TMW VENDER AND INSTALLED BY G.C. G. C. t0 RUN POWER INSIDE WALL AND UNDER SLAB TO STUB UP UNDER COUNTER. SAW CUT FOR POWER TO CASHWRAP FIXTURE. G.C. TO INFILL TRENCH REQUIRED TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT SURFACE. (BY LANDLORD) ALL FIRE DEVICES, ALARM DEVICES, STROBES, BULL HORN TO 5E INSTALLED AT MINIMUM OF I1' -0' AFF. ON THE DEMISING WALLS IN THE SALES AND FITTING ROOM AREAS. IF DEVICES HAVE TO BE LOWERED THEY ARE TO BE CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES 61 -0' FROM THE WALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANELS. G.C. TO SUPPLY ALUMINUM COMER GUARD 4 TO INSTALL CORNER GUARDS AT A HEIGHT OF 4' -0' APP. ON ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS. - - - -- - - - - -- - -- 1 REVIEWED FO CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NAY 19 2010 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 1Na-ciao RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY - 112010 PERMIT CENTER joit i0 1:31 4.011 a aft,„ a v 1 1 1 1 1 DESCRIPTION z to O w 1-- 0 m 61 m 0 DRAWN: a_ a_ 1- z 4 a a a 5 01 0 ll1 z 0 1- a 1 z 1 d) z 0 yl 0 1- a U) MM CHECK: EEK JOB NO: 10 - 014 tuW ON 4443� ofic-6 04 61 ZniO Owl z 1 0_ 0 0 t� u� 1 0 4 I IL 9 A-4-6•• Vr-1-2 u_ 2 Z SHEET: ,4 -2.1 OF: SHEETS 5' -, 1/4" 11' -1' 15' -6 1/2' 31' -10' 16' -I 1/4' fiI' -8' i' -8' 2'- -' I' -5' -0' 3' -3 I/2' 411 1111111111111 111111111111 ize iiiiilriri�liiii�iiiiill�iiiiiiiliiiiiiiiiAv ./ iii�ii`j K ii.► liiiiiiiliiiiiiiiiii�iiiiiiiiiiirii�iiiiiiiiiii iii�iiiiiil� rlii�ri�iiiliii� r iir� _..iiiiiiilliiiiiiiiiii�i�iri�, ASO%�i An/ �� .01� l AP' A�il�ii�ii����l���iilil�iiii�ii ' 1 LOCKERS.. �I �'r>�� 1 I /. /1 1 /.n/ CART FRIDGE � %STATION li ® �� ��� 20 �� .. 3 -0 51-6' 410 TABLE SNACK PHONE BOARD RECEIVING 114 ti) % 1111 z�ii.�iiii, ,p_=1I i:/iii' g-7!!•2■A Vir AIL: I 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 iiiiiiiil r REVIEVIED FF R CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVER MAY192010 Cifyof Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION tPI A %I'MN 11i`` % MEC A11111111 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5' -1 V, 8' -I1' 4' -1 1/2' 11' -4 1/4' l ENLARGED TOILET RMS, MANAGER'S OFF., BREAK RM, FITTING RMS, TAYLOR SHOP SCALE : 1/4' - 1' -0" FLOOR PLAN KEY NOTES EDEXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMN 8' -0" HEAVY DUTY SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARD PROVIDE BY TENANT INSTALLED BY G.C. 6 EXACT 4' -0" o.c., BOTTOM OF STANDARD 4 "AFF. TAKEN FROM HIGHEST FLOOR ELEVATION. TYPICAL FOR ALL SALES AREA, SHOE AREA, TAILOR AREA, BREAK ROOM AREA 4 BEHIND REGISTER STANDARDS. MOUNTING SCREWS FOR ALL STANDARDS 51-IALL BE PROVIDED 4 INSTALLED BY THE TA.C. USE LINE 4 LINE LEVEL OR LASER LINE TO INSURE CONSISTENT MOUNTING HEIGHT. FOR TOP OF STANDARDS (DIMENSIONS OF LOCATIONS ARE TO FINISHED FACE OF WALL). 'INSTALLER TO LEAVE 6 OPEN HOLES AT THE TOP'. STANDARDS MUST BE SECURED TO STUD. S' -0" HEAVY DUTY SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARD PROVIDED BY TENANT INSTALLED BY G.G. e EXACT 4' -0' o.c., BOTTOM OP STANDARD f 3' -0 "AFF. AT STOCK ROOM, SHIPPING 4 RECEIVING AREAS. USE LINE 4 LINE LEVEL OR LASER LINE TO INSURE CONSISTENT MOUNTING HEIGHT. (DIMENSIONS OF LOCATIONS ARE t0 FINISHED FACE OF WALL). 'INSTALLER TO LEAVE 6 OPEN HOLES AT THE TOP'. STANDARDS MUST BE SECURED TO STUD. CUT TO T -0" HEAVY DUTY SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARD PROVIDED BY TENANT INSTALLED BY G.C. EXACTLY 4c0" 0.C., BOTTOM OF STANDARD 9 4 "AFF. ON BOTH INSIDE 4 OUTSIDE OF MANAGER'S WORKSTATION. USE LINE 4 LINE LEVEL OR LASER LINE TO INSURE CONSISTENT MOUNTING HEIGHT. (DIMENSIONS OP 21 LOCATIONS ARE o FINISHED FACE OF WALL).'INSTALLER TO LEAVE 6 OPEN HOLES AT THE TOP'. STANDARDS MUST BE SECURED o STUD. G.C.' TO FURNISH AND INSTALL CONTINUOUS FIRE RATED BLOCKING (TO SECURE 28 PALLET RACKS, SHELVING 4 DRESSING ROOM PARTITIONS TO WALLS) METAL FLOOR CLIPS, TO SECURE PALLET RACKS TO FLOOR± AND WALL MOUNTED STANDARDS.(IP NOT INSTALLED BY L.L.) 19 0 ENTRY SENSORMATIC - INSTALLED 8Y OTHERS, ELECTRICAL BY G.C. CASHWRAP. ELECTRICAL CEILING HUNG OUTLET BOXES TO SERVE THE TAILOR SHOP COUNTER Q is' A.F.F. WALL OR DRESSING ROOM PARTITION MOUNTED MIRROR (FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY FLOOR SINK AT TAILOR SHOP. 23 PROVIDE DOOR BELL FOR RECEIVING AREA. TAILOR COUNTER TABLE (LOCATION FOR REFERENCE ONLY). HC BENCH FURNISHED BY TENANT 4 INSTALLED BY G.G. SEE DETAIL 6 / 482 CARPET AREA SEE DETAIL 2/A1.4 FLOOR TRANSITION. SEE DETAIL 3 / A -1.1a. LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE. T.G.C. TO PROVIDE FIRE -RATED WOOD BLOCKING IN WALLS FOR SUPPORT OF FOLDING GRILLE. FOLDING SECURITY GRILLE COLOR 'BLACK' FURNISH AND INSTALLED BY TENANT 4 COORDINATED BY T.C.C. G.C. TO FURNISH 4 INSTALL 3' -0" X 3' -0 "WINDOW W/ CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS W/ WINDOW FILM (PROVIDING ONE -WAY VIEWING) IN HOLLOW METAL FRAME 6 3' -6" AFF. 1"X3 "CONTINUOUS CLEAT, CLEAR PINE FOR DRESSING ROOM PARTITIONS FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. I W DIAMETER BLACK METAL CURTAIN ROD FOR DRESSING ROOM CURTAIN FURNISHED 4 INSTALLED BY G.C. WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD IN THIS LOCATION. BOILER INSTALLER SHALL TEST EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO LEAVING THE JOB SITE. T.G.C. TO ENSURE TESTING IS DONE. TAYLOR PRESS G.C. INSTALLED FIXTURE. COORDINATE WITH FIXTURE VENDOR SEE SHEET A -2. FOR MORE INPORI'1ATION SEE DETAIL 13/A -8.2 FOR CONNECTION TO WALL DETAIL. G.C. TO SUPPLY ALUMINUM CORNER GUARD 4 TO INSTALL CORNER GUARDS AT A HEIGHT OF 4' -0' A.F.P. ON ALL OUTSIDE COMERS OF WALLS PAINTED P -3, P -5 AND P -6. T.G.C. TO INSTALL 3/4' PLYWOOD AND PL -3 TO DEMISING WALL PRIOR TO FIXTURE F -2A BEING INSTALLED. PLYWOOD AND LAMINATE TO BE INSTALLED TO 11' -6' AFF. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND SIZE WITH FIXTURE PLACEMENT PLAN AND FIXTURE VENDOR 32 TIC. TO COORDINATE WITH FIXTURE VENDOR TO ENSURE WIDTH AND HEIGHT ARE CORRECT TO RECEIVE FIXTURE. 33 CASHWRAP FOCAL EDGE OF VINYL COMPOSITE TILE. SEE SHEET A -2.3. 35 3 -WAY MIRRORS TO EE PROVIDED BY TMW VENDER AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. G.C. TO SUPPLY WHITE METAL GUARD CORNER 4 TO INSTALL CORNER GUARDS AT A HEIGHT OF 4' -0' AFF. ON ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS INCLUDING COLUMNS (SALES AND NON SALES- AREAS) NAILED ON ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS. 15 T.G.C. TO FURNISH CHROME WARDROBE HOOKS (BOTH SIDES) FOR DRESSING ROOM PARTITIONS 4' -0' X T -0' PLASTIC LAMINATE DRESSING ROOM PARTITIONS AND ASSOCIATED HARDWARE FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. SEE DETAIL 5/82 NOT USED G. C. TO RUN POWER INSIDE WALL AND UNDER SLAB TO STUB UP UNDER COUNTER. SAW CUT FOR POWER TO CASHWRAP FIXTURE. G.C. TO INFILL TRENCH REQUIRED TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT SURFACE. (BY LANDLORD) ALL FIRE DEVICES, ALARM DEVICES, STROBES, BULL HORN TO BE INSTALLED AT MINIMUM OF 11' -0' A.F.F. ON THE DEMISING WALLS IN THE SALES AND FITTING ROOM AREAS. IP DEVICES HAVE TO 8E LOWERED THEY ARE TO BE CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES 6' -0' FROM THE WALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANELS. 0 PURR OUT ROOF DRAIN AS TIGHT AS POSSIBLE TO I4' -0' AFF. NOTES: c CARPET TILE CPT -3 TO BE 20% OF CARPET FElLD. TO BE PLACED RANDOMLY. CARPET TILE TO BE LAID IN TURNS NEXT TO EACH OTHER ® CARPET TILE CPT -4 TO BE 80%o OF CARPET FEILD. TO BE PLACED RANDOMLY. CARPET TILE TO BE LAID IN } TURNS NEXT TO EACH OTHER ® FLOOR TRANSITION LINE. SEE AI -1 FOR DIMENSION LAYOUT AND FLOOR TRANSITION PETAL. CARPET TILE TO BE LAID IN 4 TURNS NEXT TO EACH OTHER L DENOTES CLEAR COMER GUARD P -2 ML -2 15' -2 1/4' 34' -1 1/4' P -6 9' -1 I/8° / 2' -0' 5' -1 1/4' • P2 MANAGERS WORKSTATION 102 I 4' -0' 4'- I EQ w co PICK-U1;14 103 5I -4 1/8' PL -2 N c 2' -0' S' -0" STANDARDS INSTALLED 4' -0" O.C. OF STANDARD e 8' -4" DOUBLE 1 -1ANG RODS SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR REINFORCEMENT OF NEW OPENING ENLARGED MANAGER WORKSTATION SCALE : 1/4' l• 1'-0" 0 i 0 1 F -19 DOFF -19& PL -2 6' -2" FS -8 FITTING ROOM VESTIBULE ELEVATION SCALE : 1/4' - 1' -0" 1) t0 -D80 RESTROOM O VERTICAL GRAB BAR O PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR GRAB BARS VERTICAL GRAS ISAR ELEY SCALE: 1/4"=11-0" 09021M01 8i -11' /vsc/!I�/! / / /!!!!!!!!!. 5' -1 1/ 5' -0' r B -1 �( P -2 I8' -4 1/4' 1' -6 3/41 r TYP CPT -3 6'- 613/4' ENLARGED FLOOR FINISH PLAN SCALE : 1/4' ®1' -0" Kt(;tivtu CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 1 1 201 PERMIT CENTER DESCRIPTION PERMIT SUBMITTAL 1- z 1- Q 0 m 6 C << DRAWN: z 0 i- Q 2 .4 2 0 t 0 1- 1-- tu d) to rim CHECK: EEK JOB NO: 10) — 014 O W ce) 10- 0_ w ty co �' 0 �z 7u:0 0 � u� Q 4 z $m o° SHEET: 4-2.2 OF: SHEETS ACCESSORY SCHEDULE TAG DESCRIPTION REMARKS GRAB BARS AT TOILET ROOMS. ALL MOUNTING SHALL BE CONGEALED 1 MIRRORS I' -6' X 2' -6' WITH CHROME TRIM. 'AS REQUIRED BY BARRIER FREE CODE' I " I ROLL PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER AT TOILET ROOMS. SURFACE MOUNTED 3 _ TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER AT TOILET ROOMS. SURFACE MOUNTED 4 _ ROLL TOILET TISSUE HOLDER AT TOILET ROOMS. SURFACE MOUNTED (r t SOAP DISPENSER AT TOILET ROOMS "171 WASTE RECEPTACLE AT TOILET ROOMS. SURFACE MOUNTED SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL AT TOILET ROOMS. SURFACE MOUNTED I e 1 I ' 1 TOILET ROOM PARTITION AT TOILET ROOMS. FLOOR MOUNTED 1 DOOR NOOKS AT TOILET ROOMS. SURFACE MOUNTED - INSIDE STALL 0 4' -01AFF 10 CHROME WARDROBE 1 -1OOK5 (BOTH SIDES) FOR DRESSING ROOMS 11 DRESSING ROOM CURTAINS FURNISHED BY TENANT INSTALLED BY G.C., SEE INTERIOR MATERIAL AND FINISH SCHEDULE 12 NOTE: HEIGHTS OF ALL ACCESSORY ITEMS 4 SHALL COMPLY WITH NBHA LOCATIONS FOR BUILDERS AND /OR THE LATEST REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATIONS OR CABO /ANSI STANDARDS APPLICATION IS MORE STRINGENT FOR ITS •THE MOUNTING HARDWARE 'RECOMMENDED HARDWARE' THE A.D.A. WHICHEVER USE* NOTES: c CARPET TILE CPT -3 TO BE 20% OF CARPET FElLD. TO BE PLACED RANDOMLY. CARPET TILE TO BE LAID IN TURNS NEXT TO EACH OTHER ® CARPET TILE CPT -4 TO BE 80%o OF CARPET FEILD. TO BE PLACED RANDOMLY. CARPET TILE TO BE LAID IN } TURNS NEXT TO EACH OTHER ® FLOOR TRANSITION LINE. SEE AI -1 FOR DIMENSION LAYOUT AND FLOOR TRANSITION PETAL. CARPET TILE TO BE LAID IN 4 TURNS NEXT TO EACH OTHER L DENOTES CLEAR COMER GUARD P -2 ML -2 15' -2 1/4' 34' -1 1/4' P -6 9' -1 I/8° / 2' -0' 5' -1 1/4' • P2 MANAGERS WORKSTATION 102 I 4' -0' 4'- I EQ w co PICK-U1;14 103 5I -4 1/8' PL -2 N c 2' -0' S' -0" STANDARDS INSTALLED 4' -0" O.C. OF STANDARD e 8' -4" DOUBLE 1 -1ANG RODS SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR REINFORCEMENT OF NEW OPENING ENLARGED MANAGER WORKSTATION SCALE : 1/4' l• 1'-0" 0 i 0 1 F -19 DOFF -19& PL -2 6' -2" FS -8 FITTING ROOM VESTIBULE ELEVATION SCALE : 1/4' - 1' -0" 1) t0 -D80 RESTROOM O VERTICAL GRAB BAR O PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR GRAB BARS VERTICAL GRAS ISAR ELEY SCALE: 1/4"=11-0" 09021M01 8i -11' /vsc/!I�/! / / /!!!!!!!!!. 5' -1 1/ 5' -0' r B -1 �( P -2 I8' -4 1/4' 1' -6 3/41 r TYP CPT -3 6'- 613/4' ENLARGED FLOOR FINISH PLAN SCALE : 1/4' ®1' -0" Kt(;tivtu CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 1 1 201 PERMIT CENTER DESCRIPTION PERMIT SUBMITTAL 1- z 1- Q 0 m 6 C << DRAWN: z 0 i- Q 2 .4 2 0 t 0 1- 1-- tu d) to rim CHECK: EEK JOB NO: 10) — 014 O W ce) 10- 0_ w ty co �' 0 �z 7u:0 0 � u� Q 4 z $m o° SHEET: 4-2.2 OF: SHEETS TYPICAL NOTES 24' -6' 91' -9° 24' -5 1/4° 24' -5 1/4' / iYiZY /roi //i7i#iriiiii7/ iiit! /iilocilrr7iiir /iiY i /i/. iii /.7., re/Y. YIi` Milli.. iril i /yi'i lYfi`iiiiri/ - z.wiiil ii f % T LOCKERS i _' 1 AON RIDGE :IiF ■- / � / 285 S.F. TABLE VCT -1 r —.r ■ 1, ,■ VCT -2 -; A -23 24' -5 1/4' 24' -5 1/4' TAILOR/ ■ 5woP ms 1I RECEIVING 114 940 S.F. CPT -4 MERCER TO BE IN VISIBLE FEILD, NOT UNDER SHOE FIXTURES A GC.TO ORDER ALL MATERIALS BY FIRST WEEK OF CONSTRUCTION TO ALLOW ENOUGH TIME FOR DELIVERY. 5 G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CHECKING THE QUALITY OF THE MATERIALS AND NE VERIFYING OF ALL DIMENSIONS. C ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFOR"IED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE TO THE PUBLISHED INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS AND PROCEDURES OF THE MANUFACTURER OF THE MATERIAL USED. D PROTECT OTHER WORK AND MERCHANDISE AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT ANY DAMAGE. REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR FINISHES ONLY WHEN DAMAGE IS LOCATED IN CONSPICUOUS PLACES, MAIN PATHS OR TRAVEL POSSES A HAZARD OF INTERFERES WITH THE INSTALLATION OF OTHER MATERIALS. F G.C. TO ENSURE TIGHT, SECURE AND PROPER FASTENING OF ALL STANDARDS TO METAL STUDS. G VERIFY WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER THE LOCATION AND AMOUNT OF STANDARDS IN RECEIVING ROOM. H AFTER NE WALLS HAVE RECEIVED PAINT 4 THE FLOOR mu, H IS INSTALLED, TENANT TO FURNISH FITTING J. "M PARTITION AND T.G.C. TO INSTALL AND AS 7% LE FITTING ROOM PARTITIONS AS REQUIRED. 1 FOR INTERIOR ELEVATIONS, REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE, FINISH NOTES 4 ACCESSORY SCHEDULE, SEE SHEET A -8.1 AND A-2.3 J G.C. TO SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR DATA AND PHONE LINE PLAN. K DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF STUD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 6 NE FLOOR PLAN. L PATCH 4 REPAIR ALL DRYWALL AND MASONRY SURFACES SCHEDULED TO BE PAINTED M IF THE CONTRACTOR CONSIDERS ANY SURFACE UNSUITABLE FOR A PROPER FINISH HE sNALL - NOTIFY TENANT AND ARCHITECT OF THE CONDITION AND NOT COMMENCE WORK WITH CHAT SURFACE UNTIL DIRECTED BY TENANT AND /OR ARCHITECT. N ANY/ ALL SEAMS IN THE CARPET SHALL RUN FROM FRONT TO BACK OF THE AREA (NO - SEAMS- RUNNING - SIDE -TO- SIDE) ... !Il! .. . I, IMF I,I/••URIlR�II■•N 4ERRUR_1� /�11/i ■I■ /12mEN %•11111111111111111 1N 111111111111EMINPREATIMMIMMIIIIII 11100 ■ /er/_EZ_�7 ■11■ ■ ■ ■ ■ /�1 1 ■ ■M•%I��1111r111111111111■■•• —I� ■111111■61111 ■ ■11111�■ ■111■0����I� ■ ■ ■///I1/I///NwI///111111111M1� __ ■____■�______ ______1.111 401 -11 1/8' 21 -0° I. 21' -0' K4G FASHION SUPERSTORE INTERIOR MATERIALS 4 FINISH SCHEDULE CODE MATERIAL LOCATION MANUFACTURER BASE DESCRIPTION WAINSCOT ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CEILING HEIGHT REMARKS (SEE FINISH LEGEND) 101 PRODUCT COLOR DIMENSION < B -1 > ACT -1 ACOUSTICAL CEILING FITTING ROOM AREA ARMSTRONG OPTIMA OF'EN PLAN TEGULAR WHITE - FINE TEXTURE 24' X 24' CONTACT: MONTY GILLESPIE W/ ARISTRCNG (811) 216 -1816 PANELS 102 "3250 GRID: PRELUDE 15/16' 1' THICK PANELS < 5-1 > OPEN TO DECK ABOVE 1 ACT -2 ACOUSTICAL CEILING TAILOR SHOP ARMSTRONG OPTIMA OPEN PLAN TEGULAR WHITE - FINE TEXTURE 24' x 48' < 5-1 > PANELS BREAK ROOM OPEN TO DECK ABOVE ■3250 GRID: PRELUDE 15/16' rr1301 WHITE 1' THICK PANELS MEN'S TOILET ROOM STEAM CLEAN MEN'S FITTING ROOM CLEAN STEAM CLEAN STEAM CLEAN STEAM CLEAN 105 WOMEN'S FITTING ROOM WOMEN'S TOILET ROOM STEAM CLEAN STEAM CLEANSTEAM CLEAN STEAM CLEAN STEAM CLEAN STEAM CLEAN HALL WAY 106 JANITOR'S CLOSET STEAM CLEAN STEAM CLEANSTEAM CLEAN MANAGER'S OFFICE CLEAN STEAM CLEAN 107 FITTING ROOM AREA ® < 5-1 > ICE■ , <ACT -I> 10' -0' A.P. F 1 GRD -I ACOUSTICAL CEILING SALES AREA ARMSTRONG PRELUDE 15/16' .1301 WHITE 24' X 24' <ACT -l> 10' -0' A.F.F. SUSPENSION SYSTEM GRID (GRID ONLY, NO PANEL) 109 BREAKROOM ® < 8 -1 > <ACT -l> GRD -2 ACOUSTICAL CEILING TAILOR SHOP ARMSTRONG PRELUDE 15/16' 4'1301 WHITE 24' x 48' SUSPENSION SYSTEM GRID 10' -0' A. (GRID ONLY, NO PANEL) 110 < 5-1 > <ACT -l> CPT -I CPT -1 1124'5 AND WO•EN'S CARPET MATS FITTING ROOMS INTERFACE 8252 1 METER X I METE- MAIWORKS 18X18 TILE (PROVIDED ST TENANT) OVER SEALED CONCRETE. 1 111 < 8 -1 > URBANSCAPES COLLECTION NEW URBANISM FLINT RIDGE DO NOT GLUE DOWN TO CONCRETE MEN'S FITTING ROOMS CPT -2 CARPET FITTING ROOM INTERFACE 1245909100 8231 I METER X 1 METE- NOTE: ALLOW APPROX. 4 WEEKS FOR DELIVERY <ACT -l> :.1 WOMEN'S URBANSCAPES COLLECTION NEW URBANISM BADGER 113 TAILOR SHOP < 8 -1 > I 12' -0' ARP. CPT -3 CARPET SHOES AREA INTERFACE 1311102500- 1ST AVENUE 8140 CHARCOAL 19.69' X 19.69' CONTACT: CHUCK TIMMERMAN AT INTERFACE FLOORING SYSTEMS RECEIVING ROOM (80% OF CARPET FIELD) < B -1 > c (800) 336 -0225 EXT. 1421 1 NOTE: RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION METHOD - 1/4 TURN S ENXISTING ® < ,8 -1 > IGE cm NOTE: ALLOW APPROX. 4 WEEKS FOR DELIVERY CPT -4 CARPET SHOES AREA ° INTERFACE 1311902500- 3RD AVENUE 8116 MERCER 19 .69' X 19 .69' (20% OF CARPET FIELD) CPT -5 CARPET FRONT OF STORE 10'X10' INTERFACE VELVATEEN GARNET VELVATEEN GARNET 10'X10' MA1WORK518X18 TILE (PROVIDED BY TENANT) OVER SEALED CONCRETE. 00 NOT GLUE DOWN TO CONCRETE VCT -I VINYL COMPOSITE TILE MEN'S REST ROOM ARMSTRONG M 51915 ■ 51915 CHARCOAL WOMEN'S REST ROOM BREAK ROOM MANAGER'S OFFICE HALL WAY JANI 1 a»'S c.Lvbt1 VCT -2 VINYL COMPOSITE TILE TAILOR SHOP ARMSTRONG SAFETY ZONE 0 51001 , SHALE GREY 12'X12' ML -1 METAL CHANNEL CASH WRAP AS NOTED CHEMETAL METAL CHANNEL 102 BRUSHED ALUMINUM CONTACT: JERRY ROECK AT TAMARACK (513) 401 -1185 ML -2 WOOD TRIM FITTING ROOM VESTIBULE P -I FINISH (ENTRY ONLY) P -1 PAINT CEILING BENJAMIN MOORE FINISH: AURA EGGSHELL CITY SCAFE - COLOR CODE CONTACT: DOROTHY HAZINSKI AT BENJAMIN MOORE 800.635.5141 EXt1841 AURA PAINT 524 -2X (GALLON) S1 6X 18.1500, WI IX 15.5000 CONTACT: DOROTHY HAZINSKI AT BENJAMIN MOORE 800.6355141 EXTJ841 Y2 IX 18.0000, R3 0X 112500 CALCULATED MATCH QUALITY MAY NOT BE NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO USE BENJAMIN MOORE AURA PAINT ACCURATELY PREIDICTED AND COLOR CODES PROVIDED P -2 PAINT WALLS BENJAMIN MOORE FINISH: AURA EGGSHELL EXTRA WHITE - COLOR CODE SUBMIT TO ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL. AURA PAINT 524 -1X (GALLON) NO SUBSTITUTIONS. WI 3X 18 .000, Y2 0X 0.1500 NOTE: CONTACT MANUFACTURER TO OBTAIN APPROPRIATE PRIMER 4 S2 0X 13.0000, RI OX 12500 PRIMER SERIES FOR SUBSTRATE CALCULATED MATCH QUALITY MAY NOT EE ACCURATELY PREIDICTED P -3 PAINT FITTING ROOM VESTIBULE BENJAMIN MOORE FINISH: AURA EGGSHELL TANGO - COLOR CODE AURA PAINT 524 -4X (QUART) Y3 8 WI Y2 3X 01 10.5 R2 1 , - -- P -4 PAINT FITTING ROOM STALLS BENJAMIN MOORE FINISH: AURA EGGSHELL BENJAMIN MOORE BLACK EWEDrOR AURA PAINT INTERIOR 1 EXTERIOR READY -MIXED E COMPLIANCE P -5 PAINT WOMEN'S ROOM ACCENT WALL BENJAMIN MOORE FINISH: AURA EGGSHELL KIMONO VIOLET . APPROVED AURA PAINT 524 -4X (GALLON) Sl ox 4.0000, WI IX 0.1500�� S2 SX 0.0000, MI 3X 29.1500 l 9 2010 GI 0X 12.0000 CALCULATED MATCH QUALITY MAY NOT BE ACCURATELY PREIDICTED ' Tukwila P -6 PAINT MEN'S ROOM ACCENT WALL BENJAMIN MOORE FINISH: AURA EGGSHELL SAGUARO - COLOR CODE AURA PAINT 524 -4X (GALLON) IL ' I I i Y3 9X 24.5000, B1 IX 24.0000 . V RI IX 152500 P -1 PAINT SUIT WALL BENJAMIN MOORE FINISH: AURA EGGSHELL BENJAMIN MOORE CASHWRAP WALL AURA PAINT 2092 -20 SIENNA PL -1 PLASTIC LAMINATE FITTING ROOM PARTITIONS FORMICA LAMINATE 909 -58 CONTACT: MICHAEL HERTENSTEINER AT FORMICA CORPORATION (440) 213 -1341 BLACK FINISH: MATTE PL -2 PLASTIC LAMINATE FIXTURE AS NOTED FORMICA LAMINATE 1152 -58 CONTACT: MICHAEL HERTENSTEINER AT FORMICA CORPORATION (440) 213 -1341 NORTHERN OAK FINISH: MATTE PL -3 PLASTIC LAMINATE FIXTURE AS NOTED FORMICA LAMINATE 495 -58 CONTACT: MICHAEL HERTENSTENER AT FORMICA CORPORATION (440)2B-1341 BRIGHT WHITE FINISH: MATTE R3-I RESILIENT BASE GENERAL ROPPE RUBBER COVE BASE P151 4' HEIGHT CONTACT: JENNIFER FINLAYSON AT ROPPE COIRATION (419) 435 -8546 CORPORATION SHADOW I /8' THICKNESS FC -1 SEALED CONCRETE RECEIVING ROOM FLORIC POLYTECH ON -2000 CLEARSEAL (2 COATS) DIAMOND GRIND PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF EPDXY TO BE MANAGER'S WORK STATION COATINGS, CLEAR 6 -8 MILS APPROVED BY THE TMW / K4G GPM IN WRITING SALES FLOOR NOTE: INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS. FITTING ROOM MEN'S FITTING ROOM WOMEN'S FITTING ROOM TS -1 TRANSITION STRIP AS NOTED ROPPE "32 HALF THRESHOLD SLACK 2 3/4' X 1/2' CONTACT: JENNIFER FINLAYSON AT ROPPE CORPORATION (419) 435 -8546 (FROM CARPET TO SELAED CONCRETE) WC -2 WALL COVERING HALLWAY MARLITE WHITE FACTORY FINISH MOUNT THE F.RP. 3' AFF. SO THE ELEC. SWITCH PLATE WILL BE ON THE FRP. HEIGHT 4' -3' APP. WOMEN'S REST ROOM MEN'S REST ROOM JANITOR'S CLOSET 61 -0 5/8' 10' -0' 8' -4 5/8' O 2" VINYL REDUCER TO BE MERCER SEE DETAIL 4/4-2.3 P CONTRACTOR SHALL SE RESPONSIBLE TO INSPECT ALL WALL COVERING FOR QUALITY AND DEFECTS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. Q ALL SURFACES TO RECEIVE FABRIC OR WALL COVERINGS AS SELECTED SHALL BE PROPERLY PREPARED AND SIZES AS RECOMMENDED BY WALL COVERING. MANUFACTURERS SELECTED FOR THE TYPE OF INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY TENANT OF ANY SURFACE NOT SUITABLE FOR PROPER APPLICATION OF WALL COVERING. DO NOT APPLY ANY MATERIAL UNTIL SITUATION IS RESOLVED. R ALL ADHESIVES TO BE SUPPLIED BY G.C. THE TYPE USED AS RECOMMENDED BY WALL COVERING MANUFACTURER SELECTED FOR THE INSTALLATION. S ALL DOORS AND DOOR TRIM TO MATCH WALL COLOR SPECIFIED IN THAT AREA. T G.C. TO COORDINATE WITH TENANTS FIXTURE MANUFACTURER TO ENSURE FINISHES TO MATCH. U DRESSING ROOM CURTAINS FURNISHED 4 INSTALLED BY TENANT. ✓ GC. IS RESPONSIBLE OF PROVIDING STANDARDS ON ALL WALLS AT STORE. CONTACT CPM IF THEY ARE NOT SHOWN. W G.C. TO BEAD BLAST EXISTING FLOOR PRIOR TO INSTALLING NEW FLOOR X PAINT ABOVE WAINSCOTING. cask winimm ■'1=11 1111eI1•U M -2 FLOOR MAT OVER SC -1 BEHIND CASH WRAP. n PICK -UP HANGING I 103 • FLOOR MATERIAL / FINISH LAYOUT ALE : 1/VV -1' -0• 15' -0' CENTER ON ARCH NEW OPENING 0 i 11' -2 1/S'V.IF. 0 FINISH KE'rNOTES O PAINT ALL HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES WITH P -2 SEMI GLOSS, UNO 2 PAINT ALL RAILS, EXPOSED COLUMNS, AND ANY EXPOSED METALS WITH P -2 EXCEPT STOREFRONT FRAME. OTAG. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL FROSTED VINYL APPROXIMATELY 315 SQ. FT. 311 SCOTCHCAL DECORATIVE WINDOW FILM ON INSIDE TO 6' -0? APP. IF STOREFRONT GLASS INSTALLED ON ALL ELEVATIONS PREMISES EXCEED FIFTY (50) LINEAR FEET, PROVIDE 4 INSTALL OPAQUE SPANDREL PER TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLANS.- CONFIRM W CPtI O ALL TILES SHALL BE FROM THE SAME LOT. G.C. TO SEAL 4 WAX V.C.T. FLOOR O CASHWRAP MAT FURNISHED BY TENANT. ONOT USED O INSTALL AS PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. REFER TO GENERAL PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS O DRESSING ROOM PARTITIONS TO BE INSTALLED FROM FLOOR TO 1' -0' APP. SEE SHEET A -82 FOR INTERIOR DETAILS. 9 CUT AROUND ALL DISPENSERS AND MIRROR WHICH OVERLAP WAINSCOT. T.G.G. TO PROVIDE ALL TRIM AS REQUIRED. 10 SEE CEILING LEGEND ON SHEET A -3.1 e 11 SEE FLOOR FINISH PLAN ON SHEET A -2.3 FOR VCT AND CARPET LOCATIONS. 12 SEE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE AT THE COVER 51-IEET FOR FURNISH AND INSTALLATION OF MATERIALS AND FINISHES ANY GRILLES IN WALLS TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJ. WALL SURFACE RESILIENT REDUCER STRIP VINYL COMPOSITION TILE EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB PROVIDE ROPPE RUBBER TRANSITION STRIP GLUE -DOWN CARPET MEEK 6 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE FLOOR TRANSITION SCALE : 1/8° ®1' -O" N0 -D80 RESILIENT REDUCER STRIP TS -I GLUE -DOWN CARPET II'I 1,011 .iIC ,III f1'I 17 EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB FLOOR TRANSITION CITY OF TUKWMLA MAY 11 2010 PERMIT CENTER A.: ILO Iowa Cb Of slam O ai Oast V 16398 NE 85th St. DESCRIPTION W f 8 u d) 7 0 1- Q Q 4 7 4 Z 0 VJ N i8.. 0 1- 0 0 • 0 W ce tn 1- V tu DR A WN M CHECK: EEK JOB NO: 10 -014 ILI (I 0!:: d) 11- 3 al ft (T) m ��z Owl u� -Ickt IL' 0 )- 4 1 J 4 Lu F Q 0 1-1-- 4-2.3 OF: 1 SHEETS FINISH SCHEDULE ROOM NUMBER ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE WALL WAINSCOT CEILING CEILING HEIGHT REMARKS (SEE FINISH LEGEND) 101 SALES AREA < SC -1 > < B -1 > OPEN TO DECK ABOVE 4,1,11,12 102 MANAGER'S WORKSTATION < 3G -1 > < 5-1 > OPEN TO DECK ABOVE 1 103 PICK -UP HANGING < 5C -1 > < 5-1 > OPEN TO DECK ABOVE 1 104 MEN'S TOILET ROOM STEAM CLEAN STEAM CLEANSTEAM CLEAN STEAM CLEAN STEAM CLEAN STEAM CLEAN 105 WOMEN'S TOILET ROOM STEAM CLEAN STEAM CLEANSTEAM CLEAN STEAM CLEAN STEAM CLEAN STEAM CLEAN 106 JANITOR'S CLOSET STEAM CLEAN STEAM CLEANSTEAM CLEAN STEAM CLEANSTEAM CLEAN STEAM CLEAN 107 MANAGER'S OFFICE ® < 5-1 > ICE■ , <ACT -I> 10' -0' A.P. F 1 108 HALLWAY ® < 8 -1 > 1 < WC -2 > <ACT -l> 10' -0' A.F.F. 1,10 109 BREAKROOM ® < 8 -1 > <ACT -l> 101 -0' APP. 1,10 WOMEN'S FITTING ROOMS SC-I 10' -0' A. 10 110 < 5-1 > <ACT -l> CPT -I FITTING AREA CPT -3 10' -0' A. 1 111 < 8 -1 > ® <ACT -I> CPT -4 MEN'S FITTING ROOMS 10' -0' A. 1 112 < B -1 > <ACT -l> :.1 113 TAILOR SHOP < 8 -1 > I 12' -0' ARP. 1 114 RECEIVING ROOM < SC -1 > < B -1 > c OPEN TO DECK ABOVE 1 115 S ENXISTING ® < ,8 -1 > IGE cm OPEN TO DECK ABOVE 1 PROVIDE ROPPE RUBBER TRANSITION STRIP GLUE -DOWN CARPET MEEK 6 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE FLOOR TRANSITION SCALE : 1/8° ®1' -O" N0 -D80 RESILIENT REDUCER STRIP TS -I GLUE -DOWN CARPET II'I 1,011 .iIC ,III f1'I 17 EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB FLOOR TRANSITION CITY OF TUKWMLA MAY 11 2010 PERMIT CENTER A.: ILO Iowa Cb Of slam O ai Oast V 16398 NE 85th St. DESCRIPTION W f 8 u d) 7 0 1- Q Q 4 7 4 Z 0 VJ N i8.. 0 1- 0 0 • 0 W ce tn 1- V tu DR A WN M CHECK: EEK JOB NO: 10 -014 ILI (I 0!:: d) 11- 3 al ft (T) m ��z Owl u� -Ickt IL' 0 )- 4 1 J 4 Lu F Q 0 1-1-- 4-2.3 OF: 1 SHEETS 11 91' -9' 24' -5 1/4° 24' -5 1/4' 24' -5 1/4° 24' -5 1/4' -► TAILOR u L u SI� -101=' 1 WOM TOILET 1 _. 111 - 000 uJ I . L-1 I� RECEIVING 2 S5 I S.F. FITTING AREA Dress Pants Outerwear Dress Pants ADS -S.IA� Outerwear AAA -H ■NDAA -H CDS -CD Dress Pants ottom ZiaZIZt Bottoms DAR-U OF-2a.lb Activewea r Acttvewear Dress Pants '1AA -H iN�Afl -H DRESS SI-I IRTS Separates - Bottoms MEN'S ACCESSORIES CDS -1i x4 CDS -1i x4 CDS -} x4 .. 11 - ..., 1 1 CDS40 x4 (DS -D) x4 CDS -1?p x4 _ Clearance / Outerwear a _ aD.r,1 Or raw 1 T:).i H Separates - Tops Suit Separates Big 4 Ta l l Clearance / Outerwear $4.1 i!iii�:Ili'i'k I M k Contemporary Big 4 Tall AJVa.H Collections Suits A:)VU -H ADV&F ANIFFT Casual Pants Will ° li fie +RAM=') EMI= i! I iii Collections Suits Casual Pants wpm= wimmom "mom Eons. stomai-■ Dresses Suits ortswear Denim Denim F -2a.1c WOMEN "S Sportswear Urban ova- N CF -3.2 a� °�IiiiiI Kii.ill�aiL`iiir•KM= iiii ii CDS -9> 4 ri.H INJta.H 1)l�Va-H. 1NJaa•H INOVaw I lx2) 5 -12 (x2) k- H k-51 CASHIURAP wF -2 1 1FLKJ GRAPHIC PLAN GALE s Ve' r-00 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NAY 19 2010 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION GRAPHIC INDEX EXTERIOR SIGNAGE g ENTRY GRAPHICS EG -1 WINDOW LOGO GRAPHIC EG -2 STORE HOURS AND NUMBER EG -3 WINDOW FOCAL 2 oc SALE/ PROMO WINDOW BANNER EG -5 INFORMATIONAL GRAPHICS WAYFINDING 0 WELCOME GRAPHIC WF -2 CASH WRAP WALL LOGO (11 -1). i 0 'a SUITS SIGNAGE_ WF -5 i DEPARTMENT FOCALS DF -1 SUITS WALL FOCAL 11 DEPARTMENT WALL FOCALS - MEN'S - WOMEN'S 0 0 DEPARTMENT 1 .'@ DA -3 LARGE PRODUCT FOCAL - BACKER GRAPHICS - DIMENSIONAL TEXT - PHOTO STRIPS SALES SMALL PRODUCT FOCAL BACKER GRAPHIC TEXT HEADERS DEPARTMENT SIGNS DS -1 SUITS PRODUCT CATEGORY SIGNAGE DS -2 MEN'S PRODUCT CATEGORY SIGNAGE DS -3 WOMEN'S PRODUCT CATEGORY SIGNAGE DS -4 BOY'S PRODUCT CATEGORY SIGNAGE DS -5 GENERAL ENDCAP GRAPHICS DS -6 SHOE ENDCAP GRAPHICS DS -1 SHOE/ SHIRT TOPPERS OS -8 =, SIZE/ CATEGORY RACK TOPPERS DS -9 LOGO 4 PRODUCT SMALL FIXTURE VINYL - TOWER OS -10 LOGO - PRODUCT GRAPHIC - PINWHEEL al iti DS -12 co DS -14 SHOE SIZING - CLEARANCE FITTING ROOM/ TAILORING SIGNAGE FS -I FITTING ROOM SIGN FS -2 FITTING ROOM FOCAL DIMENSIONAL TEXT FS -3 0 r 0, FS -5 r 7 to 7 to l'it!) TAILORING ALTERATION GRAPHIC FS -S @ PROMO 4 SALE SIGNAGE PS -2 CLEARANCE GRAPHIC PS -3 PRODUCT TOPPER 1 Dress Pants '1AA -H iN�Afl -H DRESS SI-I IRTS Separates - Bottoms MEN'S ACCESSORIES CDS -1i x4 CDS -1i x4 CDS -} x4 .. 11 - ..., 1 1 CDS40 x4 (DS -D) x4 CDS -1?p x4 _ Clearance / Outerwear a _ aD.r,1 Or raw 1 T:).i H Separates - Tops Suit Separates Big 4 Ta l l Clearance / Outerwear $4.1 i!iii�:Ili'i'k I M k Contemporary Big 4 Tall AJVa.H Collections Suits A:)VU -H ADV&F ANIFFT Casual Pants Will ° li fie +RAM=') EMI= i! I iii Collections Suits Casual Pants wpm= wimmom "mom Eons. stomai-■ Dresses Suits ortswear Denim Denim F -2a.1c WOMEN "S Sportswear Urban ova- N CF -3.2 a� °�IiiiiI Kii.ill�aiL`iiir•KM= iiii ii CDS -9> 4 ri.H INJta.H 1)l�Va-H. 1NJaa•H INOVaw I lx2) 5 -12 (x2) k- H k-51 CASHIURAP wF -2 1 1FLKJ GRAPHIC PLAN GALE s Ve' r-00 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NAY 19 2010 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION GRAPHIC INDEX EXTERIOR SIGNAGE ENTRY GRAPHICS EG -1 WINDOW LOGO GRAPHIC EG -2 STORE HOURS AND NUMBER EG -3 WINDOW FOCAL EG -4 SALE/ PROMO WINDOW BANNER EG -5 INFORMATIONAL GRAPHICS WAYFINDING WF -1 WELCOME GRAPHIC WF -2 CASH WRAP WALL LOGO WF -3 CASH WRAP POLICY GRAPHIC WF -4 SUITS SIGNAGE_ WF -5 DEPARTMENT SIGNAGE DEPARTMENT FOCALS DF -1 SUITS WALL FOCAL DF -2 DEPARTMENT WALL FOCALS - MEN'S - WOMEN'S OF -3 DEPARTMENT AC.C.tNTS DA -3 LARGE PRODUCT FOCAL - BACKER GRAPHICS - DIMENSIONAL TEXT - PHOTO STRIPS DA -4 SMALL PRODUCT FOCAL BACKER GRAPHIC TEXT HEADERS DEPARTMENT SIGNS DS -1 SUITS PRODUCT CATEGORY SIGNAGE DS -2 MEN'S PRODUCT CATEGORY SIGNAGE DS -3 WOMEN'S PRODUCT CATEGORY SIGNAGE DS -4 BOY'S PRODUCT CATEGORY SIGNAGE DS -5 GENERAL ENDCAP GRAPHICS DS -6 SHOE ENDCAP GRAPHICS DS -1 SHOE/ SHIRT TOPPERS OS -8 =, SIZE/ CATEGORY RACK TOPPERS DS -9 LOGO 4 PRODUCT SMALL FIXTURE VINYL - TOWER OS -10 LOGO - PRODUCT GRAPHIC - PINWHEEL DS -II LOGO - PRODUCT GRAPHIC - CASWWRAP DS -12 LOGO - PRODUCT GRAPHIC - IMPULSE FIXTURE DS -14 SHOE SIZING - CLEARANCE FITTING ROOM/ TAILORING SIGNAGE FS -I FITTING ROOM SIGN FS -2 FITTING ROOM FOCAL DIMENSIONAL TEXT FS -3 FITTING ROOM FOCAL PHOTO STRIPS FS -4 TAILORING/ DRESSING ROOM WAYFINDING FS -5 TAILORING WALL DIMENSIONAL TEXT FS -1 TAILORING ALTERATION GRAPHIC FS -S TAILORING MIRROR VINYL LOGO PROMO 4 SALE SIGNAGE PS -2 CLEARANCE GRAPHIC PS -3 PRODUCT TOPPER 1 PS -4 PRODUCT TOPPER 2 Duo- 08d CITY OF TUKWILA MAY T 1: 2010 PERMIT CENTER St) =.4. 61) 8.5 Las ea )1 •C DESCRIPTION LAYOUT / BiD DOCUMENTS X tO z d fa IL 6 N co zz co 0 0 0 1- 0 z 0 (T) �1 d) a d) 512Ici) DRAWN: MM CHECK: EEK JOB NO: 10 - 014 IF) 0 W n to (0 jil 0_ ki) n 0-6 cf) (9 0_ z "Z Wt� Z u-10 (01 4 Id Od V P- 2 z 4 4 OF: SHEETS 24` -6” ST -9' 24' -5 1/4" 24' -5 1/4' 24' -5 1/4' CART WOM TOILET 105 5 1 ' ' ; 1 I, Li y, MENS TTING ROc — 112 i i i . 111; .i.....� viii r.i LOP 11111111117/ 408 SP. 940 S.F. —mod FITTING AREA 8' -0 3/8' / 11' -1 3/8' l - 41-6, Outer ear ., i a YAW illt 4' -11' y 10' -0' k 1 Outerwear I !1M1 ■ YAW- , 4' -ii' „ 20' -0' i Outerwear ` a �.')AR -H AR -H N-)AR -H AR-H / 4' -II' 13' -0' 5' -11' 4, Plus • ' ° ll µA -E I 4' -11' 5' -11' Dress Pants r YAW-41 101 -0' . 5' -0" YAW 20' -0' Dress Pants 5 15AR -H ISAA•H 15AR -H 1T' -91/8' Bottoms 4' -11' 5' -11' F -15 4' -1I' 13' -0' 5' -11' Urban 4' -il' K-44A 13' -0' Urban Bottoms YA1U- 5' -11' 5' -11' 4' -11' P -k4 13' -0' 5' -1I' ctivewear 5' -1i' �5 ,p1-6/1 4' -0' ' -6 41-011-6)( 5' -0' 13' -11 i /8' Dress Pants 5' -0' „ 5' -0' 4 1/8' i' -5 i/8' 11 I /8' FIXTURE COUNT SCHEDULE ON -NAND NEW NEEDED FIFLKW or 0 1 1 F -2A WALL FOCAL - 12' -0' 0 4 4 F -3A WALL FOCAL FIT ROOMS 1I' -s ' 0 1 1 F -4 s' -0' $NOES 0 u 26 SHOE ENDCAP 0 8 8 F -4C 8' -O' DRESS SI -ARTS 0 10 10 TIE ENDCAP$ 0 0 0 F -5 WALL FOCAL 0 4 4 F -i TAILOR ALTERATIONS SIGN HOLDER 0 1 1 F -8 HANDBAG FIXTURE 0 1 1 F -II '1' GRID RACK or II 11 F -IIA T : IT 0 4 4 F -IIB F -11 END CAP 0 4 4 F -14 H -RACK 0 0 1 . , I r SALES AREA EXTENDER BARS 0 0 0 2' -0' EXTENDER BARS 0 0 0 3' -0' EXTENDER BARS 0 20 20 5' -`Q�' EXTENDER BARS 0 1 1 Dress Pants 5' -0' „ 5' -0' 4 1/8' i' -5 i/8' 11 I /8' FIXTURE COUNT SCHEDULE ON -NAND NEW NEEDED FIFLKW CASHWRAP FOCAL 0 1 1 F -2A WALL FOCAL - 12' -0' 0 4 4 F -3A WALL FOCAL FIT ROOMS 1I' -s ' 0 1 1 F -4 s' -0' $NOES 0 26 26 SHOE ENDCAP 0 8 8 F -4C 8' -O' DRESS SI -ARTS 0 10 10 TIE ENDCAP$ 0 0 0 F -5 WALL FOCAL 0 4 4 F -i TAILOR ALTERATIONS SIGN HOLDER 0 1 1 F -8 HANDBAG FIXTURE 0 1 1 F -II '1' GRID RACK 0 II 11 F -IIA FOLDED GOODS GRiD RACK 0 4 4 F -IIB F -11 END CAP 0 4 4 F -14 H -RACK 0 i90 190 F -14A EXTENDER BARS 0 0 0 2' -0' EXTENDER BARS 0 0 0 3' -0' EXTENDER BARS 0 20 20 5' -`Q�' EXTENDER BARS 0 1 1 F -15 4 -WAY 0 65 65 F -I6 ROUNDER 0 0 0 F -17 ACCESSORY PINWHEEL 0 9 9 F -18 ACCESSORY TOWER 0 1 i F -19 PODIUM / 3 -WAY / KiT 0 1 1 F -22 H -RACK FRAME 0 51 51 F -23 $HOE ENDCAP MIRROR 0 5 5 H -RACK ENDCAP MIRROR 0 10 10 F -26 FRAGRANCE 0 1 1 F -2i JEWLERY 0 1 1 F -28 LUGGAGE 0 4 4 F -29 LUGGAGE - WALL 0 4 4 FN -1 CHAIR - FiTTiNG 0 2 2 FN -2 CHAAIR - SLOES 0 3 3 FN -4 OTTOMAN 0 2 2 FN -5 END TABLE 0 1 1 DRAPING TABLE 0 2 2 5u1T SOFFIT 0 1 1 VESTIBULE LIGI -IT BOX 0 1 1 BLACK END PANELS 0 21 21 F -31C SHIRT / 5I-IOE GONDOLA FRAME 0 31 31 F -22 14-RACK FRAME TO BE APPLIED TO TOP OF AISLE END OF H -RACK 22' -9 5/8' 4' -2 3/4' . 3' -10' 4' -1 5/8' . 3' -10' 3' -10' 1 . AL 4I -9 &&ORf E 3' -10° 4' -2 3/4' Y -10" 4'-1 $ /8'. 3' -10' 4' -1I' li' -2 -1 /8' 101 -0'■p Separates - Bottoms 101 -0' '4 Bt9 4 Ta l l 14' -5 1 /8' 301 -0' Clear ar'c c, I Owl.or wrsa4 H -RACKS H -RAf, S.tt Separates 4• Suit Separates 14' -5 1 /8' •43Va-I N5V1f-H ) / •H ral-H M0Va-H MJVa-H 25' -0' Contemporary li' -1 1/8' y,, 10' -0' � 5' -0' 'd '1 Suits 14' -4 5/8' 301 -0' Hookups 25' -0' GotIections IT -2 -1/8' —Sharts 14' -5 1 /8' 301 -0' )1, 51 -0' Casual Pantos ')AR -H VOAR -H 4' -lI' 25' -0' collections lT -2 1/S" 10' -0' Suits i0' -0' Shorts 14' -4 I /8' 301 -0' Caswal Pants 4' -ii' 25' -0' vresses iT -2 1/8' 13' -10' Sportswear YAW-41 101 -1 i /8' NSVa-H J15Vtl-H �NSia-H 1NSVa-H jNSVa-H yNOVli REVIEWED FF CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 1 9 2010 City of Tukwila BUILDING DiVIRION WOMEN'S 10' -0' 13' -10' Sportswear 10' -6 1 /8° 30'.:I' 101 -8 3/8' 2' -0' 4' -1I' JVa-H gmmia-H NSVEFR 7.2711 4 1 sianc 81 -0 -i /8' 121 -0' �W 8'- ill /8' lA YAW- V-10° AW sr-u —o 30' -0' �, 5' -0' ys 301 -0' - 5'-0' ys Iiiiii 11111 ii i'iii�iliiii��'i`iiil� ■— '��'�� F -ID 5' -2 1 /8' 5' -1 -1/8' 6,-11/2' I0' -0 3/4' 6' -I 1/2' 45'4 1/4' iFLK1 1' -0 1/4' l FIXTURE PLAN SCALE 1=0" crw OFT m MAY 772010 PERMIT CENTER Pi) In:, 13) O O asse„ v Q 1 DESCRIPTION LAYOUT / BID DOCUMENTS w H 0 61 m w fr 0 0_ z IX Q l!1 j) w to VI to z 0 177 d 7 z 0 0 U. w DR A WN M M CHECK: EEK JOB NO: 10-014 SHEET: ,4 -2.S OF: — SHEETS MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION IBC 1006.1 Illumination required. The means of egress, including the exit discharge, shall be illuminated at all times the building space served by the means of egress is occupied. IBC 1006.2 Illumination level. The means of egress illumination level shall not be less than 1 foot- candle at the walking level. IBC 1006.3 Illumination emergency power. The power supply for means of egress illumination shall normally be provided by the premises' electrical supply. In the event of power supply failure, an emergency electrical system shall automatically illuminate the following areas: 1. Aisles and unenclosed stairways of rooms that require two or more means of egress. 2. Corridors, exit enclosures and exit passageways.. 3. Exterior egress components... 4. Interior exit discharge elements... 5. Exterior landings...forexit discharge doorways...' 24' -6° 91' -9° 24' -5 1/4° 24' -5 V4' 24' -5 1/4' 101■ \■\ \1 \ \ \\ iiiieiii iiizimzzoternmmArtArmzeMze.e. /i iir /i7 /i /iii lvio iri'im,,Vi/ iii m./ArZeii ri .Arii mii/iizemzi,V,M lirri rroze.4 ; -Y iir i < LOCKERS CART STATION FRIDGE TAILOR SWOP i Lu. i /."7 ./ /. uZneirirrrezi /. �I 2,96 sp. TABLE SNACK Frre:��l ce a emu: a �; ice a191148 8a$4Q Jk -4 8191148 a8_W9KI 11.1 SL-11 • 4W EL-d 1011 11 &-9 18' -0 1/4' 18' -O 1/4' 19' -3 3/8' It -3 3/8' !M}:!! IliMINIM ! _r:I!ll111111MAININ.!1rIMMi' = r K iii l i ial=a1.1j:: MAIM iiiie'NM= 1 J,I � [f] c=> c'JSy- JVa'H NOVa -H N:YVa'H )IJVa-H NN0Va'H �NJVa"H 17 V YAW A. CASWUJR4P REVIEWED FpR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 19 2010 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 10 -080 CITY OF UCLA MAY 1;12010 PERMIT CENTER SEE PAGE EMI.1 FOR PHOTOMETRIC ANALYSIS OF EXIT PATHWAY LIGI- ITING. SEE ALSO SI-EET EI2 FOR LIGHTING PLAN AND FIXTURE SCHEDULE 1T -2 1 /8'Y.IF. EGRESS PLAN SCALE : 1/8' is 1' -0' DESCRIPTION z V/ 2 0 1- 4 Q 2 4 d) Z 0 iu 0 1- a Z W a 0 to 0 tl' M Ln w Vl c0 1-- 0 'J-F d) DR A WN MM CHECK: E EK JOB NO: 10 -014 0'- :3 (V° 0- to 0-6 (04P p- ff0 z — .4 u� 414 ■ id)j 44-6 W. „LoX t_m- 2 in OF: ETS 24' -6' 91' -9' 24' -5 1/4' 24' -5 1/4' 24' -5 1/4' 24' -5 1/4' ifl CLG HT 10' -0' AFF. A -3.II rirrrriri�rXi", ./ , "Zoe ,rrr „r,.L�rr. •Z., RECEIVING 940 S.P. .}12111/01 1 =Ma �1 u1 ,vII>'roui `L = Illawairapommirs, !2l!! 0 ii.LrR.5.1” 13' -0" 6' -6" EQ "B" 32'-0" 32' -0" 15'-0" 15' -0" 15' -0° 15' -0" 15' -0" 15' 0" CLG NT 0 CEILING PLAN SCALE • 1/5' a Y-01 REFLECTED CEILING SCHEDULE CEILING FINISH (SEE SWEET A -8.1 FOR FINISWES) FIXTURES TAG DESCRIPTION TYPE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION CEILING ASSEMBLY A 0 4 LAMP 32 WATT TS - 2' X 4' LAY IN TROFFER /ACRYLIC LENS -GE ULTRA MAX L BALLAST 11 TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD OVER METAL STUD 16' oz. SUPPORTED BY ADJACENT WALLS 6 TOILET T ROOM LOCATION. j' EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD ON TOP OF STUDS TO SUPPORT WATER HEATER (SEE PLAN FOR HEIGHTS) CLNG-i Al EMERGENCY 4 LAMP 32 WATT TS - 2' X 4' LAY IN TROFFER/ ACRYLIC LENS -GE ULTRA MAX L BALLAST • SEE PLAN P -2 g ry SINGLE CIRCUIT TRACK 4 CERAMIC MH TRACK HEADS C 1' X 4' SURF MT. FLUORESCENT WRAP W/ ACRYLIC LENS -•— CEILING ASSEMBLY STOCK AREA - FLUORESCENT STRIP W/ REFELCTOR - CHAIN HUNG.. S' - 2 LAMP TANDEM 32 WATT T8 IND. STRIP FIXTURE 4' - 2 LAMP 32 WATT TS IND. STRIP FIXTURE W/ WIRE GUARD. 4 CLNG -2 = ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE. 'SEE SHEET A -8.1 FOR FINISHES' SEE PLAN D1 TAILOR AREA - FLUORESCENT STRIP W/ WIRE GUARD S' - 2 LAMP TANDEM 32 WAT B STRIP FIXTURE TUBE LIGHTING 4' - 2 LAMP 32 WATT T8 STRIP FIXTURE ACT -2 F--- -I 1 1 CEILING ASSEMBLY P i ; 30' CABLE SUSPENDED PENDANT 8 LAMP TT5 FIXTURE CLNG -3 Fl (i' EMERGENCY 30' CABLE SUSPENDED PENDANT 8 LAMP TT5 FIXTURE W/ EM BALLAST OPEN DECK T.G.C. TO PRIME DECK AS PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS OPEN X LED UNY MT. EXIT SIGN W/ 90 MIN. BATTERY PACK P -I H � = (2) HEAD WALL MOUNTED W/ 90 MIN. BATTERY PACK 5 • 8' 0 SPEAKER / . 24'X 24' CEILING SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER 24'X 24' CEILING RETURN AIR GRILLE 6 SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER USED IN THE_ RECEIVING AND SALES AREA a EXHAUST -AIR GRILLE DUCTWORK DUCTWORK WITH ACOUSTICAL LINEN t REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NOTES SHEET NOTES . SEE CEILING PLAN FOR CEILING HEIGHT. 2. INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES TO BE ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH CODE REQUIREMENTS. 3. LIGHTING 6 STANDARDS SHALL BE a 24 "FROM NEAREST PARALLEL WALL WITH STANDARDS UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE 4. TAILOR AREA LIGHTS SHALL BE AT 1' -0 "AFF. AND 24 "FROM WALL UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE. 5. FITTING ROOM LIGHTS SHALL BE a 24 "FROM WALLS, 8' -0 "ON CENTER CEILING HEIGHT UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE. 6. EMERGENCY FIXTURES SHALL BE PROVIDED WIN A MINIMUM 90 - MINUTE BATTERY BACK UP. 1. ALL FLUORESCENT LAMPS ARE 1-11G14 COLOR RENDITION (82CR1) 8. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES ARE TO BE PROVIDED AS SPECIFIED THROUGH AN ESTABLISHED NATIONAL ACCOUNT PROGRAM WITH TARRANT LIGHTING, FT. WORTH, TX. PLEASE CONTACT LISA CAHAK e 0511) 626 -0044, EXT 113 OR L I S4 M TARRANTL IG HT ING.COM 9. WHEN GYP. BD. CEILING IS EXISTING, LL TO PAINT 4 REPAIR ONLY. 10. FIRE DEVICES, ALARM DEVICES, STROBES, BULL HORNS TO BE INSTALLED AT A MINIMUM OF 12' -0' FEET A.F.F. ON THE DEMISING WALLS IN THE SALES AND FITTING ROOM AREAS. IF DEVICES HAVE TO BE LOWERED THEY ARE TO SE CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES 6' -0' FROM THE WALL. 11. PAINT CONDUIT, DUCTWORK, 4 PIPES TO MATCH SALES WALLS, VERIFY IN FIELD NOT INTERFERING WIN WALL FOCALS. 12. BIDDER DESIGN FIRE ALARM, CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY NO BLOCKAGE W/ FI, F2, OR F3 FIXTURES 13. REFER TO ELECTRICAL SCHEDULE E0.1 FOR ALL FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 12 13 14 PENDANT LIGHTS TO BE INSTALLED'' AT 15' -0' A.F.F. SPEAKERS (BOGEN LOUDSPEAKER ASSEMBLY MFG. PART* S86T125PG8W) (VENDER CONTACT INFORMATION ON SHEET CS1.1) NOT USED. NEW EXIT SIGN INSTALLED BY LANDLORD. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. TRACK 4 HEAD FIXTURE TRACK IS TO BE CENTERED ON WALL FIXTURE AND GRAPHIC. SEE SHEETS A -2.1 4 A -3.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION. SOFFIT TO MATCH CONCRETE SCORE LINE RADIUS BELOW. (BOTTOM AT 111 -0' AFF.) SEE FINISH SCHEDULE SHEET 412 AT SALES AREA: PAINT BOTTOM OF DECK, STRUCTURE, ALL ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, LIGHTING, H.VA.C. UNITS 4 DUCT WORK PERMETER WALL FROM 16' -0' (BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE) TO BOTTOM OF DECK TO BE PAINTED Ell ALSO. RELOCATE LIGHT FIXTURE SEE CEILING DEMOLITION PLAN FOR MORE INFORMATION. LIFE SAFTY EQUIPMENT ALL TO REMAIN - TYP. PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL, ALL EXISTING SPEAKERS TO REMAIN. SOFIT MOUNTED GRAPHIC '1.1JF -4'. G.C. TO COORDINATE WITH FIXTURE VENDER CORRECT TO RECEIVE FIXTURE. TRACK LIGHTING SHOULD BE AIMED AT THE WALL. A DIFFUSED BEAM FOR FI, F2, 4 F3 TO ENSURE WIDTH AND HE(GI4T ARE CENTER OP THE GRAPHIC PARTITION AS ec EP(LED STOP CTURE 2' TIP PLUOFEECINT ATTAGFED TO EXISTING CEILING Gt 1P DY G.C. 3V)C ' EYE DOLTS (4) LOCATIONS SORT PROVIDED ®Y moat G.C. TO INSTALL PORT a LLAST, COLDS, AND ACRYLIC MOON MUG LR3t8 LAY IN ACRYLIC 6NOOTN MILK Late • 8 -I' APR CEILING INSTAL= ENLARGED LIGHT BOX DETAIL SCALE = N.Th. 2 1/2 • METAL STUDS 5/8' FIRE RESISTANT G.W,B. • -. On 5/8' FIRE RESISTANT G.W.B. SOUTH FUTURE TENANT 16' X CONT. X 16 GA. BREAK METAL SLIP CONNECTION SECURITY MESH ON SOUTH SIDE 6' 16 GA METAL STUD FRAMING e 16' O.C. (TYP.) PARALLEL TO JOISTS PARTITION TO 3OTTOM OF STRUCTURE SOLE SECURITY MESH ON SOUTH SIDE— SOUTH FURE TENT REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 19 2010 � Tukwila City of ' BUILDING DIminni SOFFIT PROVIDED 4 INSTALLED BY VENDER. TG.C. TO INSTALL SOFFIT, BALLAST, BULBS, AND ACRYLIC SMOOTH MILK LENS. V-T1C- S'MAX \LT � 4"S ING CEIL NG GRID 4 S TO REMAIN 3/8' X 3' EYE BOLTS s 4 LOCATIONS W/ 10 GA HANER WIS SPLAYEAT 4° TO STUCTUABOVE (2) LAYERS I /YWOOD SOWED 4 GLUED TO 2 X 4'S W/ CN ALL EXPOSED SUACES 2 X 4 FT. WOOD FRAMIN0 I' O.C. SOIT PROVIED BY OU.NERS VENOR INSTALLED BY GC 9' -0" AFF. LY IN ACRYLIC SMOOTH MILK LENSE BRID SECTION scaLE • N.T.5. 11111H111fl1111111)411111111 A 12 GA. VERT. WIRE (TYP.) 3 TURNS MIN. (TYP) MAIN RUNNER OR CROSS TEE 8'MAX PROVIE i/' SPACE • WALL ACOUS. TILE WALL ANGLE ATTACH MEMBERS • PERIMETER 4 TWO ADJ. WALLS ONLY. SUSPENDED CEILING DET, N.T.S. NOTEDO NOT FASTEN PARTITION WALL FRAMINOR FINISH TO SLIP CONNECTION. MAINTAIN OOF FR!•1'G- 2 1/2 ' MIN. FOR DEFLECTION. EE STUCT. 5/8' FIRE RESISTANT G.W.B. SECURITY MESH ON SOUTH SIDE X6'X16GA. BREAK METAL SLIP CONNECTION NORTH NEW K4G TENANT PERPEND ICUL4R TO JOISTS 4'X'X1GA. REAK METAL SLIP CONNECTION SOUTH TENANT 5/8' FIE EITANT G.W.B. NORTH NEW K4G SOTTOI"I TENANT OF DECK NOTE: SEE WALL DESCRIPTION ON 1/A -2.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 1".1 Z010 PERMIT CENTER CI) C aftion st 0/1 7.1) witissa,„ a tt V go, I i DESCRIPTION z U M .y m Ct z 0 1— Q 4 z 4 vJ z 0 0 11— DRAWN: MM CHECK: EEK JOB NO: 10 -014 SHEET: A-3. 1 OF: SHEETS NOM "L _r'' 4 4„: / AV 41. 1 L30 CLIP SECTION A JOIST 4001150 -33 W/ 2 -*8 SCREWS / STUD FULL HEIGHT STUD WALL +12' -0' SCALE: 1 -1/2" =1' -0" O JOIST - 4005162 -33 * 24' O.C. O I- IORIX. - 4006162 -33 TEB (BLOCK END TO SPACES 4 SCREW BLOCKING) O DIAL. - 4005162 -33 TOP ONLY b d HDR - (2) 4005162 -33 2 *8 SCREWS JOIST 4005162 -33 T4B SECTION 3 CEILING 100141105 SCALE: 1 -1/2" =1' -0" FULL HEIGHT STUD WALL t- I — , r- I 4001150 -33 W/ 3/8'4 x 3' TITEN SCREW * 48' O.C. 2 *8 SCREWS CONCRETE WALL STUD WALL SECTION C CEILING F4MtNC PLAN SCALE 1/4' =1' -0' +12' -0' 10014M06 SCALE: 1- 1/2 " =1 -0" DIAG. TRACK 3 -*8 SCREWS EA. DIAA JOIST CONCRETE WALL FLAN D 10014M01 SCALE: 3/4" =1' -0" FULL HEIGHT STUD WALL JOIST FULL HEIGHT STUD WALL SECTION E BLOCKING W/ 2 -*8 SCREWS TO TRACK STUD WALL W/ G.W.B. EA. SIDE 10014M08 SCALE: 1 -1/2 " =1' -0" DIAG. JOIST 3 *8 SCREWS EA. DIAG. BLOCKING WALL BELOW ''LAN F 3 -*8 BLOCKING (END 2 SPACES 6 ALL HORIZONTAL BRIDGING) —� 1 TNT i T +14' -0' +12' -0' 10014M09 SCALE: 3/4" =1' -0" BLOCKING —' JOIST, SCREW TO STUDS SECTION G REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 192010 0 City of Tukwila -�- BUILDING DIVISIOro 10014M10 SCALE: 3/4" = i' -0" 10014M11 CITY OF TULA MAY 1.12010 PERMIT CENTER t(OO8O DESCRIPTION z w f S 1 IQ 6 W 0 m 0 0 VI z 0 1- a a 4 7 4 (1) z 0 0 1- 0 DRAWN: MM CHECK: EEK JOB NO: 10 -014 ILI (9, OW F- 5 ce) <r)- 1. 111 -I 0_ a_ (a) zao z Owe R:Zz ILI t<fl �o4 -14- '61 V111)-P§ U SH EET: A-3.2 I OF: — SHEETS SA 10 24' -6' 24' -5 1/4' 24' -5 1/4' 24' -5 1/4° 24' -5 /4° J-, EXISTING ROOF 1-1ATCI-4 ROOF STEPS UP tu IL m RTU I rt DEMO EXISTING 1 1/2 TON RTU UNI RTU 6 1 ri n r, 1 _11 i� 1 Ltt--tt� 1.1 L1 RTU2 EXISTING 30 TON UNIT TO BE ABANDONED IN PLACE 1-11G1-1 ROOF RTU 5 L'- SLOPE SLOPE RTU 3 RTU 4 L ROOF PLAN SCALE : 1 /8" as 1' -0' NOTE: REFER TO MECHANICAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COD VIEWED Fa COMPLIANCE /APPROVED MAY 1 9 2010 City ofTukwila BUILDING DIVIRinni bio oo CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 11.2010 PERMIT CENTER DESCRIPTION ken 3 CO a am. el 4 I.. tit I tO O J gits414i w 1— e 0 m 1- 1 w <— C 4 0_ 0_ 4 H z Ul ft 4 0_ U1 Q Q 5 01 0 V/ _0 1- Q 4 z 4 7 0 c tu 0 1- L co 3 co DRAWN: CHECK: EEK JOB NO: 1 —0)14 Val (Y)-- 1U 9 c0 0_ Vf6 ft c-6 m ��z ZW.0 0 COu-(jj 021 -Idt .. 14_-) W Z a SHEET: 4-4. 1 i OF: SHEETS LLLLLLC[T[TLLLLLCLLi FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT DECK PAINTED P1 CITYSCAPE DECK PAINTED PI CITYSCAPE Mt 70, ORIe4441111.0-10.16 MOO o SEE ST FOR OPENI o REINFOR NEW STRONGBACKS PER STRUCTURAL- PAINT TO MATCH WALL P2 11 11 11 11 1e ° NEW STO o WINDOW OPENING .i]►lT.t7f' LYE^. 11iZRfLr fi rlY <1R7cIOt2iLYa'fiobN a! .. _ ._ .. . _ ,. .� .kYl'f1fR' � 1R\ i�r�IK• wi0:' Y. RL� 1Ki�fiLa^. iY. �JGIG •.ILT�►MY!'�i- 7faYii45{k1435, rffK, -Yt.. 7SfR `C[CL►Cii !1t"��iY�fTUR'9HRTS ='ne5� ZJttC5J6 � .. Y4 YAna!" iLYiYI!' f[ IGTO;. NI' �7f. M JC�LT�R.`' f. L] GLY` ��WK�' A/!'[ lia+ fi�lCi[]l TSf21 6] YdV` 5` �C17a 1�M JGO?'. �N!'.; 7t Llfti !R4tiGV.1S:xiCGi'�!!+C]RY[��' �..'.u..u— .Y..,.. 11 rtnc`nt_+�c. Arta ticwas�rlacw�r.+ oi=, vrar nrdr- u=. w�aar,: uvti[ srvanar. t✓. �csa. ra► i. T¢. ru;. 0►.! rvru+! �usa++r xti.. ac. tscvo. acur :yrtinzcacorwcrraci7raY Vaigta U1LIN SCTICN SCALE 1/S' =1' -0` DECK PAINTED PI CITYSCAPE 16' -0' Z . f1"a` ., 7e`.#S�tx;A^^�?SH�4,• i'St �"+�r -� ..Y , 'xk, � �; � � ,..'.. '�''. 3 e �. ...:G,ti , � -�k �� `. �': .. ` �l "A'ie.. rte".. .tr .,� � .k4n�J°s�"- _ 4__ .. vr �� ._ +", ��'-"+`, _.....a�Z,r.. .?.�'^?�"`.°�:�4st "., �?�"�s' -,, .....i!�;K�]s �sz' �' ?iYSF; �a..-+" �`' �73m.. �' �1 "we.'k'��'F.'k�%+r?,�,v� 'SRI Pr& .1 VA" r STRONGBACK PER STRUCTURAL-PAINT TO MATCH WALL P2 ►y+.nar94*!u aL•l ',1anraiiivu. .. s0crrt 7u. � . .. ,..... .. i.raare+uo�ci"x+�ar±st„ Yan+�tiur+a;x �. arrri�rrasa�nrncac�ruua�rlo.. w. srtaMcrrr. rrrrrvr wRVtaRSirrcac�- rs.+. cva. }raor, �c�r cia�w��n[; ncr.. wMarr:c,.a�c+:ssaewt+cR.az»cw,� nrrSewr.+ c+ a�r•,. t7�rctir�an�srwc�. r. ucvnarrnr.11::N.duaaz�+► firc.>�.w�r1171uwMaa,RSrvcac *;ac UILDING: SECTION SCALE 1/8,' =1' -0' CODE REVIEWED FOR APPROVED COVED MAY 1 9 2010 Cityof Tukwila BUILDING oiminrg a . • 4 4 4' Q' z PAINT STRONGBACK TO MATCH WALL STRONG5ACK DETAIL SCALE: 1- 112 " =11 -0° 10014M04 bioo8o CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 112010 PERMIT CENTER IV)(1)1 Nowa z 9 *me a aims AV2.) =, Q DESCRIPTION LAYOUT / BID DOCUMENTS z 0 to W 0 0 1- 0 w E- 0 w 0 } 0 a- 4 z lU !iF Q 5 0 z 0 1- i--{ Q 4 7 4 7 0 d) Iy 0 1- 1- 0 Iti 'a d) DR WN M M CHECK: EEK JOB NO: 10 -014 Ili 0 I— ti) (1) 0_ to ci) (1) 0_ z 0 Otu1- 0 z z 01-1-1 cf) 'A) 1L I— 3 Z k(?) 4# .6 j IL) (11 SHEET: 4,--e). 1 OF: SHEETS +0' -0" F.F.E. P2 c P2 PAINT STRUCTURE Fil & CEILING. (TYP). i P2 P2 DS -4 INTERIOR ELEVATION / 16' -0' ANGLED WALL SHOUN STRAIGHT FOR CLARITY 4" BLACK BASE PAINT WALL P2 DISPLAY WALL HEIGHT TO ROOF DECK INDICATES GRAPHICS TO BE INSTALLED BY GRAPHIC VENDOR. B.O. STRUCTURE VARIES PAINT OFFICE & PICK -UP WALLS FACING SALES AREA, FFONT AND SIDES PAINT OFFICE & PIC -UP WALLS FACING SALES AREA, FRONT IAND SIDES ALES AREA FRONT WALL SCALE : V8" • 11-0" / SENSORMATIC SECURITY PEDISTAL P2 P2 P7 CORNER AT FRONT SIDE WALL F1 FKL -W OFI - TO BE INSTALLED BY GC F.F.E O P2 E —�► P2 P2 PA!� TYP-< T WALL S -4 DF -2 <F- 9 BOLT TOP OF FIXTURE FYI PAINT WALL TO WALL STUDS. TYP. i--{ DS -2 DF -2 BOLT TOP OF FIXTURE TO WALL STUDS. TYP. 1 I P1 PAINT STRUCTURE & CEILING. (TYP). --( DS -2 P2 B.O. STRUCTURE VARIES -{ DS -1 16'-0' 38' -8 3/8' 11' -10' 32' -2' INTERIOR ELEVATION / <F -2A> —EASLE MIRROR (TYP) ALES AREA SIDE WALL SCALE : Va" • 11•0" BOLT TOP OF FIXTURE TO WALL STUDS. TYP.- P DA -4 D$- ? (P7 PAINT WALL DS -1 P7 BOLT TOP OF FIX TO WALL STUDS. (DF -1.1) - 4'- 12' -0' INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE : V4" • r•a' 12' -0' l�A BOLT TOP OF FIXTURE TO WALL STUDS. TYP.- PAINT STRUCTURE —1 & CEILING. (TYP). 13'-6' SALES AREA REAR WALL DA -4 / II' -10' 69'— <F-2A> - EASLE MIRROR (TYP) BOLT TOP OF FIXTURE TO WALL STUDS. TYP.• DF -1.2) 12' -0' 4' -0 12' -0' 4' -0' 8' -0' F21 ;f Lei '�O ©(L flcAA poi ► - "fit " BLACK BASE B.O. STRUCTURE VARIES +0' -0" F.F.E ADA SIGNS Adjk F.F.E NEW HIGH f LOW DRINKING FOUNTAIN INTERIOR ELEVATION / DRINKING FOUNTAIN SCALE : 1/2 • 1'•0" P2 (DS -2)- PAINT STRUCTURE 711 & CEILING. (TYP). I; DS -3 BOLT TOP OF FIXTURE TO WALL STUDS. TYP. DF -2 PAINT WALL DS -3 P2 BOLT TOP OF FIXTURE TO WALL STUDS. TYP.— DF -2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PAINT WALL P2 P2 F -8 <F- 9 B.O. STRUCTURE VARIES P2 4" BLACK BASE 5 -1' II' -10' 32' -0' 11' -10' 8' -1' 8' -0' 8'-0' EASLE MIRROR (M) INTERIOR ELEVATION / SALES AREA SIDE WALL SCALE : V8" • r-o" <F-2A> <F -2A 16' -0' +0s -0" Olk F.F.E. C DEVIEWEDkii ECOMPLIANCE PROVED '14Y192010 Gityof Tukwila BUILDING MA CON pro -o80 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKW ILA MAY 11 2010 tL PERMIT CENTER KEY PLAN aft, z O C QIN y 4 5 x DESCRIPTION PERMIT SU5MITTAL z n� 0- 1- z Ul Q a 5 CD 0 tu d) z 0 1 0 0 z 1 V1 z 0 VI 0 W I- < W E0 tO DR A WN M M CHECK: EEK JOB NO: 10 -014 111 W cVD o_Ls� 3 (Y. 0 (04O) tL � 0Lu3 1- 70> Viz? [jiff - 3 0 c(I)) Ott � }— SH EET: OF: SH EETS 3' -0' /HOLLOW \ METAL DOOR 3' -0' /SOLID WOOD \ CORE DOOR \\ N to UP W DN n DOOR TYPE 'Y 2' 6' -0' DOOR i r '2' DOOR TYPES 2' 2' OPEN SCALE: 318 " =1' -0" 3' -0' 2' FRAME 7YPE 'A' 1/2' VARIES 1/2 VARIES FRAME TYPE 'B' DOOR FRAME TYPES DOOR TYPE '3' EXI5r NG SCALE: 318' =1' -0" SEE SHEET A -1.1 FOR PARTITIONS TYPES DOUBLE METAL STUDS m JAMBS FRAME �— DOORS AS PER SCHEDULE HEAD & JAMB DETAIL (TYPICAL) SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" P -2 ' GYP. BD. PAINTED 4. OF FOLDING GATE RETAIL SECURITY a HD1204 METAL FRAMING ANDLORD TO FURNISH 4 INSTALL WOOD BLOCKING FROM FLOOR TO CEILING TO SUPPORT SLIDING GRILLE IN DEMISING WALL ONLY. ' GYP. BD. PAINTED < P -2 -4. OF FOLDING GATE RETAIL SECURITY M 1-1D1204 FOLDING GATE JAMB SCALE: 1112' =1' -0" DOOR SCHEDULE REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS, SECTION 08100 AT SHEET A -93 GROUP DOOR NO. QUANTITY DOOR FRAME LABEL HARDWARE GROUP REMARKS 4 HARDWARE NOTE REFERENCE ROOM NAME SIZE DESCRIPTION TYPE FINISH TYPE FINISH O HALLWAY PAIR 3' -0' X 6' -8' X I� HOLLOW METAL DOOR 1 <P-241> B 3 3 -BUTT HINGES 1 -DOOR HANDLE 1- CLOSER 3- SILENCER 1 -0OOR STOP 1- KEYPAD E Pi SALES SIDE OF DOOR x'21, x'23, P -2 'f 0 MANAGER'S OFFICE 31-0' X 6 4 ' X li HOLLOW METAL DOOR 1 B +'21,4422 < P -2 > Ilik 0 BREAKROOM 3' -0' X 6' -8' X Ii HOLLOW METAL DOOR 1 8 D .23 < P -2 > I 0 RECEIVING ROOM (2) 3' -0' X 6' -8' X 1 DOUBLE HOLLOW METAL DOOR 1 A B Pi SALES OF DOOR E 4423, SIDE lP 2t'1 \ < P -2t > '1 0 DISPLAY AREA 3' -0' X 6' -8' X Ii HOLLpOW RETAL B 0 PICK -UP HANGING 3' -0' X 6' -8' X i HOLLOW METAL DOOR i B E X21, w22 0 MANAGER'S WORKSTATION 31-0' X 61-8° X li HOLLOW METAL DOOR 1 B E w21, 4422 41211° JANITOR'S CLOSET 3' -0° X 6' -8' X li HOLLOW METAL DOOR 1 B C < -2 > < P -2 > 0 HALLWAY PAIR 3'- 0'X6' -8'X11 HOLLOW METAL DOOR I B E Pi SALES02SID3 OF DOOR <P -241> <P -24'I> 0 MEN'S TOILET ROOM EXISTING 3'- 0'X6' -8'X14 EXISTING TOILET ROOMS SOLID WOOD DOORS 2 B D "8, "23, X25 UNDERCUT DOOR I' 0 WOMEN'S TOILET. ROOM EXISTING 3'- 0'X6' -5'X13 EXISTING TOILET ROOMS SOLID WOOD DOORS 2 B D "8. "23, *25 UNDERCUT DOOR 1' 112, � 0 RECEIVING ROOM EXISTING 8' -0' X 8' -0 EXISTING OVERHEAD DOOR 3 EXISTING "30 0 SALES AREA EXISTING PAIR 3' -6' X 6' -8' X 1i' EXISTING -- EXISTING -- EXISTING E *10, X20, x'21, 1 4 4 / A -1.1 EXISTING DOOR 0 SPRINKLER ROOM 3' -0' X161(8' X li HOLLOW META DOOR i B C < P -2 > < P -2 > ,q FITTING AREA 5' -0° X 1' -0° CASED OPENING ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS TO GEt CORNER GUARDS 0 TAILOR SHOP 5' -0° X 1' -0' CASED OPENING ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS TO GET CORNER GUARDS O MEN'S FITTING ROOM 4' -0' X 'T' -0' CASED OPENING ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS TO GET CORNER GUARDS D WOMEN'S FITTING ROOM 4' -0° X 1' -0' CASED OPENING ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS TO GET CORNER GUARDS ANDLORD TO FURNISH 4 INSTALL WOOD BLOCKING FROM FLOOR TO CEILING TO SUPPORT SLIDING GRILLE IN DEMISING WALL ONLY. ' GYP. BD. PAINTED < P -2 -4. OF FOLDING GATE RETAIL SECURITY M 1-1D1204 FOLDING GATE JAMB SCALE: 1112' =1' -0" pooR NOTES 1. SEE SHEET FLOOR PLAN FOR DIRECTION OF ALL SWING 2. ALL DOORS DESIGNATED 'EXIT" SHALL HAVE THE TYPE OF LOCK OR LATCH THAT IT IS OPERABLE FROM NE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. REFER TO HARDWARE SCHEDULE FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.' 3. RATED DOORS SHALL BE A TIGHT FITTING SMOKE AND DRAFT CONTROL ASSEMBLY. 4. ALL INTERIOR METAL DOORS SHALL BE 20 GA. MIN. 5. ALL METAL DOORS TO BE SMOOTH WITHOUT DIMPLES OR DENTS. 6. ALL EXPOSED DOOR RECESSES (INSIDE STRIKE PLATES) ARE TO BE FINISHED TO MATCH DOOR FINISH - NO UNFINISHED EXPOSED SURFACES PERMITTED. ON ALL EXIT DOORS PAINT EXTERIOR SIDE TO MATCH EXTERIOR ADJACENT SURFACES. 8. ALL TOILET ROOM DOORS TO BE UNDER CUT 1 "TO ALLOW PROPER VENTILATION. 9. 3 PIECES KNOCK DOUrN FRAME, 16 GAUGE, b0 OZ. / SF GALVANIZED, PRIMER BAKED ON ZINK CHROMATE. FIELD VERIFY THROAT DIMENSIONS. 10. PROVIDE A SIGN ABOVE ALL EXITS FROM THE PREMISES CHAT ° THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS ". LETTERS SHALL BE AT LEAST ON INCH IN HEIGHT 4 SHALL BE WHITE ON A CONTRASTING BACKGROUND MOUNTED AT HEAD OF DOOR HARDWARE NOTES 11. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT HARDWARE SCHEDULE ORGANIZED BY "SETS "TO INDICATE THE PRODUCT TO BE FURNISHED FOR EACH ITEM AND TO INSTRUCT THE OWNER'S PERSONNEL REGARDING THE PROPER USE AND MAINTENANCE OF THIS EQUIPMENT. 12. ALL EQUIPMENT LOCK SETS FOR EXTERIOR AND MANAGER'S OFFICE / WORKSTATION (INSTAKEY) OR BEST COMPATIBLE ARE TO BE PROVIDED WIN 1-PIN TUMBLER SMALL FORMAT INTERCHANGEABLE CORE TYPE LOCK CYLINDERS AND A MASTER KEY SYSTEM. 13. ONLY TEMPORARY CORES ARE TO BE USED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD AND THE PERMANENT BEST CORES ARE TO BE INSTALLED IN THE PRESENCE OF THE CLIENT'S REPRESENTATIVE AND SUCH KEYS FOR THIS HARDWARE ARE TO BE DELIVERED AT TURNOVER 14. TEMPLATES ARE REQUIRED TO SE INCLUDED BY NE MANUFACTURER FOR EACH DOOR AND FRAME AS REQUIRED FOR PREPARATION TO RECEIVE HARDWARE. 15. THE MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ALL HARDWARE SHALL COMPLY WITH NBHA "RECOMMENDED LOCATIONS FOR BUILDERS HARDWARE" AND / OR THE LATEST REQUIREMENTS OF NE A.D.A. REGULATIONS OR CABO /ANSI STANDARDS WHICHEVER APPLICATION IS MORE STRINGENT FOR ITS USE. 16. NE OPERATING DEVICES SHALL BE CAPABLE OF OPERATION WIN ONE HAND AND NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, TIGHT PINCHING OR TWISTING OF NE WRIST TO OPERATE. 11. ALL HARDWARE SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY T.G.C., UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 18. IN CASE OF DEMOLITION, ALL HARDWARE ON 'EXISTING DOORS TO REMAIN" SHALL BE REPLACED AS SPECIFIED ON SCHEDULE OR DWGS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 19. ALL DOOR LATCHES SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH LEVER TYPE HANDLES OR PANIC BARS. DOOR OPENING HARDWARE SHALL BE MOUNTED BETWEEN 30" AND 44" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 20. G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL LOW PROFILE (2: MAXIMUM) DOOR CLOSER ON ALL EXTERIOR AND FIRE RATED DOORS. 21. G.C. TO PROVIDE 'INSTAKEY' FOR EXTERIOR DOOR LOCKS AND MANAGER'S OFFICE AND WORKSTATION °1 PIN CORES ". T.G.C. SHALL INSTALL THESE CORES a TURNOVER 22. PROVIDE AUTOMATIC LOCKi MUST OPEN FROM OUTSIDE W/ A KEY. 23. G.C. TO PROVIDE KEY PAD LOCK. 'FIVE' BUTTON LOCK SET W/ AN INSTALLED GORE. 24. G.G. TO PROVIDE AUDIBLE PANIC HARDWARE. 25. G.C. TO PROVIDE SELF LOCKING DOOR W/ INDEPENDENT KEY. 26. LOCKSETS ARE ALUMINUM IN NE INTERIOR SPACES. 21. (SALES AREA - RECEIVING) ALL DOORS INTO RECEIVING AREA SHALL BE UNLOCKED BY KEY FROM SALES AREA SIDE ONLY. 28. PROVIDE INTERIOR CROSSBAR DOOR LOCK (tO BE REMOVED IN BUSINESS HOURS ONLY) 29. ENSURE CYLINDERS ARE INSTAKEY COMPATIBLE. 30. IF NOT EXISTING, PROVIDE LOCK - PADLOCK. REVIEWED FOR COMP ROVE �E MAY 1 9 2010 IBUIL DING ��iIO�� b l0- 0$d CITY Q TUKWILA MAY -112010 PERMIT CENTER CI) a 0.) oilleme a al.„ CO v i 4 DESCRIPTION W f U 6 0 0 4 1- lU 4 0- a a 5 fQ 0 111 v! z 0 1- (a� U 4 2 1 2 _0 ui 0 I- < 0 m 0 tr W tY -) rn w U ta DR A WN 1" 1 CHECK: EEK JOB NO: 10 -014 w Nm 0 9A 0 1 ez edp Q Q Z OF: SHEETS HARDWARE GROUP SCHEDULE REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS, SECTION 08100 AT SHEET A -93 GROUP DOOR * QUANTITY DESCRIPTION REMARKS A 0 1- SECURITY GATE 1- INSTAKEY LOCK SEE GENERAL PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS FOR HARDWARE DESCRIPTION B 114A 1 6 -BUTT HINGES 2 -DOOR HANDLE 2- CLOSER 2- SILENCER 2 -DOOR STOP 1- KEYPAD SEE GENERAL PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS FOR HARDWARE DESCRIPTION C 101D, 106 4 115 3 3 -OUTT HINGES 1 -DOOR HANDLE I- CLOSER 3- SILENCER I -DOOR STOP SEE GENERAL PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS FOR HARDWARE DESCRIPTION D 104, 105, 4 109 3 3 -BUTT HINGES 1 -DOOR HANDLE 1- CLOSER 3- SILENCER 1 -0OOR STOP 1- KEYPAD SEE GENERAL PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS FOR HARDWARE DESCRIPTION 101A, 1018, 101C, 101D 102, 103, 101, 4 108 3 -BUTT HINGES 1 -DOOR HANDLE 1- CLOSER 3- SILENCER 1 -DOOR STOP 1- AUTOMATIC INSTAKEY LOCK SEE GENERAL PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS FOR HARDWARE DESCRIPTION pooR NOTES 1. SEE SHEET FLOOR PLAN FOR DIRECTION OF ALL SWING 2. ALL DOORS DESIGNATED 'EXIT" SHALL HAVE THE TYPE OF LOCK OR LATCH THAT IT IS OPERABLE FROM NE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. REFER TO HARDWARE SCHEDULE FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.' 3. RATED DOORS SHALL BE A TIGHT FITTING SMOKE AND DRAFT CONTROL ASSEMBLY. 4. ALL INTERIOR METAL DOORS SHALL BE 20 GA. MIN. 5. ALL METAL DOORS TO BE SMOOTH WITHOUT DIMPLES OR DENTS. 6. ALL EXPOSED DOOR RECESSES (INSIDE STRIKE PLATES) ARE TO BE FINISHED TO MATCH DOOR FINISH - NO UNFINISHED EXPOSED SURFACES PERMITTED. ON ALL EXIT DOORS PAINT EXTERIOR SIDE TO MATCH EXTERIOR ADJACENT SURFACES. 8. ALL TOILET ROOM DOORS TO BE UNDER CUT 1 "TO ALLOW PROPER VENTILATION. 9. 3 PIECES KNOCK DOUrN FRAME, 16 GAUGE, b0 OZ. / SF GALVANIZED, PRIMER BAKED ON ZINK CHROMATE. FIELD VERIFY THROAT DIMENSIONS. 10. PROVIDE A SIGN ABOVE ALL EXITS FROM THE PREMISES CHAT ° THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS ". LETTERS SHALL BE AT LEAST ON INCH IN HEIGHT 4 SHALL BE WHITE ON A CONTRASTING BACKGROUND MOUNTED AT HEAD OF DOOR HARDWARE NOTES 11. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT HARDWARE SCHEDULE ORGANIZED BY "SETS "TO INDICATE THE PRODUCT TO BE FURNISHED FOR EACH ITEM AND TO INSTRUCT THE OWNER'S PERSONNEL REGARDING THE PROPER USE AND MAINTENANCE OF THIS EQUIPMENT. 12. ALL EQUIPMENT LOCK SETS FOR EXTERIOR AND MANAGER'S OFFICE / WORKSTATION (INSTAKEY) OR BEST COMPATIBLE ARE TO BE PROVIDED WIN 1-PIN TUMBLER SMALL FORMAT INTERCHANGEABLE CORE TYPE LOCK CYLINDERS AND A MASTER KEY SYSTEM. 13. ONLY TEMPORARY CORES ARE TO BE USED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD AND THE PERMANENT BEST CORES ARE TO BE INSTALLED IN THE PRESENCE OF THE CLIENT'S REPRESENTATIVE AND SUCH KEYS FOR THIS HARDWARE ARE TO BE DELIVERED AT TURNOVER 14. TEMPLATES ARE REQUIRED TO SE INCLUDED BY NE MANUFACTURER FOR EACH DOOR AND FRAME AS REQUIRED FOR PREPARATION TO RECEIVE HARDWARE. 15. THE MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ALL HARDWARE SHALL COMPLY WITH NBHA "RECOMMENDED LOCATIONS FOR BUILDERS HARDWARE" AND / OR THE LATEST REQUIREMENTS OF NE A.D.A. REGULATIONS OR CABO /ANSI STANDARDS WHICHEVER APPLICATION IS MORE STRINGENT FOR ITS USE. 16. NE OPERATING DEVICES SHALL BE CAPABLE OF OPERATION WIN ONE HAND AND NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, TIGHT PINCHING OR TWISTING OF NE WRIST TO OPERATE. 11. ALL HARDWARE SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY T.G.C., UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 18. IN CASE OF DEMOLITION, ALL HARDWARE ON 'EXISTING DOORS TO REMAIN" SHALL BE REPLACED AS SPECIFIED ON SCHEDULE OR DWGS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 19. ALL DOOR LATCHES SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH LEVER TYPE HANDLES OR PANIC BARS. DOOR OPENING HARDWARE SHALL BE MOUNTED BETWEEN 30" AND 44" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 20. G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL LOW PROFILE (2: MAXIMUM) DOOR CLOSER ON ALL EXTERIOR AND FIRE RATED DOORS. 21. G.C. TO PROVIDE 'INSTAKEY' FOR EXTERIOR DOOR LOCKS AND MANAGER'S OFFICE AND WORKSTATION °1 PIN CORES ". T.G.C. SHALL INSTALL THESE CORES a TURNOVER 22. PROVIDE AUTOMATIC LOCKi MUST OPEN FROM OUTSIDE W/ A KEY. 23. G.C. TO PROVIDE KEY PAD LOCK. 'FIVE' BUTTON LOCK SET W/ AN INSTALLED GORE. 24. G.G. TO PROVIDE AUDIBLE PANIC HARDWARE. 25. G.C. TO PROVIDE SELF LOCKING DOOR W/ INDEPENDENT KEY. 26. LOCKSETS ARE ALUMINUM IN NE INTERIOR SPACES. 21. (SALES AREA - RECEIVING) ALL DOORS INTO RECEIVING AREA SHALL BE UNLOCKED BY KEY FROM SALES AREA SIDE ONLY. 28. PROVIDE INTERIOR CROSSBAR DOOR LOCK (tO BE REMOVED IN BUSINESS HOURS ONLY) 29. ENSURE CYLINDERS ARE INSTAKEY COMPATIBLE. 30. IF NOT EXISTING, PROVIDE LOCK - PADLOCK. REVIEWED FOR COMP ROVE �E MAY 1 9 2010 IBUIL DING ��iIO�� b l0- 0$d CITY Q TUKWILA MAY -112010 PERMIT CENTER CI) a 0.) oilleme a al.„ CO v i 4 DESCRIPTION W f U 6 0 0 4 1- lU 4 0- a a 5 fQ 0 111 v! z 0 1- (a� U 4 2 1 2 _0 ui 0 I- < 0 m 0 tr W tY -) rn w U ta DR A WN 1" 1 CHECK: EEK JOB NO: 10 -014 w Nm 0 9A 0 1 ez edp Q Q Z OF: SHEETS FIRE SAFING INFILL IN DECK CAVITY FOR WALL TYPES 2A & 3A V.I.F. BOTTOM OF DECK STRUCTURE DEEP LEG RUNNER FOR DEFLECTION COMPENSATION (USE SLIP TRACK IF IN SEISMIC AREAS) THERMASAFE BATT INSULATION FOR WALL TYPES 2A & 3A s" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. PAINTED ON 3 -5/8" OR 6" METAL STUDS @ 16" o.c. (SEE FLOOR PLAN AT SHEET A -1.1 FOR LOCATION) FLOOR FINISH (SEE FINISH FLOOR PLAN) 4' -0" WALL DETAIL SCALE: 11/2" =1' -0" V.I.F. BOTTOM OF DECK STRUCTURE DEEP LEG RUNNER FOR DEFLECTION COMPENSATION IF THERE IS NO CEILING THEN (1) LAYER OF B" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK. IF THERE IS A CEILING, EXTEND GYP. BD. 6" ABOVE CEILING. SEE RCP ON SHEET A-4.1 BOTTOM OF ACT 8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. PAINTED ON 3 -5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16" o c. FLOOR FINISH (SEE FINISH FLOOR PLAN) 1 N 0 ORIENT STANDARDS TO LEAVE 6 OPEN SLOTS AT TOP. HANG ROD BRACKET SUPPLIED & INSTALLED BY TENANT WALL DETAIL SCALE: 11/2" =1' -0" 8' -0" HEAVY DUTY SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARD PROVIDED BY TENANT INSTALLED BY T.G.C. @ 4' -0" o.c. BOTTOM OF STANDARD @ 3' A.F.F. TYPICAL MOUNTING SCREWS FOR ALL STANDARDS SHALL BE PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY T.G.C. ALL SCREW HOLES TO BE FILLED W/ SCREWS. 4" RUBBER BASE (RB -1) ELEVATION OF WALL STANDARD @ STOCK AREA SCALE: 314 " =1' -01 0 c. 0 ORIENT STANDARDS TO LEAVE 6 OPEN SLOTS AT TOP. 3 GYP. BD. TO BE PAINTED W/ P -2 HANG ROD BRACKET SUPPLIED & INSTALLED BY TENANT 8' 0" HEAVY DUTY SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARD PROVIDED BY TENANT INSTALLED BY T.G.C. @ 4' -0" o.c. EXACT. BOTTOM OF STANDARD @ 3' -0" A.F.F. TYPICAL SECURED TO STUD FOR ALL STOCK ROOM, SHIPPING AND RECEIVING AREA STANDARDS. 2" X 6" FIRE RATED WOOD BLOCKING. MOUNTING SCREWS FOR N ALL STANDARDS SHALL z BE PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY T.G.C. 4" RUBBER BASE (RB -1) SECTION THRU WALL STANDARD @ STOCK AREA A-8.1 4' -0" SCALE: 3/4 " =1' -0' 0 0 4. t 4 c 0 0 0 0 ORIENT STANDARDS TO LEAVE 6 OPEN SLOTS AT TOP. HANG ROD BRACKET SUPPLIED & INSTALLED BY TENANT 7' -0" HEAVY DUTY SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARD PROVIDED BY TENANT INSTALLED BY T.G.C. @ 4' -O" o.c. EXACT. BOTTOM OF STANDARD @ 4" A.F.F. TYPICAL SECURED TO STUD. A MOUNTING SCREWS FOR ALL STANDARDS SHALL BE PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY T.G.C. ALL SCREW HOLES TO BE FILLED W/ SCREWS. STANDARDS START AT 4" A.F.F. AT HIGHEST POINT OF FLOORING. 4" RUBBER BASE (RB -1) 8 ELEVATION OF WALL STANDARD @ SALES AREA A-8.1 SCALE: 314" =1' -0" 4 NOTE: TENANT TO PROVIDE 71-0" AND 8' -0" STANDARDS - G.C. TO INSTALL ALL TOPS OF STANDARDS AT 8'-4" AFF, CONSISTENT THROUGHOUT SALES AREA NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY STUD LAYOUT IN EXISTING PERIMETER FURRED WALLS. IF EXISTING STUDS LAYOUT NOT CORRECT FOR WALL STANDARDS LAYOUT, THEN CONTRACTOR TO PLACE STANDARDS SO AS TO BE ANCHORED ON EXISTING STUDS OR TO PROVIDE VERTICAL BLOCKING FOR ATTACHMENT. GYP. BD. TO BE PAINTED W/ P -2 8'-4" A.F.F. T.O.STANDARDS ORIENT STANDARDS TO LEAVE 6 OPEN SLOTS AT TOP. HANG ROD BRACKET SUPPLIED & INSTALLED BY TENANT 7' -O" HEAVY DUTY SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARD PROVIDED BY TENANT INSTALLED BY T.G.C. @ 4' -O" o.c. EXACT. BOTTOM OF STANDARD @ 4" A.F.F. TYPICAL SECURED TO STUD. 2" X 6" FIRE RATED WOOD BLOCKING. MOUNTING SCREWS FOR ALL STANDARDS SHALL BE PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY T.G.C. STANDARDS START AT 4" A.F.F. AT HIGHEST POINT OF FLOORING. 4" A.F.F. B.O.STANDARD3 A.F.F. First Floor SECTION THRU WALL STANDARD @ SALES AREA 4" RUBBER BASE (RB -1) A-8.1 SCALE: 3/4" =1' -0" 2" 2" MERCER TRANSITION STRIP FLOORING AT EA. SIDE TRANSITION STRIP DETAIL SCALE: 6" =1' -0" ELEVATION LEG OF CHAIR SCREWS INTO LEG METAL "L" SCREWS INTO FLOOR FINISH FLOOR 10" X6" X BASE PLATE W/ (4)1/2" D HILT I HIT -HY 150 ADHESIVE ANCHORS. (EMBED 41/4" MIN) LEG ATTACHMENT TO FLOOR SCALE: 3" =1' -0" TRACK LIGHT ATTACHMENT SCALE: 1" =1' -0" 1 "X 3" CONTINUOUS CLEAT - FURNISHED TO MATCH BY TENANT & INSTALLED BY T.G.C. 1i" 0 BLACK METAL CURTAIN ROD. FURNISHED AND AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. CURTAINS FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. SEE SHEET A -8.3 0 1- FLOOR CLIP FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. FIRE RETARDING BLOCKING AS REQUIRED BY T.G.C. 4' -0" 7" 1" X 3" CONTINUOUS LEDGER - FURNISHED TO MATCH BY TENANT & INSTALLED BY T.G.C. CHROME WARDROBE HOOK (BOTH SIDES) FURNISHED BY TENANT INSTALLED BY T.G.C. MIRROR FURNISHED BY TENANT & INSTALLED BY TENANT G.C. r— PRE -FAB. PLASTIC LAMINATE BENCH FURNISHED BY TENANT & INSTALLED BY TENANT G.C. 1" X 3" CONTINUOUS LEDGER - FURNISHED TO MATCH BY TENANT & INSTALLED BY T.G.C. DRESSING ROOM PARTITION SECTION 36" GRAB BARS - SEE ACCESSORY SCHEDULE ON SHEET A -8.1 SCALE: 3/4" =1' -0" POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS @ 24" O.C., ICBO # 2388 HILTI (TYPICAL) CABLE AND ANCHORS PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER VENDOR. GC TO COORDINATE WITH OWNER VENDER. SOFFIT PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER VENDOR. 11' -0" A.F.F. SOFFIT DETAIL SCALE: 1 " =1' -0" i� 1' -0" (HOLD) GYP. BD. WALL PAINTED W/ PT -1 3' -6" (GRAB BAR PER CODE) 42" GRAB BARS - SEE ACCESSORY SCHEDULE ON SHEET A -9.1 HANDICAP BENCH PROVIDED BY TENANT & INSTALLED BY T.G.C. �1 1 I I I 6 HANDICAP BENCH SECTION A-8.1 SCALE: 1 " =1' -0" TOP OF FIXTURES F -2 & F 3 SCREW TOP OF FIXTURE TO BLOCKING W/ (2) 3: DRYWALL SCREWS EVERY 16" 2X6 BLOCKING AS REQUIRED PAINT BOTTOM NOTE: BLOCKING IS TO BE 5' LONG AND CENTERED IN FIXTURE. BLOCKING IS TO BE ATTACHED TO DEMISING WALL STUDS W/ (2) 3" SCREWS EXISTING DEMISING WALL T.O. FIXTURE DETAIL SCALE: 1" =1' -0" bO-O9O RECEIVED MAR 18 2010 PERMIT CENTER ci)tV z "y Q miatualstwa DESCRIPTION PERMIT SUSMITTAL 1 4 } 0n' tl� 0 0_ 4 ILI z 4 a_ Q z Q 5 0 0 11! UJ z Q Q 4 z 4 VJ z 0 V! 0 i- w 1-- 0 W at DRAWN: MM CHECK: EEK JOB NO: 10 -014 0I- (0) VJ- 0_ Cn _t (f) 4 TWO Ul JIz� 4it (Y. y z 1 1- 2 SHEET: ,g -8.1 OF: — SHEETS 5' -41II 8 (HOLD) \ \ in _, „._ , 1" X 3" CONTINUOUS LEDGER - FURNISHED TO MATCH BY TENANT & INSTALLED BY T.G.C. CHROME WARDROBE HOOK (BOTH SIDES) FURNISHED BY TENANT INSTALLED BY T.G.C. MIRROR FURNISHED BY TENANT & INSTALLED BY TENANT G.C. r— PRE -FAB. PLASTIC LAMINATE BENCH FURNISHED BY TENANT & INSTALLED BY TENANT G.C. 1" X 3" CONTINUOUS LEDGER - FURNISHED TO MATCH BY TENANT & INSTALLED BY T.G.C. DRESSING ROOM PARTITION SECTION 36" GRAB BARS - SEE ACCESSORY SCHEDULE ON SHEET A -8.1 SCALE: 3/4" =1' -0" POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS @ 24" O.C., ICBO # 2388 HILTI (TYPICAL) CABLE AND ANCHORS PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER VENDOR. GC TO COORDINATE WITH OWNER VENDER. SOFFIT PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER VENDOR. 11' -0" A.F.F. SOFFIT DETAIL SCALE: 1 " =1' -0" i� 1' -0" (HOLD) GYP. BD. WALL PAINTED W/ PT -1 3' -6" (GRAB BAR PER CODE) 42" GRAB BARS - SEE ACCESSORY SCHEDULE ON SHEET A -9.1 HANDICAP BENCH PROVIDED BY TENANT & INSTALLED BY T.G.C. �1 1 I I I 6 HANDICAP BENCH SECTION A-8.1 SCALE: 1 " =1' -0" TOP OF FIXTURES F -2 & F 3 SCREW TOP OF FIXTURE TO BLOCKING W/ (2) 3: DRYWALL SCREWS EVERY 16" 2X6 BLOCKING AS REQUIRED PAINT BOTTOM NOTE: BLOCKING IS TO BE 5' LONG AND CENTERED IN FIXTURE. BLOCKING IS TO BE ATTACHED TO DEMISING WALL STUDS W/ (2) 3" SCREWS EXISTING DEMISING WALL T.O. FIXTURE DETAIL SCALE: 1" =1' -0" bO-O9O RECEIVED MAR 18 2010 PERMIT CENTER ci)tV z "y Q miatualstwa DESCRIPTION PERMIT SUSMITTAL 1 4 } 0n' tl� 0 0_ 4 ILI z 4 a_ Q z Q 5 0 0 11! UJ z Q Q 4 z 4 VJ z 0 V! 0 i- w 1-- 0 W at DRAWN: MM CHECK: EEK JOB NO: 10 -014 0I- (0) VJ- 0_ Cn _t (f) 4 TWO Ul JIz� 4it (Y. y z 1 1- 2 SHEET: ,g -8.1 OF: — SHEETS GRAPHIC SCALE 0 4 8 efl 1 S2 ft 16 ( IN FEET ) 1 inch = 8 ft. 0 1 0 N Plan 1 C15x33.9 SCALE: 1 /8" = 1' -0" ET* VERIFY WARW. S2 / 122' -3" GRAPHIC SCALE —8 0 4 8 16 ( IN FEET ) 1 inch = 8 ft. Plan 2 SCALE: 1/8" = 1' -0" => STRUCTURAL NOTES 1000 GENERAL 1001 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS THE STRUCTURAL NOTES SUPPLEMENT THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. ANY DISCREPANCY FOUND BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS, NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS, SITE CONDITIONS, AND ARCHITECTURAL PLANS SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT WHO SHALL CORRECT THE DISCREPANCY IN WRITING. ANY WORK COMPLETED AFTER DISCOVERY OF THE DISCREPANCY SHALL BE DONE AT THE CONTRACTOR'S RISK. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR OPENINGS, ARCHITECTURAL TREATMENTS, AND DIMENSIONS NOT SHOWN. CONSULT MECHANICAL PLANS FOR DUCTS, PIPES, ETC. NOT SHOWN. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE BRACING AND SUPPORT REQUIRED FOR TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION LOADS AND FOR STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS AS REQUIRED DURING ERECTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION OF ALL WORK INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO EXCAVATION, SHORING, AND OTHER WORK WITH ALL UTILITIES AND ADJACENT PROPERTIES. CALL THE UTILITY LOCATE SERVICE PRIOR TO ANY WORK AT 1 -800- 424 -5555. 1002 CODE REQUIREMENTS ALL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE AS ADOPTED BY THE LOCAL JURISDICTION. 1003 DESIGN LIVE LOADS / DATA LIVE LOADS WIND DESIGN DATA BASIC WIND SPEED WIND IMPORTANCE FACTOR WIND EXPOSURE TOPOGRAPHIC FACTOR INTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENT COMPONENT & CLADDING WIND PRESSURE EARTHQUAKE DESIGN DATA SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR Ie = 1.0 OCCUPANCY CATEGORY tI SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATIONS Ss = 1.408; S1 = 0.48I SITE CLASS SITE CLASS D SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS SDS = 0.938; SDI = 0.488 SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D ANALYSIS PROCEDURE EQUIVALENT LATERAL FORCE 85 MPH (3 SECOND GUST) Iw= 1.0 EXPOSURE B Kt = 1.0 Gcpi = +/- 0.18 P(c) = 25 PSF 1005 REQUIRED SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING SUBMITTALS TO THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR APPROVAL FOUR WEEKS PRIOR TO POUR OF CONCRETE OR FABRICATION. SHOP DRAWINGS SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. IF SHOP DRAWINGS DIFFER FROM THE APPROVED DESIGN DRAWINGS, NEW DESIGN DRAWINGS BEARING THE SEAL AND SIGNATURE OF A LICENSED WASHINGTON STATE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER SHALL BE SUBMITTED ALONG WITH THE SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE APPROPRIATE JURISDICTION FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. SHOP DRAWINGS ARE REQUIRED FOR: STRUCTURAL STEEL CONCRETE MIX DESIGN RE: SECTION 3100 1006 CODE REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE ALL INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT. IN ADDITION TO INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT, THE OWNER OR A REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL IN RESPONSIBLE CHARGE ACTING AS THE OWNER'S AGENT SHALL EMPLOY ONE OR MORE SPECIAL INSPECTORS TO PROVIDE INSPECTIONS FOR ITEMS NOTED IN IBC SECTION 1704 WHICH ARE SUMMARIZED BELOW. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL BE A QUALIFIED PERSON EMPLOYED BY AN APPROVED AGENCY. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL KEEP RECORDS OF INSPECTIONS AND FURNISH THEM TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. AND THE ENGINEER OF RECORD ON A REGULAR BASIS. A FINAL REPORT DOCUMENTING REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND THE CORRECTION OF ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE PROVIDED PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF BUILDING FINISHES. WHERE FABRICATION OF STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS AND ASSEMBLES IS BEING PERFORMED ON THE PREMISES OF A FABRICATOR'S SHOP, SPECIAL INSPECTION OF THE FABRICATED ITEMS SHALL BE REQUIRED EXCEPT HERE THE FABRICATOR IS REGISTERED AND APPROVED TO DO SUCH WORK WITHOUT SPECIAL INSPECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH IBC SECTION 1704.2.2. PERIODIC INSPECTION ALLOWS INSPECTION AT INTERVALS NECESSARY TO CONFIRM THAT WORK REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTION IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS. CONTINUOUS SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIRES THAT THE INSPECTOR BE ONSITE AT ALL TIMES THAT WORK REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTION IS PERFORMED. WELDING: VERIFIY MATERIALS, WELDING PROCEDURES AND QUALIFICATIONS OF WELDERS PRIOR TO START OF WORK. VISUALLY INSPECT ALL WELDS AFFTER COMPLETION. TITEN ANCHORS: NO SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIRED PER ICC -ESR- 1056. EPDXY ANCHORS: CONTINUOUS INSPECTION AS NOTED ON THE ESR REPORT. RE: PLAN 1 3000 CONCRETE 3001 CONCRETE CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE STANDARD ACI 318 -05 "BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE ". CEMENT AND CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO IBC SECTION 1903. ADMIXTURES SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ACI 318 -05 SECTION 3.6. CONCRETE EXPOSED TO FREEZING AND THAWING SHALL HAVE AN AIR ENTRAINING ADMIXTURE CONFORMING TO IBC SECTION 1904.2. THE USE OF WATER SOLUBLE CHLORIDE ION SHALL NOT BE USED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT MIX DESIGNS TO ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR APPROVAL FOUR WEEKS PRIOR TO PLACING CONCRETE. MIX DESIGNS SHALL BE REVIEWED FOR CONFORMANCE TO IBC SECTIONS 1904 AND 1905. CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: (1) 28 DAY STRENGTH f c [PSI] (2) MAX. WATER / CEMENT RATIO (3) MAX. SLUMP [IN] (4) AIR ENTRAINMENT [ %] (5) SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIRED (6) MIN. 90 LB SACKS OF CEMENT (7) LOCATION AND APPLICATION. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) 2500 0.50 4 +l- 1 0 + / -1 NO INTERIOR SLAB ON GRADE 3002 REINFORCING STEEL REINFORCING STEEL DETAILING, FABRICATION, AND PLACEMENT SHALL BE PER ACI 318- 05. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: ASTM A -615 DEFORMED BARS GRADE 40 (fy=40 KSI) FOR #3 BARS ONLY ASTM A -615 DEFORMED BARS GRADE 60 (fy=60 KSI) FOR #4 BARS AND LARGER ASTM A -706 DEFORMED BARS GRADE 60 (fy=60 KSI) FOR ALL WELDABLE BARS ASTM A -185 SMOOTH BAR (fy =60 KSI) FOR WELDED WIRE FABRIC. REINFORCING FOR SLABS ON GRADE SHALL BE 6X6 W 1.4XW L4 WELDED WIRE FABRIC UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PROVIDE LAP SPLICES PER THE LAP SPLICE SCHEDULE ON SHEET S6.00. REINFORCING STEEL AT ALL WALLS, SLABS, AND FOOTINGS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS AROUND CORNERS ELSE CORNER BARS SHALL BE PROVIDED. COVER REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE: CONCRETE CAST AGAINST EARTH ALL BAR SIZES 3" FORMED SURFACE EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER #6 AND LARGER 2" #5 AND SMALLER 1 1 /2" CONCRETE NOT EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER WALLS AND JOISTS #14 AND #18 BARS 1 1/2" #11 BARS AND SMALLER 3/4" SLABS AND JOISTS #14 AND #18 BARS 1 1/2" #11 BARS AND SMALLER 1" BEAMS, COLUMNS PRIMARY REINFORCEMENT 1 1 /2" TIES, STIRRUPS, AND SPIRALS 1 1 /2" REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE ACCURATELY PLACED AND ADEQUATELY SECURED IN PLACE PRIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEMENT. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL NOT BE FIELD BENT EXCEPT AS NOTED IN THE DESIGN DRAWINGS. WELDING OF REINFORCING STEEL SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER OF RECORD EXCEPT AS NOTED ON THE DESIGN DRAWINGS. 051200 STRUCTURAL STEEL DESIGN, FABRICATION, AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION "AISC 360 -05 SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS ". MATERIALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING UNO: STRUCTURAL W SHAPES S, M, AND C SHAPES STEEL ANGLES PLATE MATERIAL STRUCTURAL PIPE STRUCTURAL HSS HEADED STUDS WELDING ELECTRODES HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS ASTM A -992 Fy = 50 KSI ASTM A -36 Fy = 36 KSI ASTM A -36 Fy = 36 KSI ASTM A -36 Fy = 36 KSI ASTM A -53 GRADE B Fy = 35 KSI ASTM A -500 GRADE B Fy = 46 KSI ASTM A -108 E7018 CVN 70'# @ -20 DEG. F. ; 40'# @ 70 DEG F. ASTM A -325N BEARING TYPE (SNUG TIGHT) TYP. ALL WELDING SHALL CONFORM TO THE AWS D1 -1 "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE" AND AISC 341 -05 "SEISMIC PROVISIONS FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS" APPENDIX W. ALL WELDING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A WASHINGTON ASSOCIATION OF BUILDING OFFICIALS (WABO) AND AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY (AWS) CERTIFIED WELDERS. ALL COMPLETE PENETRATION (CP) WELDS SHALL BE ULTRASONICALLY TESTED. ALL FILLET WELDS SHALL BE VISUALLY INSPECTED aww w RE: PLAN 2 bOO8d 0 Key PIan SCALE: NONE /—REVCODE COMPLIANCE Approve© MAY 1 9 2010 CifyofTukwila IELNED UILDING nIVIRIOW RECEIVED MAR 18 2010 PERMIT CENTER => unimor 0 N N 0 0 0 0 0 a O 0) PERMIT SUBMITTAL 0 r--a 0 E a) N o 5 cin con ti a O tri Fn CC3 o CT ENGINEERING NC. Structural Engineers # ,js 180 Nickerson Street Suite 302 Seattle, WA 98109. 206.285.4512 (V) 206.285.0618 (F) • A FRAMING ABOVE OMITTED [25' -6't 0 DECK —JOIST BEARING TOP OF WALL 1/4'/ 1 . ROOF (F.S.) [23 -1 1/2 FOLD VERIFY 12 " 1/4 CAP PL ` v (E) WALL PANEL (E) SIDEWALK ¢ l' � • '� � i F nom' __ � :�-� I I I I HSS STRONG BACK / W 2394 DIA OA.B. /(} / a E) C.S. JOINT BREAKOUT do REPLACE CONCRETE E -SLAB 3 COVER " # tq ' (E) WALL TO REMAIN ` TOP OF CONCRETE WALL 1/4' V o o a o (E) ROOF DECK FIELD VERIFY " - - - 1/4 CAP PL 1 PL 3/8" L 3x3x5/16 x 0' -10' �-- HSS COL. • t (E) BEAM (E) PANEL JOINT FIELD VERIFY HSS 6x6; :1 /4 1/4" V ao_ r-� a .I — i 0.25 ;: T.O.STL FELD VERIFY BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE ELEVATION 4" 11.) RE ELEV. 2/S2 0 0 ' E"43 4 IrY. � ' � ` s •- r HSS 6x4x1 4 / . • 11 -6 1" RADIUS :CORNER (DO NOT OVER CUT) 4 6' 14" 1 ' 14' 14" 4 4 1/4•� V9 9 994 1 E r 18' -0' }, ... ;£.' \CHANNEL yy �p�+ W OA 1 ANCHORS PER ELEV. 2/S2 (STAGGER ANCHORS AS SHOWN) SAW CUT SECTION OF WALL TO BE REMOVED -, g d S2 ` C 16'-7" � - -' a� jj 1 !� } , � I � W3) Ox� (E) 4x3' -0' DOWEL a RE -USE OF POSSISBLE) C15 SAW CUT 2' LAP (: • 1 1/2' G� �1 .:1 E (- 711N ' • • • (E) FOOTING ' � } 4� – – OR 4x2' -6' DOWEL SET � 1V/EPDXY. EMB ®4 INTO EXISTING SLAB. (2) CLEAN & ROUGHTEN HAD I RE 3 S2 MIN. ( -�rw�.�_... 8' - • 1 -0 . 1/4 RADIUS " 1 CLR MAX. C15x33.9 12' -0' 6 E S2 W/(12) 3 /4 "DIA. EPDXY ANCHOR 9 . I W/4 EMBEDMENT SAW CUT PL 3/8x3 x 0-10" W /(1) 1 /2'DIA.x4° 11TEN HD 6' –' RADIUS CORNER E (DO NOT OVER CUT) E S2 � 10'-0" SCALE: 3/4' = 1' -0' SURFACE SCALE. 3/4' = 1' -O" 0 .. SCALE: 3/4" = 1' -0' 1/4' 5 SECTION SECTION SECTION . S2 E I• SAW CUT 6' –Q' y562 C I NEW OPENING 6►- 5 S2 PL 3/8x3 x 9.-9. W /(1) 1 /2'DIA.x4" TITEN HD SLAB _ „ SAW CUT 1/4• --SAW CUT SLAB 10 S2 NEW OPENING 110 SIM S2 (E) SLAB (E) TO WALL REMAIN " rBirREZOVILL r EXISTING CONCRETE WALL " .v . • . ca r l C .5 . r? e RE PLAN " N - ev�.. •_.,, _- d. -� _.w (E) FOOTING 1 i � AS 5" �`j PL 3/8x6 1/2 0' -10' Ill p PL 3/8x3 0 -10 � 8" _ RE: PLAN 8" (E) F DOTING FOOTING W /(2) 1/2 DIA.x4 THEN HSS COL HD . 1 1/2 x W /(2) 1/2 DIA.x4 MEN HSS STRONG BACK HD SCALE 1/4" = 1' -0" CL CL SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0' / / 3' -0' _ , , 1 1 ELEVATION 2 ELEVATION f RRETE55/ 2N 1 1/2' RE: ELEVATION 1/52 1/2' RE: ELEVATION 8" .► 5 52 8" SAW CUT TO) REMAIN CL COL SECTION OF WALL TO BE REMOVED CONCRETE WALL " a. COL. SAW CUT EXISTING CONCRETE WALL EXISTING CONCRETE WALL CL COL SAW CUT ® ® _� PL 0® IIx PL 3/8x3: Q® PL 3/8x3 Q' -1Q" TITEN HD N 10 1/ W /(2) 3/4 DIA.x°' A.B. x W /(1) 1 /2'DIA.x4" TITEN HD W /(1) 1 /2"DIA.x4" MIEN HD 1 1/2° 1 1/2' _ —» 6" HSS STRONG BACK RE: ELEVATION 2/S2 -1 1/2" HSS COL SCALE: 3/4' = 1' -0' HSS COL RE ELEVATION AT SIM . SECTION I RE ELEVATION HSS COL RE ELEVATION SCALE 3/4' =1' -0' " , AT SOL SECTION - - 1 -0 SCALE 3/4" = 1' 10 PLAN VIEW VIEW PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" SCALE 1/4" = 1'-0' CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NAY 1 9 2010 i iI IL I � l. 15 11 14 13 12 MAR 18 2010 I T 20 16 19 18 17 CT ENGINEERING NC. Structural Engineers # ,js 180 Nickerson Street Suite 302 Seattle, WA 98109. 206.285.4512 (V) 206.285.0618 (F) • A 0 1 0 E PK © "...4 o � TT� czi h V ^� 1 C� 4.1 COO o� o S2 NOTE: MATERIAL DATA SPECIFICATION SHEETS MUST BE ON SITE GENERAL PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS A. THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT IS THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS' AIA DOCUMENT A201 WITH CLIENT AMENDMENTS, "GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONSTRUCTION. APRIL 1987 EDITION, WHICH IS MADE PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS WITH THE SAME FORCE AND EFFECT AS THOUGH SET FORTH IN FULL AND SHALL APPLY TO ALL PORTIONS OF THE WORK. B. THE CONTRACTOR IS HEREBY SPECIFICALLY DIRECTED, AS A CONDITION OF THE CONTRACT, TO OBTAIN THE NECESSARY NUMBER OF COPIES OF AIA DOCUMENT A201, WITH CLIENT AMENDMENTS WITH THE ARTICLES CONTAINED HEREIN, AND TO NOTIFY AND APPRAISE ALL SUBCONTRACTORS AND ANY OTHER PARTIES TO THE CONTRACT OF INDIVIDUALS OR AGENCIES ENGAGED ON THE WORK AS TO ITS CONTENTS. END OF SECTION SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1- GENERAL: A. UNSOLICITED ALTERNATES, BY THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER, FOR PRODUCTS AND SYSTEMS WHICH WILL RESULT IN THE REDUCTION OF THE COST OF THE WORK WILL BE ENTERTAINED BY THE OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A PRICE AND SHALL VERIFY THE EXISTING CONDITIONS. NO CLAIMS FOR EXTRA WORK, BASED ON EXISTING CONDITIONS WILL BE ALLOWED WHERE SUCH CONDITIONS COULD HAVE BEEN VERIFIED OR REASONABLY INFERRED BEFORE THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, LICENSES AND CERTIFICATES PERMANENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. IN THE EVENT OF ERRORS OR CONTRADICTIONS CT ONS IN THE DRAWINGS OR BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND THE SPECIFICATIONS, THE ARCHITECT WILL DETERMINE WHICH ERROR, INCONSISTENCY OR OMISSIONS IN THESE DOCUMENTS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT PROCEED WITH ANY PORTION OF THE WORK AFFECTED UNTIL HAVING REQUESTED AND OBTAINED A CLARIFICATION FROM THE ARCHITECT AND THE OWNER. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE SUBSTITUTIONS ONLY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT AND THE OWNER. ARTICLE 2 - INSURANCE INSURANCE COVERAGE: CONTRACTOR SHALL CARRY THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM INSURANCE TO COVER THE CONTRACTOR, CLIENT AND iTS DIRECTORS, AND THE ARCHITECT. ALL THE POLICIES SHALL INCLUDE THE ABOVE NAMES AND THE LANDLORD AND HIS GENERAL CONTRACTOR AS ADDITIONAL INSURED. CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THOSE NAMED ABOVE AND SHOULD BE IN EFFECT PRIOR TO EXECUTION OF THIS CONTRACT. OR WORKMAN'S COMPENSATION AS REQUIRED BY STATE LAW AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE WiTH LIMITS OF NOT LESS THAN $500,000.00 AS WELL AS ANY INSURANCE REQUIRED BY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT ACTS AND /OR OTHER STATUTES APPLICABLE WHERE WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED. THIS INSURANCE MUST COVER ALL EMPLOYEES OF THE CONTRACTOR AS WELL AS ANY SUBCONTRACTORS EITHER DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ENGAGED IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS CONTRACT. COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE (INCLUDING PREMISES OPERATIONS LIABILITY AND PRODUCTS COMPLETED LIABILITY) COVERING THE LEASED PREMISES AND INSURING LANDLORD AS WELL AS TENANT, WITH LIMITS OF NOT LESS THAN: 1. BODILY INJURY AND /OR PERSONAL INJURY $1,000,000.00 PER PERSON $2,000,000.00 PER OCCURRENCE. PROPERTY DAMAGE $5000,000.00 PER PERSON. 2. BODILY INJURY /PROPERTY DAMAGE $2,000,000.00 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT PERSONAUADVERTISING INJURY $1,000,000.00 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT PRODUCTS/ COMPLETED OPERATION $1,000,000.00 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT AGGREGATE GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000.00 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT FIRE LEGAL LIABILITY OR $50,000.00 EACH OCCURRENCE. SUCH INSURANCE SHALL COVER EXPLOSION, COLLAPSE, AND UNDERGROUND EXPOSURE, SPRINKLER LEAKAGE AND WATER DAMAGE. ADDITIONALLY, COVERAGE MUST BE IN PLACE FOR VANDALISM AND MALICIOUS MISCHIEF RESULTING IN DAMAGES TO ALL MATERIALS USED IN PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK DESCRIBED HERE UNDER AS WELL AS ON ALL FIXTURES IN THE PROCESS OF MANUFACTURED, STORED OR WHILE IN TRANSIT, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER AND REGARDLESS OF WHO HAS TITLE TO AND /OR POSSESSION OF SUCH MATERIALS AND FIXTURES. THE MATERIALS AND FIXTURES MUST BE INSURED FOR FULL REPLACEMENT COST. ALL INSURANCE MUST INSURE THE CONTRACTOR AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR BODILY INJURY INCLUDING RESULTING DEATH AS WELL AS DAMAGE TO THE PROPERTY OF OTHERS, INCLUDING RESULTING LOSS OF USE, AND ARISING FROM THE OPERATIONS UNDER THIS CONTRACT AND RELATING TO ANY ACTION, OR FAILURE TO ACT BY THE CONTRACTOR, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH OPERATIONS WERE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR OR BY ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY THEM. COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE INCLUDING THE OWNERSHIP, MAINTENANCE, OPERATION AND /OR USE OF ANY AUTOMOTIVE EQUIPMENT IN THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM AMOUNT, (1) COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT EACH OCCUPANT. $1,000,000.00. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE. ALL RISK COVERAGE ON A COMPLETED VALUE OR, COVERING THE WORK AT CLIENTS PREMISES, AND AS IT RELATES TO THE BUILDING WITHIN A RADIUS OF 10 FEET FROM THE DEMISED PREMISE. THE INSURANCE SHOULD CONTAIN A LIMIT OF 100% OF REPLACEMENT COST. CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE SHALL INDICATE THAT CLIENT, INC., ITS DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS, AND THE ARCHITECTS ARE NAMED AS ADDITIONAL ON ALL POLICIES. CERTIFICATES MUST ALSO INSURED PROVIDE THAT NO CANCELLATION OR MATERIAL CHANGE IN COVERAGE SHALL TAKE PLACE WITHOUT FIFTEEN (15) WRITTEN DAYS NOTICE TO ALL CERTIFICATE HOLDER. WORK SHALL NOT BEGIN UNTIL ALL CERTIFICATES ARE ATTAINED AND REQUIRED INSURANCE IS IN PLACE. ARTICLE 3 - INDEMNIFICATION: A CONTRACTOR AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS CLIENT AND ITS DIRECTORS AND THE ARCHITECTS D AN AND/OR PROJECT COORDINATORS FROM O LAWSUITS BROUGHT BY THOSE PERSONAL INJURIES OR PROPERTY DAMAGE CAUSED BY ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR, THEIR SUBCONTRACTORS OR SUPPLIERS. ARTICLE 4 - GUARANTEE: A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE, REPAIR AND /OR REPLACE AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OWN EXPENSE ANY DEFECTS IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP OCCURRING IN OR TO THE WORK COVERED BY THIS CONTRACT WITHIN A ONE (1) YEAR PERIOD FROM THE DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK BY THE OWNER. AT PROJECT COMPLETION AND OWNER ACCEPTANCE, PROVIDE WRITTEN OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS. GUARANTEES FOR ALL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED. ARTICLE 5 - WAIVER OF LIENS: A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EXECUTE AND FILE WITH THE PROTHONOTARY OR APPROPRIATE OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY, A STIPULATION AGAINST ANY LIENS CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THE EXECUTION OF THIS AGREEMENT AND BEFORE ANY WORK IS COMMENCED OR ANY MATERIALS OR MACHINERY IS DELIVERED TO THE SITE. COPIES SHALL BE SENT TO THE ARCHITECT, OWNER AND LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE. ARTICLE 6 SUMMARY OF THE WORK: A. THE WORK TO BE DONE DE UN R THIS CONTRACT CONSISTS OF PROVIDING, INSTALLING, FURNISHING AND SUPPLYING ALL MATERIALS EXCEPT AS NOTED, EQUIPMENT, LABOR AND INCIDENTALS NECESSARY OR CONVENIENT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A NEW CLIENT LOFT STORE. THE WORK INCLUDES THE EXECUTION OF ALL DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS IMPOSED UPON BY THE CONTRACTOR AND THE SUBCONTRACTORS BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. S COORDINATE ALL WORK OF THE VARIOUS TRADES AND SUBCONTRACTORS TO ASSURE EFFICIENT AND ORDERLY INSTALLATION. PROVIDE ACCOMMODATION FOR ITEMS INDICATED TO BE INSTALLED AT A LATER DATE. VERIFY THAT CHARACTERISTICS OF ELEMENTS OF INTERRELATED OPERATION EQUIPMENT ARE COMPATIBLE, COORDINATE WORK OF VARIOUS SECTIONS WHICH HAVE RESPONSIBILITIES FOR INSTALLING, CONNECTING TO AND PLACING IN SERVICE, SUCH EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK AND FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM WHICH ARE INDICATED, DETAILED, OR IMPLIED DIAGRAMMATIC ALLY ON DRAWINGS. D. COORDINATE ALL REQUIRED TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND ALL TEMPORARY UTILITIES IMMEDIATELY AFTER RECEIPT OF NOTICE TO PROCEED FOR USE OF ALL THOSE ENGAGED IN THE PROJECT. E. COORDINATE ALL CONSTRUCTION AND SCHEDULING WITH THE BUILDING MANAGER REVIEWING ALL SCHEDULED ACTIVITIES AT OUTSET OF CONSTRUCTION. F. OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS: 1. OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS TO BE INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED UNDER THE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE LISTED ON THE TITLE SHEET OF THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. 2. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE OWNERS FURNISHED ITEMS, DISTRIBUTION TO ITS PROPER LOCATION, AND ALLOCATION TO TRADE, PROTECTION AND SETTING IN PLACE, AND ASSUME THE COST OF HANDLING IF CLAIMED BY AND OF HIS /HERS CONTRACTORS HAVING JURISDICTION. 3. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER AND VENDOR IF ITEMS ARE DAMAGED OR IF THE DELIVERY IS SHORTED. NOTIFICATION AND DOCUMENTATION NEEDS TO HAPPEN IMMEDIATELY TO THE OWNER OR THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPLACEMENT AND SHIPPING COSTS. 4. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE WORK OF ALL SECTIONS FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS. ARTICLE 7 - SITE REQUIREMENTS: A. GENERAL, CONTRACTOR SHALL AT ALL TIMES CONDUCT ITS OPERATIONS TO ENSURE THE LEASE INCONVENIENCE TO THE GENERAL PUBLIC AND COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND ORDINANCE FOR SAFETY. WHERE STANDARDS CONFLICT, THE HIGHER RATING/ GREATER QUANTITY/ MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENT SHALL GOVERN. LIMIT USE OF PREMISES FOR CONSTRUCTION AND STORAGE TO AREAS DESIGNATED IN WRITING BY THE BUILDING OWNER. ALLOW FOR WORK BY OTHER CONTRACTORS AND PUBLIC ACE WHERE ACCESS WHER APPLICABLE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ACCESS TO THE SITE DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS, PARKING AND WORKING HOURS WITH THE BUILDING OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE PROTECTION AND SAFEKEEPING OF PRODUCTS UNDER THIS CONTRACT, STORED ON THE SITE. COORDINATE ACCESS TO BUILDING WITH BUILDING OWNER AND PROVIDE FOR SECURITY AS REQUIRED. WORK AREAS SHALL REMAIN SECURE AND LOCKABLE. AT COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT, AND AS A CONDITION OF OWNER'S ACCEPTANCE, REMOVE ALL REFUSE, CLEAN ALL SURFACES IN APPROVED MANNER INCLUDING WINDOWS WASHED. B. LANDLORD CRITERIA: THE CONTRACTOR IS TO OBTAIN THE LANDLORD'S MOST RECENT TENANT DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINES AND ALL SUBSEQUENT REVISIONS AND INCLUDE ALL NOTED REQUIREMENTS AS APPLICABLE. IN THE EVENT OF DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND THE LANDLORD'S CRITERIA, THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS SHALL GOVERN, UNLESS THE LEASE APPLIES A DIFFERENT STANDARD. LEASE LANGUAGE SHALL SUPERCEDE THIS LANGUAGE. C. THE G.C. SHALL MEET WITH AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE LANDLORD AND SHALL REVIEW LANDLORD CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS. G.C. SHALL COORDINATE ITS WORK WITH THE LANDLORD WITH REGARD TO TEMPORARY UTILITIES, ALLOWABLE MATERIAL, TRAFFIC ROUTES, STORAGE OF TOOLS AND MATERIALS, USE OF TOILET FACILITIES, HOURS IN WHICH WORK IS ALLOWED, NOISE AND DUST CONTROL, CLEAN -UP AND OTHER MATTERS REQUIRING ADHERENCE TO LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS WHEN APPLICABLE. D. DISCREPANCIES OR UNFORESEEN CIRCUMSTANCES FOUND DURING CONSTRUCTION ARE TO BE IMMEDIATELY BROUGHT T UG TO THE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT IN WRITING. G.C. TO SUBMIT TO THE ARCHITECT SKETCHES WITH NOTES AND DIMENSIONS OR NOTED COPIES OF THE CONSTRUCTION H DRAWINGS IN PART OR IN WHOLE TO ASSIST IN CLARIFYING ISSUES TO BE RESOLVED. ARTICLE 8 - GENERAL STANDARDS: UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, APPLY THE FOLLOWING TOLERANCE TO ALL WORK, A. ALL VERTICAL SURFACES SHALL BE PLUMB OR CONSTRUCTED TO THE EXACT SLOPES OR ANGLES INDICATED. THE MAXIMUM DEVIATION FROM THE TRUE PLANE FOR VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL SURFACES SHALL NOTE BE GREATER THAN 1/8" IN 10 "0' AS MEASURED BY A 10 "0' STRAIGHT EDGE PLACED ANYWHERE ON THE SURFACE. C. ALL HORIZONTAL SURFACES SHALL BE LEVEL OR CONSTRUCTED TO THE EXACT ANGLE INDICATED OR INTENDED. WALL AND SOFFIT INTERSECTIONS SHALL BE 90 DEGREES OR THE EXACT ANGLE INDICATED OR INTENDED. E. ALL CORNERS AND EDGES SHALL BE STRAIGHT AND TRUE WITHOUT DENTS, WAVES, OR BULGES OR OTHER BLEMISHES. F. ALL JOINTS SHALL BE TIGHT, STRAIGHT, EVEN AND SMOOTH. G. ALL OPERABLE ITEMS SHALL OPERATE SMOOTHLY WITHOUT STICKING OR BINDING AND WITHOUT EXCESS "PLAY" OR LOOSENESS. ARTICLE 9 - CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY: A. CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE FOR ALL REQUIRED INSPECTIONS, SECURE CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY AND PROVIDE CLIENT AND LANDLORD (WHEN REQUESTED) WITH COPIES. THE OWNER OR THE OWNER'S SUBCONTRACTOR MAY OCCUPY PORTIONS OF THE PROJECT DURING THE FINAL STAGE OF CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE AND COOPERATE WITH THE OWNER TO MINIMIZE CONFLICT, INSTALL THE THE OWNER'S OPERATION CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY WITHIN A FRAME AND HANG ON THE MANAGER'S OFFICE. ARTICLE 10 - LANDLORD APPROVALS: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT START WORK UNTIL LANDLORD APPROVAL HAS BEEN OBTAINED IN WRITING. THE WORK WILL BE EXECUTED COMPLY TO COM LY WITH TH4E LANDLORD'S WRITTEN CRITERIA THIS CRITERIA DOES NOT SUPERCEDE LEASE LANGUAGE. ARTICLE 11 - SHOP DRAWINGS & SAMPLES: A. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE ARCHITECT WITH SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES AND TECHNICAL INFORMATION AS S BY THE INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS OF THIS SPECIFICATION. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 3 COPIES OF EACH ITEM SUBMITTED. EACH ITEM (SHOP DRAWING, SAMPLE, TECHNICAL INFORMATION) SUBMITTED SHALL BEAR A STAMP INDICATING CONTRACTOR'S APPROVAL ITEMS NOT STAMPED WILL NOT BE REVIEWED OR OTHER SUBMITTALS SHALL TT S S AL CONTAIN THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION. 1. CONTRACTOR'S NAME, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER 2. SUBCONTRACTOR'S NAME, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER 3. SUPPLIER'S NAME, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER 4. PROJECT TITLE 5. REFERENCE TO PRIOR ACTIONS ON SUBMISSIONS 6. LIST OF MATERIAL BEING SUBMITTED 7. NUMBER OF STANDARD (ASTM, USASI) IF ANY WITH WHICH 8. TRADE NAME 9. OTHER PERTINENT INFORMATION 10. ANY DEVIATION FROM CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS ARTICLE 12 - COMMUNICATION A. ALL CORRESPONDENCE AND DIRECTIVES TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL BE TRANSMITTED BY THE ARCHITECT AND CLIENT THROUGH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. END OF SECTION SECTION 02050 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. REMOVE DESIGNATED BUILDING EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES REMOVE DESIGNATED PARTITIONS AND COMPONENTS. CAP AND IDENTIFY UTILITIES. PROVIDE TEMPORARY PARTITIONS TO ALLOW BUILDING OCCUPANCY. INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1. REMOVAL OF INTERIOR FITTINGS, FIXTURES, WOOD PLATFORMS, STOREFRONTS, FINISHES AND FLOORING EXCEPT AS NOTED 2. FRAMING, DRYWALL AND WOOD TRIM. 0 3. ACOUSTIC AND DRYWALL CEILING. 4. ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND FIXTURES, HVAC RELATED WORK, PLUMBING FIXTURES, SPRINKLER SYSTEM DISTRIBUTION PIPING AS REQUIRED OR ILLUSTRATED, OR IMPLIED BY ENGINEERING DOCUMENTS. 5. ALL OTHER WORK AS REQUIRED BY THE DOCUMENTS IN PREPARATION FOR NEW WORK. 6. EXISTING DEMISING WALLS SEPARATING TWO SPACES BEING JOINED INTO ONE SPACE. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. SUBMIT DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL PROCEDURE AND SCHEDULE UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 01300 SUBMIT RECORDED DRAWINGS UNDER PROVISION OF SECTION 01700. 1.3 PROTECTION A. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL CODES AND REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO SAFETY OF PERSON, PROPERTY AND ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION. B. CONDUCT DEMOLITION TO MINIMIZE INTERFERENCE WITH ADJACENT BUILDING AREAS. MAINTAIN PROTECTED EGRESS AND ACCESS AT ALL TIMES. C. PROVIDE, ERECT, AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY BARRICADES, SECURITY DEVICES, GUARD RAILS AND LIGHTING AS NECESSARY AND AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE REGULATORY AGENCIES, TO PROTECT WORKERS AND OCCUPANTS OF BUILDING. PREVENT MOVEMENT OR SETTLEMENT OF STRUCTURES. PROVIDE ENGINEERING AND PLACE BRACING OR SHORING AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SAFETY AND SUPPORT OF STRUCTURE. CEASE OPERATIONS IF SAFETY OF STRUCTURE APPEARS TO BE ENDANGERED. TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO PROPERLY SUPPORT STRUCTURE. DO NOT RESUME OPERATIONS UNTIL SAFETY IS RESTORED. E. ARRANGE AND PAY FOR DISCONNECTING, REMOVING AND CAPPING UTILITY SERVICES WITHIN AREAS OF DEMOLITION. DISCONNECT AND STUB -OFF. NOTIFY OWNER AND THE AFFECTED UTILITY COMPANY IN ADVANCE AND OBTAIN APPROVAL BEFORE STARTING THIS WORK. PLACE MARKERS TO INDICATE LOCATION OF DISCONNECTED SERVICES. IDENTIFY SERVICE LINES AND CAPPING LOCATIONS ON PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. EXCEPT WHERE NOTED OR SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, MAINTAIN POSSESSION OF MATERIALS BEING DEMOLISHED; IMMEDIATELY REMOVE FROM SITE. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. ERECT AND MAINTAIN WEATHERPROOF CLOSURES FOR EXTERIOR OPENINGS. ERECT AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY PARTITIONS TO PREVENT SPREAD OF DUST, FUMES, NOISE, AND SMOKE. ON COMPLETION, REMOVE PARTITIONS AND REPAIR DAMAGED SURFACES. PROTECT EXISTING ITEMS WHICH ARE NOT INDICATED TO BE ALTERED. B. DISCONNECT, REMOVE, AND CAP DESIGNATED UTILITY SERVICES WITHIN DEMOLITION AREAS. MARK LOCATION OF DISCONNECTED UTILITIES. IDENTIFY AND INDICATE CAPPING LOCATIONS ON PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS. 3.2 EXECUTION A. DEMOLISH IN AN ORDERLY AND CAREFUL MANNER AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WORK, INCLUDING THAT REQUIRED FOR CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING BUILDING. PROTECT EXISTING SUPPORTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. PERFORM DEMOLITION IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES. REMOVE MATERIALS TO BE REINSTALLED OR RETAINED IN MANNER TO PREVENT DAMAGE. C. REPAIR ALL DEMOLITION PERFORMED IN EXCESS OF THAT REQUIRED, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. D. REMOVE AND PROMPTLY DISPOSE OF CONTAMINATED, VERMIN INFESTED, OR DANGEROUS MATERIALS ENCOUNTERED. E. DO NOT BURN OR BURY MATERIALS ON SITE. REMOVE DEMOLISHED MATERIALS FROM SITE AS WORK PROGRESSES. UPON COMPLETION OF WORK, LEAVE AREAS OF WORK IN CLEAN CONDITION. END OF SECTION SECTION 03540 THIS SECTION ONLY APPLIES IF LEVELING IS REQUIRED FORMATTED SPECIFICATION FOR ARDEX SD -T SELF - DRYING, SELF - LEVELING CONCRETE TOPPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This is the recommended specification for ARDEX SD-T Self-Drying, Self-Leveling Ceme n ' ' ous Topping pping for fast track resurfacing, smoothing, or leveling of indoor concrete. 9= 9= 9 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. ARDEX SD-T Self- Drying, Self - Leveling Concrete Topping. B. ARDEX EP 2000 Substrate Preparation Epoxy for Ardex Engineered Cements. C. Wear surface protection finish as approved by architect and /or specified in contract documents. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installation of the cement- based, self - drying, self - leveling topping must be by a qualified, factory- trained applicator, such as an Ardex LevelMasterElitesM Installer, who has specific experience with the installation of ARDEX SD-T. Please contact Mary Gilson at ARDEX INC. (888) 512 -7339 or visit www.levelmasterelite.com for a complete list of Installers. B. Topping material shall achieve compressive strength of 6100 psi after 28 days per ASTM C109 /modified (air -cure only). C. Topping shall be able to be installed from'' /." to 2" in one pour for ARDEX SD -T and up to 5" with the addition of an appropriate aggregate, and may be tapered to match existing elevations. D. Topping shall be walkable after 2 - 3 hours (70 °F) and be able to be coated with traditional wear protection coating after 24 hours. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in their unopened packages and protect from extreme temperatures and moisture. Protect liquids from freezing. 1.05 SITE CONDITIONS A. ARDEX SD-T is a cementitious material. Observe the basic rules of concrete work. Do not install below 50 °F surface temperature. Install quickly if floor is warm and follow hot weather precautions available from the ARDEX Technical Service Department. Never mix with cement or additives other than ARDEX- approved products. B. The topping must be coated with a wear protection coating suitable for the intended use of the floor. C. ARDEX SD-T is a Portland cement -based product and, as with any cementitious material, variations in color can occur as a function of job -site conditions. If a monolithic appearance is required, it is recommended that an opaque sealer be used. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. The Portland cement -based topping shall be ARDEX SD-T Self - Drying, Self- Leveling Concrete Topping. B. Primer for areas to receive ARDEX SD-T to include standard absorbent concrete and non -porous surfaces such as terrazzo, ceramic tile and burnished concrete shall be ARDEX EP 2000 Substrate Preparation Epoxy for ARDEX Engineered Cements. C. Aggregate shall be well- graded, washed gravel (1/8" to 34" or larger) for use in pre - leveling or when the material is installed over 2" thick. D. Water shall be clean, potable, and sufficiently cool (not warmer than 70 °F). E. Wear surface: the finished topping surface shall be coated with a resin -based wear protection system as specified. F. Floor covering can be used as the wear protection layer as specified. 2.02 MIX DESIGNS A. Mixing Ratio: The cementitious topping shall be mixed in 2 -bag batches at one time. Mix each bag of the powder with the specified amount of water in an ARDEX T -10 Mixing Drum using an ARDEX T-1 Mixing ," Paddle and a /heavy -duty drill (min. 650 rpm). Mix thoroughly for 2 -3 minutes to obtain a lump -free mixture. Follow written instructions on the ARDEX product bag label. Aggregate mix: For pre- leveling and areas to be installed over 1 % - 2" thick, aggregate may be added to reduce material costs. Mix the powder with water first, and then add from 1/3 up to 1 part by volume of aggregate (1/8" to %" or larger). Do not use sand. The addition of aggregate will diminish the workable of the product and may make it necessary to install a finish layer. Allow the first layer to dry for 12 -16 hours. Follow the instructions for highly absorbent concrete (Le., "double priming ") and then install the finish layer. C. Forum installations, the topping shall be mixed using the ARDEX Levelcraft Automatic Mixing Pump. pump PP 9 9 9 p Start the pump at 150 gallons of water per hour, and then adjust to the minimum water reading that still p p g p adjust gt ats allows self - leveling properties. DO NOT OVERWATER! Check the consistency of the product on the floor to ensure a uniform distribution of the sand aggregate at both the top surface and bottom of the pour. If settling is occurring, reduce the water amount and recheck. Conditions during the installation, such as variations in water, powder, substrate, and ambient temperature, r eq uire that the water setting be monitored and adjusted carefully to avoid over watering. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. All subfloors must be sound, solid, cleaned, and primed: 1. All concrete subfloors must be of adequate strength, clean, and free of all it grease, dirt, curing 9 0 0,9 ,c g compounds and any substance that might act as a bondbreaker before priming. Mechanically clean if necessary using shot blasting or other. Acid etching and the use of sweeping compounds and solvents are not acceptable. 2. All cracks in the subfloor shall be repaired using ARDEX EP 2000 to minimize telegraphing through the underlayment. 3. Substrates shall be inspected and corrected for moisture or any other conditions that could affect the performance of the underlayment or the finished floor covering. P Y 9 B. JOINT PREPARATION 1. Moving Joints - honor all expansion and isolation joints up through the topping. 2. Saw Cuts and Control Joints - fill all non - moving joints with ARDEX SD-F Feather Finish or ARDEX SD-P InstantPatch as required. C. PRIMING 1. For areas to receive ARDEX SD-T, apply freshly mixed epoxy prepared y the f es y m e p xy to the p epared surface using a short-nap paint roller for smoother surfaces and a longer nap for more uneven substrates. ARDEX EP 2000 can also be applied with a paintbrush for hard-to-get-to areas and in comers. P o-9 d ers. 2. While in a fresh state, broadcast an excess of fine sand ("play sand" that is less than 1/32 of an inch in grain size) consistently over the entire area. Figure about 2/3 Ib. of sand per square foot of area. Avoid all traffic over the surface for a minimum of 6 hours. 3. After 16 hours, broom sweep and vacuum the surface to remove all loose sand. (Otherwise uncontaminated sand can be re -used on the next project.) Install the ARDEX SD-T in accordance with written Instructions. 4. Primer coverage: Approximately 150 -200 sq. ft. /unit. 3.02 APPUCATION OF CEMENTITIOUS TOPPING A. Pour or pump the liquid topping and spread in place with the ARDEX T-4 Spreader. Use the ARDEX T -5 Smoother for featheredge and touch -up. Wear baseball shoes with non - metallic cleats to avoid leaving marks in the liquid topping. The topping can be walked on in 2 -3 hours at 70 °F. B. The topping must be coated with a wear finish suitable for the intended use of the floor. A n:; SFAI INC; A. The coating process should begin within 24 hours after completion of the pour. There must be NO foot traffic on the poured floor prior to installation of the sealer. B. Surface and air temperature, humidity and air - movement conditions must be as specified in manufacturer's 2003 published instructions and additionally on the product labels. C. Wear clean socks and no shoes on floor during sealing process. D. Installation MUST be physically protected after completion for a minimum of 12 hours or as recommended by the sealer manufacturer. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Where specified, field sampling of the Ardex topping is to be done by taking an entire unopened bag of the product being installed to an independent testing facility to perform compressive strength testing in accordance with ASTM C 109/modified: air-cure only. Th e re a re no in situ test procedures for the evaluation of compressive strength. 3.04 ONGOING MAINTENANCE A. Following complete cure, cleaning is to be done in accordance with the wear protection finish manufacturer. END OF SECTION RECOMMENDED SPECIFICATION FOR ARDEX K -15 SELF - LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT CONCRETE PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This is the recommended specification for ARDEX K -15 Self- Leveling Underlayment Concrete for use over specified interior substrates. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. ARDEX K -15 Self- Leveling Underlayment Concrete B. ARDEX P -51 Primer C. ARDEX P-82 Ultra Prime D. ARDEX E -25 Resilient Emulsion 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. _Installation of ARDEX K -15 must be by a factory- trained applicator, such as an ARDEX LevelMaster or LevelMaster Elite Installer, using mixing equipment and tools approved by the manufacturer. Please contact ARDEX at (724) 203 -5000 for a complete list of Installers. B. Underlayment shall be able to be installed from 1/8" to 1 '/" in one pour and up to 5" with the addition of aggregate. It may also be feathered to match existing elevations. C. Underlayment to be applied to a minimum thickness of 1/8" over highest point in the subfloor, with an average typical thickness of % ". D. Underlayment compressive strength shall be 4100 psi after 28 days per ASTM C109 /mod (air cure only). E. Underlayment shall be walkable after 2 hours and allow floor covering to be installed after 16 hours at 70 °F. F. Manufacturer's certification that the product is cement -based having an inorganic binder content which is 100% cement, to include Portland cement per ASTM C150: Standard Specification for Portland Cement and other specialty hydraulic cements. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in their unopened packages and protect from extreme temperatures and moisture. Protect liquids from freezing. 0 1.05 SITE CONDITIONS A. ARDEX K -15 is a cementitious material. Observe the basic rules of concrete work. Do not install below 50 °F surface temperature. Install quickly if floor is warm and follow hot weather precautions available from the ARDEX Technical Service Department. Never mix with cement or additives other than ARDEX- approved products. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. The cement -based self - leveling underlayment shall be ARDEX K -15 Self- Leveling Underlayment Concrete. B. Primer for standard absorbent concrete shall be ARDEX P -51 Primer. C. Primer for non - porous subfloors such as bumished concrete, terrazzo, quarry and ceramic tile shall be ARDEX P -82 Ultra Prime. D. Primer for non -porous subfloors, cutback and other non -water soluble adhesive residues, metal, and wooden subfloors shall be ARDEX P -82 Ultra Prime. E. The additive to be mixed with ARDEX K -15 when used over cutback adhesive, metal, or wooden subfloors shall be ARDEX E -25 Resilient Emulsion. F. Aggregate shall be well graded, washed gravel (1/8" to 1/4" or larger) for use when underlayment is installed over 1 1/2" thick. G. Water shall be clean, potable, and sufficiently cool (not warmer than 70 °F) 2.02 MIX DESIGNS A. Standard mixing ratio: ARDEX K -15 is mixed in 2 -bag batches at one time. Mix each bag of ARDEX K -15 (55 Ib.) with 7 quarts of water. Product shall be mixed in an ARDEX T -10 Mixing Drum using an ARDEX T-1 Mixing Paddle and a 1/2" heavy -duty drill (min. 650 rpm). Mix thoroughly for approximately 2 -3 minutes to obtain a lump -free mixture. Follow written instructions per the ARDEX K -15 bag label. B. Resilient mix for applications over cutback and non -water soluble adhesive residues, wood, and metal: Use 6 qt. of water and 2 qt. of ARDEX E -25 Resilient Emulsion for each bag of ARDEX K -15. C. Aggregate mix: For areas to be installed over 1 1/2" thick, aggregate may be added to reduce material costs. Mix ARDEX K-15 with water first, then add from 1/3 up to 1 part by volume of aggregate (1/8" to 1/4" or larger). Do not use sand. D. For pump installations, ARDEX K -15 shall be mixed using the ARDEX Levelcraft Automatic Mixing Pump. Start the pump at 210 gallons of water per hour, and then adjust to the minimum water reading that still allows self- leveling properties. DO NOT OVERWATERI Check the consistency of the product on the floor to ensure a uniform distribution of the sand aggregate at both the top surface and bottom of the pour. If settling is occurring, reduce the water amount and recheck. Conditions during the installation, such as variations in water, powder, substrate, and ambient temperature, require that the water setting be monitored and adjusted carefully to avoid overwatering. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. All subfloors must be sound, solid, cleaned, and primed: 1. All concrete subfloors must be of adequate strength, clean, and free of all oil, grease, dirt, curing compounds and any substance that might act as a bondbreaker before priming. Mechanically clean if necessary using shot blasting or other. Acid etching and the use of sweeping compounds and solvents are not acceptable. 2. Wooden subfloors must be clean and free of all foreign matter. Sand to bare wood then vacuum to remove all dust. Re -nail any loose boards exhibiting movement. 3. Metal subfloors must be clean and free of all rust and foreign matter. Where required, a corrosive resistant coating should be applied and allowed to dry before priming. 4. Cutback and other non -water soluble adhesive residues must be wet scraped to a thin, well- bonded layer. 5. Non - porous subfloors such as ceramic and quarry tile as well as terrazzo should be clean and free of all waxes and sealers. If necessary, have the surface professionally cleaned. 6. All cracks in the subfloor shall be repaired to minimize telegraphing through the underlayment. 7. Substrates shall be inspected and corrected for moisture or any other conditions that could affect the performance of the underlayment or the finished floor covering. B. JOINT PREPARATION 1. Moving Joints - honor all expansion and isolation Joints up through the underlayment. 2. Saw Cuts and Control Joints - fill all non - moving joints with ARDEX SD -F Feather Finish or ARDEX SD-P InstantPatch as required. C. PRIMING 1. Primer for standard absorbent concrete subfloors: Mix ARDEX P -51 1:1 with water and apply evenly with a soft push broom. Do not leave any bare spots. Remove all puddles and excess primer. Allow to dry to a clear, thin film (min. 3 hours, max. 24 hours). Underlayment shall not be applied until the primer is dry. ( , ) Y pP P �y Primer coverage is approximately 400 to 600 sq. ft. per gallon. 2. Primer for extremely absorbent concrete subfloors: Make an Initial application of ARDEX P- 5lmixed with 3 parts water using a soft push broom. Do not leave any bare spots. Remove all puddles and excess primer. Allow to dry thoroughly before proceeding with the standard application of primer as described above for standard absorbent concrete. 3. Primer for non -porous subfloors, wooden or metal subfloors, or cutback and other non -water soluble adhesive residues over concrete: Prime with ARDEX P-82 Ultra Prime. Mix Part A (red) with Part B (white) and apply with a short-nap or sponge paint roller, leaving a thin coat of primer no heavier than a thin coat of paint. Do not leave any bare spots. Remove all puddles and excess primer. Allow to dry to a clear, slightly tack film (minimum 3 hours, maximum 24 hours). Underlayment shall not be installed until primer is dry. ( , ) Y P ry Primer coverage is approximately 200 to 400 square feet per gallon. 4. Minimum drying time for ARDEX P -82 Ultra -Prime over cutback adhesive is 18 hours. 3.02 APPLICATION OF UNDERLAYMENT A. INSTALLATION 1. Wooden subfloors require the use of the mesh - reinforced ARDEX K 15 + E -25 Underlayment System. After priming, install 3.4 galvanized diamond metal lath by stapling to the wooden subfloor approximately every 6 inches on center. 2. Steel subfloors require that the substrate first be primed with an anti - corrosive paint. After thorough drying 9 of the paint, prime this surface with ARDEX P -82 Ultra Prime. 3. Pour or pump the liquid ARDEX K -15 and spread in place with the ARDEX T-4 Spreader. Use the ARDEX T-5 Smoother for featheredge and touch -up. Wear baseball shoes with non - metallic cleats to avoid leaving marks in the liquid ARDEX K -15. Underlayment can be walked on in 2 -3 hours at 70° F. 3.03 PREPARATION FOR FLOORING INSTALLATION A. Underlayment can accept finish floor covering materials after 16 hours at 70 °F and 50% relative humidity. B. Due to the wide range of adhesives that are used to install floor coverings, some adhesives may more 9 9= Y dry quickly over Ardex underlayments than over other substrates. If this condition occurs, priming the surface of the underlayment with ARDEX P -51 Primer diluted 1:3 with water will even out the drying of the adhesive. Allow the primer to dry 1 -3 hours before proceeding with the adhesive installation. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Where specified, field sampling of the Ardex underlayment is to be done by taking an entire unopened bag of the product being installed to an independent testing facility to perform compressive strength testing in accordance with ASTM C 109 /modified: air -cure only. There are no in situ test procedures for the evaluatlon of compressive strength. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Prior to the installation of the finish flooring, the surface of the underlayment should be protected from abuse by other trades by the use of plywood, Masonite or other suitable protection course. END OF SECTION SECTION 05500 MISCELLANEOUS METALS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A STOCK AND CUSTOM FABRICATED ITEMS: STEEL ANGLES, POSTS AND BEAMS MISCELLANEOUS PLATES, ANGLES AND ATTACHMENT FOR ANCHORAGE OR WORK OF THIS AND OTHER SECTIONS. B. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND THE FOLLOWING UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, COMPLY WITH THE MOST STRINGENT. 1. AISC -- "SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN, FABRICATION, AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR BUILDING." 2. AISI- "COLD FORMED STEEL DESIGN MANUAL." 3. AISI- "SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE DESIGN OF LIGHT GAUGE COLD - FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS." 4. AWS D1.1- "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE." 5. ASTM A6 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DELIVERY OF ROLLED STEEL PLATES, SHAPES, SHEET PILING AND BARS FOR STRUCTURAL USE. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS: FOR ALL SPECIALLY FABRICATED ITEMS INDICATE IN COMPLETE DETAIL ALL INFORMATION REQUIRED FOR FABRICATION, FINISHING AND INSTALLATION OF THIS WORK. B. PRODUCT DATA - MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE: SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR MANUFACTURED ITEMS. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BASIC MATERIALS A. STRUCTURAL STEEL PLATES, SHAPES, BARS AND SHEETS: ASTM A36. B. ANCHORS - CONCRETE INSERTS, THREADED TYPE, GALVANIZED FERROUS CASING, INTERNALLY THREADED TO RECEIVE MACHINE BOLTS. USE EITHER MALLEABLE IRON COMPLYING WITH ASTM A47 OR CAST STEEL COMPLYING WITH ASTM A27; HOT -DIP GALVANIZED IN ACCORD WITH ASTM A153. C. FASTENERS: SELECT FASTENERS FOR THE TYPE, GRADE AND CLASS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS. 1. STANDARD BOLTS AND NUTS: REGULAR HEXAGON TYPE, ASTM A307, GRADE A. 2. LAG BOLTS: SQUARE HEAD TYPE, FS FF- B-561. 3. MACHINE SCREWS: CADMIUM - PLATED STEEL, FS FF-S-92. 4. WOOD SCREWS: FLAT HEAD CARBON STEEL, FS FF- S-111. 5. PLAIN WASHERS: ROUND, GENERAL ASSEMBLY GRADE CARBON STEEL, FS FF -W-92. 6. LOCK WASHERS: HELICAL SPRING TYPE CARBON STEEL, FS FF -W-84. D. STEEL TUBING: ASTM A500, GRADE B. E. WELDING ELECTRODES: APPROPRIATE TYPE FOR THE METAL TO BE WELDED. COMPLY WITH AWS D1.1. F. SHOP PRIME COAT AS RECOMMENDED BY PAINT MANUFACTURERS FOR SUBSTRATES AND PAINTS SPECIFIED iN SECTION 09900: PAINTING. G. GROUTING MATERIAL: EQUIVALENT TO HALLEMITE'S POR -ROK. H. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: AS HEREINAFTER SPECIFIED AND AS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THIS WORK. 1.2 FABRICATION A. GENERAL 1. FOR THE FABRICATION OF ITEMS WHICH WILL BE EXPOSED TO VIEW, USE ONLY MATERIALS WHICH ARE SMOOTH AND FREE OF BLEMISHES INCLUDING PITTING, SEAM MARKS, ROLLER ARKS, ROLLER TRADE NAMES AND ROUGHNESS. a. REMOVE BLEMISHES BY GRINDING, FILLING OR BY WELDING AND GRINDING, PRIOR TO CLEANING, TREATING AND APPLICATION OF SURFACE FINISHES INCLUDING ZINC COATINGS. 2. WELDING: b. WELD ALL SHOP CONNECTIONS AND ALL FIELD CONNECTIONS UNLESS INDICATED OR SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. c WELD CORNERS AND SEAMS CONTINUOUSLY AND IN ACCORD WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE AWS CODE. d. GRIND EXPOSED WELDS SMOOTH AND FLUSH TO MATCH AND BLEND WITH ADJOINING SURFACES. e. EMPLOY ONLY WELDERS QUALIFIED IN ACCORD WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE AWS CODE. 3. FORM EXPOSED WORK TRUE TO LINE AND LEVEL WITH ACCURATE ANGLES AND SURFACES AND STRAIGHT SHARP EDGES. 4. EASE EXPOSED EDGES TO A RADIUS OF APPROXIMATELY 1/32 ", UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR SPECIFIED. 5. FORM BENT METAL CORNERS TO THE SMALLEST RADIUS POSSIBLE WITHOUT CAUSING GRAIN SEPARATION OR OTHERWISE IMPAIRING THE WORK. 6. FORM EXPOSED CONNECTIONS WITH HAIRLINE JOINTS WHICH ARE FLUSH AND SMOOTH, USING CONCEALED FASTENERS WHEREVER POSSIBLE. 7. REMOVE LOOSE RUST, MILL SCALE, CUTTING AND PUNCHING BURRS. 8. FABRICATE ITEMS IN AS LARGE SECTIONS AS PRACTICAL TO MINIMIZE FIELD JOINTING. B. MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS: 1. PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS STEEL FRAMING AND SUPPORTS WHICH ARE NOT A PART OF THE STRUCTURAL FRAMEWORK, AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK. 2. FABRICATE MISCELLANEOUS UNITS TO THE SIZES, SHAPES AND PROFILES INDICATED, OR IF NOT INDICATED, OF THE NECESSARY DIMENSIONS TO RECEIVE ADJACENT GRATING, PLATES, DOORS OR OTHER WORK TO BE RETAINED BY THE FRAMING. 3. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, FABRICATE FROM STRUCTURAL STEEL SHAPES AND PLATES AND STEEL BARS OR ALL WELDED CONSTRUCTION USING MITERED CORNERS, WELDED BRACKETS AND SPLICE PLATES AND A M iNIMUM NUMBER OF JOINTS FOR FIELD CONNECTIONS. 4. EQUIP UNITS WITH INTEGRALLY WELDED ANCHOR STRAPS FOR CASTING INTO POURED CONCRETE WHEREVER POSSIBLE. 5. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, SPACE ANCHORS 2'O.C., AND PROVIDE MINIMUM ANCHOR UNITS OF 1 -1/4" X 1/4" X 8" STEEL STRAPS. C. SHOP PAINTING: 1. SHOP PAINT ALL METAL WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION EXCEPT THOSE MEMBERS OR PORTIONS OF MEMBERS TO BE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE OR MASONRY TO RECEIVE SPRAYED ON FIREPROOFING SURFACES AND EDGES TO BE FIELD WELDED, GALVANIZED AND STAINLESS STEEL SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. a. PREPARE SURFACES OF FERROUS METAL TO BE EXPOSED AS FINISHED WORK AS REQUIRED TO PRODUCE A SMOOTH FINISH FREE OF BLEMISH. b. APPLY A HEAVY COAT OF BITUMINOUS PAINT TO METAL SURFACES WHICH WILL COME IN CONTACT WiTH CONCRETE OR MASONRY. DO NOT EXTEND COATING ONTO SURFACES WHICH WILL BE SIGHT - EXPOSED. 2. IMMEDIATELY AFTER SURFACE PREPARATION, APPLY PAINT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION AT A RATE TO PROVIDE THE SPECIFIED UNIFORM DRY FILM THICKNESS. USE PAINTING METHODS WHICH WILL RESULT IN FULL COVERAGE OF JOINTS, CORNERS EDGES, AND ALL EXPOSED SURFACES. a. SHOP COAT FOR FERROUS METAL ITEMS TO BE EXPOSED AS FINISHED WORK SHALL BE EVENLY FLOWED ON, FREE OF BRUSH AND LAP MARKS. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTIONS A INSPECT BUILDING CONSTRUCTION WHICH IS TO RECEIVE THIS WORK. DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION UNTIL CONDITIONS ARE ACCEPTABLE. TAKE FIELD MEASUREMENTS OF BUILDING CONSTRUCTION WHICH AFFECT THIS WORK BEFORE FABRICATION. 3.2 INSTALLATION A INSTALL MANUFACTURED ITEMS iN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S CURRENT WRITTEN INSTRUCTION. B. SET ALL WORK ACCURATELY TO LINES AND LEVELS, PLUMB AND SECURE C. INSTALL MEMBERS, BOLTS, ANCHORS, ETC. TO BE COVERED, INSERTED OR BUILT -IN AS THE WORK PROGRESSES. FASTENING TO IN -PLACE CONSTRUCTION, PROVIDE ANCHORAGE DEVICES AND FASTENERS WHERE NECESSARY FOR SECURING MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS TO IN -PLACE CONSTRUCTIONS. PROVIDE BOLTS, EYEBOLTS, DOWELS, ANCHORS, PLATES, UNISTRUTS, INSERTS AND OTHER MISCELLANEOUS STEEL FASTENINGS THAT ARE TO BE INSTALLED IN CONCRETE FORMS. F. TOUCH UP PAINTED STEEL ABRASIONS AND WELDS WITH THE SPECIFIED PAINT. END OF SECTION No- 08d REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANQE � �VElSy tvi. 1E 2010 City of Tukwila BUILDING niviRI ON CITY OF TiIJKWILA MAY ` 1 1 2010 PERMIT CENTER DESCRIPTION PERMIT SUBMITTAL z JW IL 6 W 1-- 0 M 0 ckl 0 0 tn LLI <C 4 n0 0- 4 z A A 5 0 V! z E- D 4 Q 7 4 VJ 7 0 Ul 111 1�- V DRAWN: EEK CHECK: EEK JOB NO: 10-014 111(9 0 W 0_ es (f (I) (1) 0_ z ft 0 z 0 1_1_1 z gun 401j- *-j OF: SHEETS SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A.MISCELLANEOUS FURRING, BLOCKING AND BACKING FOR SUPPORT AND ATTACHMENT OF WALL MOUNTED ITEMS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO CASEWORK AND ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK. PLYWOOD BACKBOARDS FOR ELECTRICAL AND COMMUNICATIONS PANEL. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE B.CODES AND STANDARDS, COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE FOLLOWING CODES AND STANDARDS: 1. PS 20 (US DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE): AMERICAN SOFTWOOD LUMBER. 2. PS 1-74 (US DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE): PLYWOOD 3. WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED BY CODE, LUMBER AND PLYWOOD SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED AND BEAR STAMP OF TESTING AGENCY. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. LUMBER 1. MOISTURE CONTENT: 19% MAXIMUM AT TIME OF PERMANENT CLOSING IN OF BUILDING FOR LUMBER 2 INCHES OR LESS NOMINAL THICKNESS. FOR LUMBER OF GREATER THICKNESS CONFORM TO PS-20 REQUIREMENTS. 2. GRADES FOR FRAMING LUMBER, 2 IN. TO 4 IN. THICK, 2 IN. TO 4 IN. WIDE, DOUGLAS FIR. 3. BOARDS: CONSTRUCTION GRADE RIS OF WCLB, OR NO.2 BOARDS SPIB OR WWPA. 4. BLOCKING: NON-LOAD BEARING STUD GRADE. 5. PLYWOOD: STRUCTURAL 1 GRADE; FIRE TREATED. B. ROUGH HARDWARE: SIMPSON UNIVERSAL OR EQUAL. 1. BOLTS: FS FF-B575 AND FS FF-B-584. 2. NUTS: FS FF-N-836. 3. LAG SCREWS AND BOLTS: FS FF-B-581. 4. WOOD SCREWS: FS FF-F-111 5. NAILS: FS FF-N-105 6. EXPANSION SHIELDS: FS FF-B-561. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A.SET CARPENTRY WORK ACCURATELY TO REQUIRED LEVELS AND LINES, WITH EMBERS PLUMB AND TRUE ACCURATELY CUT AND FITTED, SECURELY ATTACH CARPENTRY WORK TO SUBSTRATES BY ANCHORING AND FASTENING AS REQUIRED BY RECOGNIZED STANDARDS. PROVIDE SIZES AND SPACING AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. USE COMMON WIRE NAILS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED. USE GALVANIZED NAILS WHERE SUBJECT TO MOISTURE. ELECT FASTENERS OF SIZE THAT WILL NOT PENETRATE MEMBERS WHERE OPPOSITE SIDE WILL BE EXPOSED TO VIEW OR WILL RECEIVE FINISH MATERIALS. MAKE TIGHT CONNECTIONS BETWEEN MEMBERS. INSTALL FASTENERS WITHOUT SPLITTING OF WOOD; PRE DRILL AS REQUIRED. B. PROVIDE BLOCKING AND BACKBOARDS OF SIZES, AND WITH SPACING AND ANCHORAGE, AS REQUIRED AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED STANDARDS. END OF SECTION SECTION 06400 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. SHOP FABRICATED WOOD TRIM AND MOLDINGS, AND WOOD AND PLASTIC LAMINATE CABINETWORK AND ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK ITEMS, COMPLETE WITH HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES, SHOP FINISHED. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE "ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS" B. FABRICATOR'S QUALIFICATIONS: A FIRM WITH NOT LESS THAN FIVE YEARS EXPERIENCE IN THE SPECIFIED UNIT RESPONSIBILITY AND PROVING A BACKGROUND OF NOT LESS THAT THREE INSTALLATIONS OF COMPARABLE SIZE AND SCOPE TO THAT HEREIN SPECIFIED. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS, INDICATE MATERIALS AND WOOD SPECIES, COMPONENTS, PROFILES, FASTENING, JOINTING DETAILS, FINISHES, AND ACCESSORIES. INDICATE STEEL BACKING PLATES OR WOOD LOCKING LOCATIONS REQUIRED FOR ANCHORING OR SUPPORTING WORK IN THIS SECTION INDICATE LOCATIONS OF CABINET LOCKS. B. VENEER LEAVES: PROVIDE INFORMATION REGARDING VENEERS BY FLITCH, BUNDLE, AND SEQUENCE NUMBER; SHOW VENEERS FOR EACH ITEM. C. GLAZING: DETAILS FOR EACH GLASS INSTALLATION INCLUDING IDENTIFICATION AND PLACEMENT OF GLAZING TAPE OR CHANNELS, BLOCKS, SPACERS, AND GLAZING SEALANT. D. SAMPLES: 1. SUBMIT FOUR SAMPLES, MINIMUM 6" SQUARE, OF SPECIFIED TRANSPARENT OR OPAQUE FINISHES ON WOOD, AND OF PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISHES. E. MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS: COVER CLEANING PRODUCERS, ADJUSTMENTS, TOUCH-UP AND USE FOR SHOP FINISHES. INSTRUCTIONS SHALL CONTAIN MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED CLEANING MATERIALS AND APPLICATION METHODS, INCLUDING PRECAUTIONS IN USE OF CLEANING MATERIALS WHICH MAY BE DETRIMENTAL. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. DO NOT DELIVER ITEMS UNTIL SITE CONDITIONS ARE ADEQUATE TO REVIEW THE WORK. PROTECT ITEMS FROM WEATHER WHILE IN TRANSIT, AND AGAINST MOISTURE AND ABRASION AFTER DELIVERY. STORE INDOORS, IN VENTILATED AREAS WITH CONSTANT BUT MINIMUM TEMPERATURE OF 60 DEGREES F AND MAXIMUM RELATIVE HUMIDITY OF 25% TO 55%. AT LEAST SEVEN DAYS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION AND DURING INSTALLATION, MAINTAIN 70 DEGREES F AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY OF 50% TO 55%. PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. T.G.C. TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFICATION OF QUANTITIES AND CONDITIONS OF A.T.L. SUPPLIED ITEMS WHICH ARRIVE AT THE SITE. FAILURE TO DO SO IMPLIES FULL LIABILITY FOR COST OF REPLACEMENT AND SHIPPING. 2.01 MATERIALS A. MOISTURE CONTENT OF LUMBER AND PLYWOOD (AT TIME OF INSTALLATION): IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF REFERENCED STANDARDS AS APPLICABLE TO GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION OF PROJECT; THE MOST RESTRICTIVE REQUIREMENTS SHALL APPLY. B. LUMBER AND PLYWOOD: GRADED IN WITH REFERENCED STANDARD FOR QUALITY ASSURANCE: THICKNESS AS SPECIFIED HEREIN AND SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. FOR WALL OR CEILING PANELING, PROVIDE FIRE-RETARDANT TREATED CORE TO ACHIEVE CLASS A FLAME SPREAD RATING. FIRE RETARDANT SHALL NOT CAUSE STAINS IN FINISHED SYSTEM. 1.GENERAL: MATCH ARCHITECTS CONTROL SAMPLE FOR ALL WOOD FINISHES, FOR GRAINING, COLOR AND FINISH TEXTURE. 2. PLYWOOD: NATURAL FINISH: N-N, G-1, INT. NFPA PS-1-66. 3. PLYWOOD: NAFPA A-B UNIT 4. PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE: NFPA B-B UNIT 5. VENEER: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT, WITH UNIFORM APPEARANCE. A. MINIMUM THICKNESS 0.028 INCHES. B. VENEER MANUFACTURER'S MAXIMUM STANDARD THICKNESS FOR EACH SPECIE REQUIRED. 6. SPECIES FOR PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH: PREMIUM GRADE PER AWI STANDARDS, IN CONFORMANCE WITH ARCHITECT'S CONTROL SAMPLES. C. PREFINISHED WALL PANELS: FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELS, REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE ON DRAWING. PROVIDE RELATED ACCESSORIES AND COMPONENTS AS REQUIRED. D. WOOD PARTICLEBOARD: INDUSTRIAL GRADE, ANSL 1-M-3, MINIMUM 45 PSF DENSITY, APPROVED FOR PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH: SANDED FACES; FIRE-RETARDANT TREATED TO ACHIEVE CLASS A FLAME SPREAD RATING. 1. FOR FIRE RESISTIVE WORK: A. PROVIDE "DURAFLAKE FR" AS SUBSTRATE FOR PLASTIC LAMINATE AND WOOD • VENEER FINISHES. B. PROVIDE "DURACOAT FR" FOR PAINTED AND OPAQUE LACQUER FINISHES. CONTACT WILLAMETTE INDUSTRIES, ALBANY, OREGON (503) 929-3341. E. TRANSPARENT FINISHED CASEWORK: 1. AWL PREMIUM GRADE, TYPE KK SINGLE LENGTH SECTIONS. 2. CONSTRUCTION STYLE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 3. EXPOSED EDGES: HARDWOOD MATCHING VENEER AS SELECTED. F. PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERS AND CASEWORK: 1. AWL PREMIUM GRADE, TYPE 11. 2. CONSTRUCTIONS STYLE A FLUSH OVERLAY TYPE. 3. EDGES HARDWOOD 4. VENEER: A. HORIZONTAL SURFACES: GENERAL PURPOSE TYPE, PL MENA LD-3, NOMINAL 0.050" THICK. B. VERTICAL SURFACES: VERTICAL SURFACE C TYPE, PL, NEMA LD-3, NOMINAL 0.050" THICK. C. BASE: SPECIFIC PURPOSE TYPE, PL NEMA LD-3. NOMINAL 0.125" THICK. D. BACKING SHEET: HIGH-PRESSURE PAPER-BASE LAMINATE WITHOUT A DECORATIVE FINISH; MINIMUM 0.020 THICK. E. CABINET LINER: LOW-PRESSURE POLYESTER OVERLAY; MINIMUM 0.020" THICK AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION USE DORTRON ACRYLIC COATED PANELS AS MANUFACTURED BY WILLAMETTE INDUSTRIES. COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. F. INTERIOR OF CABINET DOORS: CABINET LINER; MINIMUM 0.020" THICK. COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. G. HARDBOARD: TEMPERED GRADE, PRESSED WOOD FIBER WITH BINDER, SMOOTH SURFACE. H. ADHESIVE: CONTACT TYPE, FS MM-A-130; AS APPROVED BY AWL TO SUIT APPLICATION. PROVIDE NON-PIGMENTED ADHESIVE WITH SOLID-COLOR TYPE PLASTIC LAMINATES. 1. ANCHORS, NAILS AND SCREWS: SELECT MATERIAL, TYPE, SIZE AND FINISH REQUIRED BY EACH SUBSTRATE FOR SECURE ANCHORAGE; PROVIDE TOOTHED STEEL OR LEAD EXPANSION BOLT SCREWS FOR DRILLED-IN-PLACE ANCHORS. J. WOOD FILLER: FILLER COMPATIBLE WITH FINISH SYSTEM SPECIFIED. COLOR TO MATCH WOOD BEING USED. K. ALL WOODWORK PROVIDED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL COMPLY WITH CLASS 1 FIRE RATING WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E84. PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT FOR ALL WOOD PRODUCTS. PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT LABELS ON ALL PRODUCTS. 2.02 CASEWORK HARDWARE A. PROVIDE CASEWORK HARDWARE ITEMS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION AS INDICATED. PROVIDE TYPES AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY T.G.C. 2.03 MILLWORK FABRICATION A. FABRICATE CABINETWORK AND ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK ITEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE FOLLOWING AWI REFERENCED STANDARDS. WHEN NECESSARY TO CUT AND FIT ON SITE, MAKE MATERIAL WITH AMPLE ALLOWANCE FOR CUTTING. PROVIDE TRIM FOR SCRIBING AND SITE CUTTING. 1. TRANSPARENT FINISHED WORK: PREMIUM GRADE. 2. PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISHED WORK: PREMIUM GRADE. APPLY PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH IN FULL UNINTERRUPTED SHEETS CONSISTENT WITH MANUFACTURED SIZES. CORNERS AND JOINTS SHALL BE HAIRLINE. SLIGHTLY BEVEL ARISES. WHERE APPLICABLE, LOCATE COUNTER BUTT JOINTS AT LEAST 2' FROM CUT-OUTS. APPLY LAMINATE BACKING SHEET TO REVERSE SIDE OF PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISHED SURFACES. APPLY PLASTIC LAMINATE TO ALL PLASTIC LAMINATE CABINET BASES; SCRIBE PLASTIC LAMINATE BASE TO FIT TIGHTLY AGAINST FLOOR FINISH. CAP EXPOSED PLASTIC LAMINATE EDGES WITH MATERIAL OF SAME FINISH AND PATTERN, OR SPECIFIED TRIM AS DIRECTED OR INDICATED. MECHANICALLY FASTEN BACKSPLASH TO COUNTERTOPS WITH STEEL BRACKETS AT 16" ON CENTER. SEAL CONCEALED AND SEMI-CONCEALED WOOD SURFACES. BRUSH APPLY ONLY, USING LACQUER OR VARNISH. PRIME PAINT SURFACES TO BE IN CONTACT WITH CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL, USING CLEAR MATERIAL ON MEMBERS HAVING TRANSPARENT FINISHES. PROVIDE CUTOUTS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES, INSERTS, APPLIANCES, OUTLET BOXES, AND OTHER FIXTURES AND FITTINGS. VERIFY LOCATIONS OF CUTOUTS FROM ON-SITE DIMENSIONS. PRIME PAINT CONTACT SURFACES OF CUTOUTS, USING CLEAR MATERIAL ON MEMBERS HAVING TRANSPARENT FINISHES. SHOP ASSEMBLE CABINETWORK AND ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK FOR DELIVERY TO SITE IN SIZES EASILY HANDLED AND TO ENSURE PASSAGE THROUGH BUILDING OPENINGS. REVEALS CUT INTO HARDWOOD VENEERS SHALL BE BACKED BY SOLID HARDWOOD SO NO CORE MATERIALS ARE EXPOSED. ALL VENEER SURFACES SHALL BE BLUE SPLICED; STITCHED FACES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. ALL EXPOSED PLYWOOD EDGES SHALL BE EDGE BANDED TO MATCH FACE VENEER. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. 2.04 FINISHES A. FINISHES SHALL CONFORM TO ARCHITECTS CONTROL SAMPLES. B. SHOP FINISH ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK, INCLUDING ACCESSORY MATERIALS SUCH AS METAL WORK AND GLASS, TO MAXIMUM EXTENT POSSIBLE, AND SIZES EASILY HANDLED AND TO ENSURE PASSAGE THROUGH BUILDING OPENINGS AND ELEVATOR. COORDINATE FIELD AND HOP FINISHING TO ASSURE IDENTICAL MATCH. THE REQUIRED FIELD FINISHING SHALL BE A PART OF THE WORK HERE UNDER. USE EXPOSED FASTENING DEVICES AND NAILS ONLY WHEN UNAVOIDABLE AND REVIEWED BY CLIENT. C. PLASTIC LAMINATE: AS SPECIFIED UNDER "MATERIALS" ABOVE AND AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS. D. TRANSPARENT FINISH: 1.WOOD VENEERS: AS INDICATED; MATCH CLIENT SAMPLE. 2.VENEER LAYOUT: SLIP MATCHED. 3.SHOP FINISH TO GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. 4.TRANSPARENT FINISH: AWI OR WIC PREMIUM QUALITY CLEAR FINISH WITH U.V. INHIBITOR, AS REVIEWED AND ACCEPTED BY CLIENT. FINISH: IN ALL PROJECT LOCATIONS: ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE FINISH SYSTEM #3 PREMIUM GRADE WITH MODIFICATIONS BELOW A. 1) WATER-BASED STAIN, SPRAY APPLIED. WIPE-OFF TYPE STAINS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. 2) NON-SEPARATED SEALER. 3) FILLER, IF REQUIRED. 4) SAND (220 GRIT NON-SEARTED PAPER) 5) TWO TOP COATS OF CONVERSION VARNISH. B. TYPE: FULLER O'BRIEN/FULLERPLAST CATALYZED ALKYD VARNISH SYSTEM, GUARDSMAN CHEMVEER 531- 0075, OR EQUAL. C. STAIN: COLOR TO MATCH ARCHITECT'S CONTROL SAMPLE. EFFECT: SEMI-OPEN PORE. D. SHEEN: 30 DEGREES TO 45 DEGREES SEMI-GLOSS TO MATCH CLIENT SAMPLE. E. FINISHING SHALL BE DONE BY MILLWORK MANUFACTURER. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. SET AND SECURE CABINETWORK AND ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK ITEMS IN PLACE, RIGID, PLUBM AND SQUARE, AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REFERENCED STANDARDS. 1. SHIM AS REQUIRED, USING CONCEALED SHIMS. CONTRACTOR SHALL USE SHIMS THAT CONFORM TO ALL STATE AND LOCAL CODES FOR MATERIAL COMPLIANCE. 2. USE PURPOSE-DESIGNED FIXTURE ATTACHMENTS FOR WALL-MOUNTED COMPONENTS. 3. USE THREADED STEEL CONCEALED JOINT FASTENERS TO ALIGN AND SECURE ADJOINING UNITS. 4. PERMANENTLY FIX CABINET AND COUNTER BASES TO FLOOR USING APPROPRIATE ANGLES AND ANCHORAGES. 5. COUNTERSINK SEMI-CONCEALED ANCHORAGE DEVICES USED TO WALL MOUNT COMPONENTS, AND CONCEAL WITH SOLID PLUGS OF SPECIES TO MATCH SURROUNDING WOOD. PLACE FLUSH WITH SURROUNDING SURFACES. 6. CAREFULLY SCRIBE CABINETWORK WHICH IS AGAINST OTHER BUILDING MATERIALS, LEAVING GAPS OF 1/32" MAXIMUM. DO NOT USE ADDITIONAL OVERLAY TRIM FOR THIS PURPOSE. 7. CAULK ALL EXPOSED EDGES OF OPAQUE FINISHED TRIM AND MILLWORK, AT INTERSECTION WITH GYPSUM BOARD FINISHES. 8. INSTALL AND ADJUST CABINET HARDWARE TO ENSURE SMOOTH AND CORRECT OPERATION. B. INSTALL AND ADJUST CABINET HARDWARE TO ENSURE SMOOTH AND CORRECT OPERATION. C. ENSURE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ITEMS AFFECTING ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK ARE PROPERLY PLACED, COMPLETE, AND HAVE BEEN REVIEWED BY SUPERINTENDENT PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF INSTALLATION. D. INSTALLATION OF ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK SHALL BE BY JOURNEYMAN LEVEL FINISH CARPENTER. ATTACH ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK SECURELY IN PLACE WITH UNIFORM JOINTS PROVIDING FOR THERMAL AND BUILDING MOVEMENTS. E. WOOD TRIM AND MOLDINGS: 1. USE LONG LENGTHS. FIT JOINTS TIGHTLY TOGETHER, MITERED AT INSIDE AND OUTSIDE CORNERS. 2. PROVIDE ATTACHMENT TO WALL WITH FINISHING NAILS OR OTHER APPROVED FASTENINGS, RECESSED FOR PUTTY-STOPPING. F. SECURE WORK TO GROUNDS, STRIPPING AND BLOCKING WITH COUNTERSUNK, CONCEALED FASTENERS AND BLIND NAILING AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. G. CLEANING AND TOUCH-UP. 1. CLEAN MILLWORK ON EXPOSED AND SEMI-EXPOSED SURFACES. 2. WHEN ACCEPTABLE TO CLIENT; TOUCH-UP SHOP AND FACTORY APPLIED FINISHES TO STORE DAMAGED AND SOILED ARE. 3. TOUCH-UP WORK NOT ACCEPTABLE TO CLIENT SHALL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED AS DIRECTED. H. ACCEPTABLE TOLERANCE: 1. VARIATION FROM TRUE POSITION: MAXIMUM 1/16" AT ANY POSITION AND MAXIMUM 1/8" IN ANY 100 LENGTH. 2. ADJOINING SURFACES OF SAME MATERIAL: NO VARIATION PERMITTED. 3. OFFSET WITH ABUTTING MATERIALS: MAXIMUM 1/32". 3.02 PREPARATION FOR FIELD FINISHING A. CONSISTENT WITH FINISH COATS SPECIFIED UNDER SECTION 09900 PAINTING.SAND WORK SMOOTH AND SET EXPOSED NAILS AND SCREWS. APPLY WOOD FILLER IN EXPOSED NAIL AND SCREW INDENTATIONS AND LEAVE READY TO RECEIVE SITE-APPLIED FINISHES. B. SEAL CONCEALED AND SEMI-CONCEALED SURFACES; BRUSH APPLY ONLY, USING PRIMER 3.03 WORKMANSHIP A. COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE REFERENCED STANDARDS. COMPLETED WORK SHALL BE RIGID, PLUMB OR LEVEL, AS APPROPRIATE. WORK SHALL BE FREE FROM DAMAGE, FLAWS, BLEMISHES OR OTHER DEFECTS. WORK SHALL BE UNIFORM IN COLOR AND FINISH. END OF SECTION SECTION 07115 SHEET WATERPROOFING A. WHERE THERE IS A TOILET ROOM ON A LEVEL OVER ANOTHER OCCUPIED LEVEL. G.G. TO PROVIDE AN ELASTIC, WATERPROOF MEMBRANE IN THE SAID TOILET ROOM TO PREVENT MOISTURE PENETRATION TO THE SPACE BELOW. END OF SECTION SECTION 07200 THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. BUILDING INSULATION - THERMAL, RIGID, EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE, FIBERGLAS BATT W/ PAPER FACED VAPOR BARRIER. 1.02 PRODUCT HANDLING A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR HANDLING, STORAGE AND PROTECTION DURING INSTALLATION. B. DELIVER MATERIALS TO PROJECT SITE IN MANUFACTURER'S ORIGINAL PACKAGING. STORE MATERIALS OFF GROUND. PROTECT AGAINST WEATHER, CONDENSATION AND DAMAGE. IMMEDIATELY REMOVE DAMAGED MATERIAL FROM PROJECT SITE. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C665 MINERAL FIBER BLANKET THERMAL INSULATION FOR LIGHT FRAME CONSTRUCTION AND MANUFACTURED HOUSING. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. OWENS-CORNING FIBERGLASS CORP. (OCF), JOHNS-MANVILLE, OR U.S. GYPSUM CO. 2.02 MATERIALS A. THERMAL INSULATION: FOR CONCEALED SPACES, ASTM C665 INCOMBUSTIBLE FIBERGLASS OR MINERAL FIBER BATTS OR BLANKETS, EQUIVALENT TO UNFACED OR KRAFT PAPER FACED BUILDING INSULATION OF OCF. MATERIAL SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT THICKNESS TO PROVIDE R-13 INSULATION VALUE FOR EXTERIOR WALLS AND SOFFITS AND R-19 AT ROOF, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAVVINGS. FOR EXPOSED SPACES, INCLUDING AREAS ABOVE FINISHED CEILINGS USED AS RETURN AIR PLENUMS, ASTM C665 INCOMBUSTIBLE FIBERGLASS OR MINERAL BATTS OR BLANKETS, WITH FLAME SPREAD OF 25 OR LESS AND SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF 50 OR LESS, EQUIVALENT TO FOIL FACED FS-25 BUILDING INSULATION OF OCF. MATERIAL SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT THICKNESS TO PROVIDE R-14 INSULATION VALUE FOR EXTERIOR WALLS AND SOFFITS AND R-19 AT ROOF, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. B. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: METAL CLIPS, XINC COATED WIRES, ADHESIVES OR OTHER DEVICES FOR ANCHORING INSULATION TO FRAMING SHALL BE TYPES AS RECOMMENDED BY INSULATION MANUFACTURER OR AS REQUIRED BY BUILDING CODE. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. EXAMINE AREAS WHICH RECEIVE INSULATION TO INSURE PROTECTION AGAINST INCLEMENT WEATHER DURING AND AFTER INSTALLATION. EXAMINE SPACE ALLOCATED FOR INSULATION FOR PROPER DEPTH TO RECEIVE MATERIAL CORRECT UNSUITABLE CONDITIONS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH INSTALLATION. 3.02 INSTALLATION A.FOLLOWING MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION PROCEDURES. FIT INSULATION SNUGLY BETWEEN FRAMING. TAPE SEAL BUTT ENDS, TEAR OR CUTS. MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF INSTALLATION OVER INTIRE AREA TO BE INSTALLED. INSULATE SMALL AREAS BETWEEN CLOSELY SPACED FRAMING MEMBERS. DO NOT COMPRESS INSTALLATION IN EXCESS OF 10 % INSULATION FULL THICKNESS OVER ENTIRE SURFACE TO BE INSULATED 1. THERMAL INSULATION AT VERTICAL SURFACES: INSTALL BETWEEN FRAMING WITH A FRICTION FIT FOR UNFACED MATERIALS AND WITH STAPLED FLANGES AT FACED MATERIALS. PROVIDE WIRES, CLIPS, PINS, ETC., AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT SAGGING. 2. THERMAL INSULATION AT HORIZONTAL SURFACE: LAY OVER CEILING OR STRUCTURE SYSTEM WHERE NOTED. INSTALL BETWEEN FRAMING WITH STAPLED FLANGES AT FACED MATERIALS. ATTACH TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE WHERE NOTED, USING WIRES, CLIPS, PINS, ETC., AS REQUIRED TO ASSURE INTEGRITY OF INSTALLATION BLANKET SYSTEM. END OF SECTION SECTION 07900 CAULKING & SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. THIS SECTION CONTAINS SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS PERTAINING TO ALL SEALANTS AND CAULKING THROUGH THE PROJECT, AND BECOMES A PART OF ALL SECTIONS CONTAINING REFERENCE TO THIS SECTION, OR WHERE MATERIALS OF THE TYPES SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION ARE REQUIRED BY THE DRAWINGS WITH THE SAME FORCE AND EFFECT AS IF WRITTEN IN FULL IN EACH SECTION 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. SAMPLES: SUBMIT SAMPLES OF VARIOUS TYPES AND COLORS OF MATERIALS SPECIFIED OR INTENDED FOR USE ON THIS PROJECT. 1.03 PRODUCT HANDLING A. DELIVER MATERIALS TO THE PROJECT OR PLACE OF APPLICATION IN ORIGINAL UNOPENED CONTAINERS BEARING MANUFACTURER'S NAME AND PRODUCT DESIGNATION. STORE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. DO NOT USE MATERIALS UPON WHICH THE SELF LIFE DATE HAS EXPIRED. REMOVE THESE MATERIALS PROMPTLY FROM THE PROJECT SITE. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SEALANT MATERIALS A. USE SEALANTS OF THE FOLLOWING TYPES AND MANUFACTURER AS REQUIRED BY THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. B. COLORS FOR ALL SEALANTS SHALL BE AS SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT FROM THE MANUFACTURER'S STOCK COLORS. C. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING THE SEALANTS PROPOSED BY VARIOUS INTERFACING TRADES AS REQUIRED TO ASSURE ABSOLUTE COMPATIBILITY OF SEALANTS. 2.02 SEALANT TYPES A. FOR INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR HORIZONTAL APPLICATION SUBJECT TO PEDESTRIAN OR VEHICULAR TRAFFIC. 1. SEALANT COMPOUND SHALL BE TWO PART POLYURETHANE-BASE SEALANT OF SELF-LEVELING PER-GRADE CONSISTENCY AT SLOPES UP TO 1-1/2 %, AND GUN GRADE FOR STEEPER SLOPES. A. FEDERAL SPECIFICATION TT-S227E B. "SHORE A" HARDNESS OF CURED SEALANT SHALL BE 40 + 5. 2. FOR SELF LEVELING GRADES A. SIKALEX 2C/SL. B. SONOLASTIC PAVING JOINT SEALANT. C. TREMCO THC 900. D. VULKEM 245. 3. FOR GUN GRADE A. SIKALEX 2C/NS B. SONOLASTIC NP11 C. TREMCO THC 901 B. FOR ACOUSTICAL SEALANT, COORDINATE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF SECTIONS 09250. 1. INMONT COMPANY "PRESTITE 579.64". 2. TREMCO ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. 3. UNITED STATES GYPSUM ACOUSTICAL SEALANT 4. W.W. HENRY TYPE 313 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. C. FOR EXPANSION JOINT SEALER USE WHEN THE SEALER IS CONCEALED IN THE FINISHED WORK SUCH AS AT TELESCOPING JOINTS IN WINDOW FRAMES, GUTTERS, FASCIAS, GRAVEL STOPS, ETC., NON-DRYING BUTYL: 1. PT1 707 2. TREMOCO CURTIN WALL SEALER. D. FOR JOINTS IN PRECAST CONCRETE, PREFINISHED METAL PANELS; VALKEM 922. ENTRANCES, AND OPENINGS IN EXTERIOR WALLS REQUIRED TO BE POINTED WITH SEALANT, USE DOW CORNING 790. E. FOR JOINTS IN GLASS A METAL SURFACES OF WALLS AND OTHER VERTICAL AND SLOPING SURFACES: 1. GENERAL ELECTRIC 1200. 2. DOW CORNING 790. F. FOR JOINTS IN GYPSUM WALLBOARD, WOOD AND LAMINATED PLASTICS: 1. GENERAL ELECTRIC SILPRUF 2. DOW CORNING 795. 2.03 INCIDENTAL MATERIALS A. STAINING CHARACTERISTICS: DO NOT USE JOINT FILLER PRIMER OR OTHER MATERIALS WHICH WOULD STAIN THE SEALANT AND THE MATERIALS TO WHICH THEY ARE APPLIED B. COMPRESSIBLE JOINT FILLER: TAYLOR FOAM, OPEN CELL POLYETHYLENE, OR OTHER COMPATIBLE RESILIENT MATERIAL. RECOMMENDED BY THE SEALANT MANUFACTURER FOR USE IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SEALANT. DO NOT USE JOINT FILLERS WHICH ARE SUBJECT TO DETERIORATION THROUGH CONTACT WITH THE SEALANT OR REQUIRED PRIMERS. C. BOND-BREAKER TAPE: WRINKLED OR SMOOTH FACED MASKING TAPE, OR OTHER ADHESIVE FACED TAP PRODUCT WHICH IS ADAPTABLE TO INSTALLATION IN THE BOTTOM OF A SOLID-BACKED JOINT. D. PRIMERS: AS RECOMMENDED BY THE SEALANT MANUFACTURER FOR USE IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SEALANT FOR APPLICATION ONTO THE VARIOUS TYPES OF MATERIALS TO WHICH THE SEALANT APPLIED. WHEN THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS MAKE REFERENCE TO USE OF PRIMERS OR SPECIAL SURFACE PREPARATIONS, COMPLY WITH THESE INSTRUCTIONS. CLEANERS, WHERE REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS IN LIEU OF PROMERS, SHALL BE OF THE TYPE AND KIND RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. E. LEAD WOOL: GINE GAUGE STRANDS OF LEAD ADAPTABLE TO PACKING AND REGLET TO FORM ANCHORAGE FOR SHEET METAL EXTENDED INTO REGLET. F. PREFORMED COMPRESSIBLE JOINT FILLER: STANDARD BRAND CONFORMING TO ASTM D1752, TYPE II OR II, OR HOMEX EXPANSION JOINT. MANUFACTURED BY HOMASOTE CO. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. CUT OUT DEFECTIVE EXISTING SEALANTS AND EXISTING SEALANTS NOT COMPLYING WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THICKNESS, INCLUDING EXISTING BACKING. CLEAN METALS AT JOINTS WITH SOLVENTS AS REQUIRED A PRODUCING ABSOLUTELY CLEAN SUBSTRATES. WHERE NEW SEALANT IS TO ADJOIN, WITH REMAINING CUT EDGES OF EXISTING CURED SEALANT WITH MEK. 3.02 APPLICATION A.ACCURATELY POSITION JOINT FILLER WITHIN THE JOINT TO ESTABLISH AND CONTROL THE UNIFORM DESIGNATED THICKNESS OF SEALANT. EXERCISE CARE IN THE INSTALLATION OF JOINT BACKING TO SEE THAT THE BACKING IS NOT TO SET TOO FAR BELOW SURFACE, THEREBY INCREASING THE DEPTH OF THE SEALANT. B.APPLY MATERIAL WITH SUFFICIENT PRESSURE TO COMPLETELY FILL THE VOID SPACE AND TO ASSURE COMPLETE WETTING OF THE CONTACT AREA TO OBTAIN UNIFORM ADHESION. DURING APPLICATION, DEEP TIP OF NOZZLE AT BOTTOM OF JOINT, FORCING SEALANT TO FILL FROM BOTTOM TO TOP. MOVE TIP ALONG JOINT TO COMPLETELY FILL FROM FLUSH WITH ADJACENT SURFACE UNLESS DETAILED OTHERWISE. C.PERFORM JOINT PREPARATION, INCLUDING CLEANING AND PRIMING, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. WHEN SOLVENTS ARE USED, WIPE THE DISSOLVED CONTAMINANT AND SOLVENT FROM THE SURFACE. D.INSTALL BOND-BREAKER TAPE TO PREVENT BONDING OF THE SEALANT WITH THE BACKING OR BOTTOM OF THE JOINT. E. DO NOT ALLOW SEALANTS TO REMAIN ON EXPOSED SURFACES. REMOVE ALL RECOMMENDATIONS. END OF SECTION SECTION 08110 KNOCK-DOWN STEEL DOOR FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. RATED AND NON-RATED ADJUSTABLE OR SINCE PIECE FACTORY PRIMED FINISH INTERIOR USE STEEL ROLL-FORM OR BRAKE FRAMES FOR STEEL AND WOOD DOORS: PREPARED TO RECEIVE SCHEDULED HARDWARE. 1.02 QUALITY STANDARDS A. TO MEET INDUSTRY STANDARDS FOR KNOCK-DOWN STEEL FRAMES. B. UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES INC. (UL) OR FACTORY MUTUAL (FM) STANDARDS AS APPLICABLE TO FIRE RATED SOLID CORE WOOD DOORS AND KNOCK-DOWN-ROLL-FORM OR BREAK METAL DRYWALL FRAMES. C. KNOCK-DOWN FRAMES ARE NOT TO BE CONSIDERED LOAD BEARING FOR SUPPORT OF METAL OR WOOD STUD WALLS ABOVE. WALLS AT HEADS OF DOOR OPENINGS MUST BE FULLY SELF SUPPORTING FROM THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. DOUBLE JAMB METAL STUDS ARE TO BE SOLIDLY ANCHORED TO THE CONCRETE FLOOR, WITH GALVANIZED STEEL 16 GA. JAMB CLIP FLOOR KNEES. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS: INDICATE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION, CONFIGURATION, JOINTING METHODS, AND FRAME REINFORCING. B. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE FOR ARCHITECTS REVIEW. SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. C. SUBMIT COMPLETE COLOR CHIPS, AND FRAME SECTION SAMPLES. D. PROTECT FRAMES 1MTH RESILIENT PACKAGING SEALED WITH HEAT SHRUNK PLASTIC. BREAK SEAL ON-SITE TO PERMIT VENTILATION. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. ALL INTERIOR DRYWALL KNOCK-DOWN STEEL ROLL FORM FRAMES, MANUFACTURED BY TIMELY INDUSTRIES, STEELCRAFT, CECO, OR APPROVED EQUAL. 2.02 FABRICATIONS A. ADJUSTABLE STEEL ROLL-FOR OR BREAK FRAMES TO BE FABRICATED TO STANDARD PROFILES INDICATED IN DRAWINGS AND AS SHOWN IN MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE. B. PROVIDE PRODUCTS AS FOLLOWS. HEAT TREATED CLIPS FOR CASING ATTACHMENT. OVAL ALIGNMENT SLOTS FOR TOOL INSERTION FOR FRAME ALIGNMENT. PRE-DRILLED HOLES IN FRAME PERIMETER FOR FASTENERS. 14 GA. HINGE REINFORCEMENT PLATES WITH PIERCED SCREW HOLES FOR MINIMUM 3/16" THREAD PENETRATION DEPTH. CORNERS ALIGNERS FOR CASING. ADJUSTABLE STRIKE (FOR CYLINDER LOCKS) 2.03 INTERIOR FRAME TYPES A. SERIES "A" FRAMES, 18 GA. FOR NON-RATED DOOR OPENING WIDTHS 3'-0" TO 6'-0". B. SERIES "C" FRAMES, 18 GA, FOR NON-RATED PARTITIONS FITTING STANDARD PREFABRICATED FRAMES MAY BE ORDERED TO SIZE REQUIRED. C. SERIES "S" FRAMES, 18 GA. FOR U.L. RATED DOOR OPENINGS. 2.04 FINISHES A. FACTORY PRIMED FINISH APPLIED TO STEEL IN COILS, PRIOR TO ROLL FORMING FRAMES. AEROSOL PAINT CANS TO BE SUPPLIED FOR FIELD TOUCH-UPS OR FACTORY PRIMED FRAMES. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. VERIFY THAT ALL PARTITION WALL OPENINGS ARE PROPERLY FRAMED, BRACED, AND DRYWALL FULLY TAPED, BEDDED AND SANDED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF FRAMES. AFTER FRAME INSTALLATION IS COMPLETE, COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF ANY APPLIED WALL FINISHES OR WALL COVERINGS. AFTER FINISHES ARE APPLIED, INSTALL THE SNAP ON CASING COVER TRIM. B. INSTALL DOOR FRAMES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD INSTALLATION GUIDES. INSTALL PLUMB AND SQUARE. INSTALL FRAMES USING DOORS AS A TEMPLATE TO ASSURE PERFECT ALIGNMENT. C. AFTER INSTALLATION, TOUCH UP SCRATCHED FRAME SURFACES. MAKE ANY MINOR FIELD REPAIRS ON FRAMES SLIGHTLY DAMAGED DURING INSTALLATION REPLACE ANY FRAMES SHOWN TO BE DEFECTIVE OR DAMAGED PRIOR TO THE PROJECT CLOSE-OUT AS STATED IN THE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WARRANTY. 3.02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. MAKE ANY REQUIRED FINAL ADJUSTMENTS OF THE DOOR FRAME, THE DOOR FIT, BALANCE, AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT. END OF SECTION SECTION 08210 WOOD DOORS PART 1- GENERAL "ALL DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH CURRENT A.D.A. REGULATIONS" 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. STANDARD TYPE SOLID CORE WOOD DOORS WITH FLUSH FACES 1.02 WORK INCLUDED B. REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND THE FOLLOWING UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 1. AWI - ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE AND WIC--WOODWORK PREMIUM GRADE PER AWI OR WIC STANDARDS. 2. NWDA - NATIONAL WOOD WINDOW AND DOOR ASSOCIATION INDUSTRY STANDARD 1-S.1 SERIES FOR WOOD DOORS. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS: INDICATE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION, SPECIFIED RAIL SIZES AND LOCATIONS, JOINTING METHODS, HARDWARE BLOCKING AND HARDWARE LOCATIONS. B. PRODUCT DATA: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD LITERATURE AND SPECIFICATIONS. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. BUELL, EGGERS, ALGIMA OR WEYERHAEUSER ii)%k. sof) CODE COMPLANCE APPROVFD • 1 .6 2110 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 11 2010 PERMIT CENTER DESCRIPTION 0 0 a 0 cti 0 ;.d 1- 0 tz 0_ 0_ z 0_ a a 5 0 (1) Q tu z 0 4 4 z 0 0 1- DR A WN E 1- 0 IQ EK CHECK: EEK JOB NO: 10-014 ,A_92 OF: - SHEETS 2.02 DOORS A. FLUSH INTERIOR DOORS (TRANSPARENT FINISH)I1-3/4" THICK; SOLID CORE 5 PLY WHEN COMPLETED BY OTHERS, HOT PRESS LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION WITH STILES AND RAILS BONDED TO CORE; PREMIUM GRADE PER AWI OR WIC STANDARDS. VENEER: QUARTER SAWN WHITE MAPLE. B. FLUSH INTERIOR DOORS ( PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH): 1-3/4" THICK; SOLID CORE 5 PLY, HOT PRESS LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION WITH STILES AND RAILS BONDED TO CORE; CUSTOM GRADE PER AWI OR1MC STANDARDS; FACE VENEERS AND VERTICAL EDGE BANDS SHALL BE PG BIRCH. C. FLUSH INTERIOR DOORS (OPAQUE FINISH): 1-3/4" THICK; 5 PLY, HOT PRESS LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION WITH STILES AND RAILS BONDED TO CORE; CUSTOM GRADE PER AWI OR WIC STANDARDS. FACE VENEER OR "SOUND" GRADE BIRCH OR OTHER DENSE CLOSE GRAIN HARDWOOD, OR A PAINTABLE MEDIUM DENSITY PLASTIC OVERLAY. FAE VENEER SHALL BE AT LEAST 1/50" THICK BEFORE FILLED SANDING AND BE UNIFORM IN PLANE, COLOR AND FINISH. 2.03 FABRICATION A. FABRICATE DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ABOVE REFERENCED QUALITY STANDARDS AND AS MODIFIED HEREIN. SOLID CORE DOOR STILES AND RAILS: 1. STILES: NOT LESS THAT 1" + 1/16 ", MILL OPTION, EXCEPT CLEAR WHITE BIRCH WHERE OVERSIZE BOTTOM RAILS OCCUR. 2. RAILS: ALL BOTTOM AND TOP RAILS SHALL BE 6" + 1/16", MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD HARDWOOD. 3. STILES AND RAILS SHALL MEET PERFORMANCE CRITERIA AS REQUIRED BY AWL. B. BEVEL STRIKE EDGE OF SINGLE-ACTING DOORS, 1/8' IN 2". RADIUS STRIKE EDGE OF DOUBLE ACTING SWING DOORS AS RECOMMENDED BY HARDWARE MANUFACTURER. C. HARDWARE REINFORCEMENT BLOCKING: IN ADDITION TO STILES AND RAILS AS SPECIFIED, PROVIDE SOLID WOOD BLOCKING FOR MOUNRINF ALL DOOR HARDWARE, INCLUDING SPECIAL DOOR CLOSERS OR PIVOTS ID INDICATED NO THROUGHBOLTS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO PERMANENTLY MOUNT HARDWARE ON DOOR. IF BLOCKING IS NOT PRACTICAL, PROVIDE STAVE GLUED LOW DENSITY LUMBER CORE OR SOLID PARTICLE IF BOARD CORE WITH MINIMUM 32 PCF DENSITY CONFORMING TO TYPE 1, DENSITY C, CLASS OF CS236, HOT PRESS RESIN BONDED. REFER TO SECTION 08700 FOR. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL WOOD DOORS PLUMB AND SQUARE, WITH MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTORATION OF 1/16", AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REFERENCED STANDARDS.INSTALL HARDWARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 08700. B. UNDERCUT ALL DOORS AT JOB SITE TO CLEAR TOP OF FLOOR FINISHED W UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. INSTALL DOORS WITH 1/8" CLEARANCE ALL AROUND, INCLUDING 1/8" ABOVE THRESHOLD. C. TOUCH UP SHOP FINISHES AS REQUIRED TO ASSURE COMPLETE INTEGRITY OF FINISH SYSTEM. REPLACE DOORS WHERE DAMAGES ARE IN EXCESS OF REPAIRS WHICH MAY BE CORRECTED BY TOUCH UP PROCESS. D. THE COMPLETED WORK SHALL BE RIDGED, PLUMB OR LEVEL AS APPROPRIATE; FREE FROM DAMAGE, FLAWS, BLEMISHES OR OTHER DEFECTS DETRIMENTAL TO APPEARANCE; HAVE JOINTS IN PROPER POSITION AND ALIGNMENT AND UNIFORM IN PLANE, COLOR AND FINISH. END OF SECTION SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS, INCLUDING GLASS, ANCHORS, SHIMS, SEALANTS, SILICONE, ETC, AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. AAMA METAL CRUTIN WALL, WINDOW, STOREFRONT AND ENTRANCE GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS MANUAL. B. NAAM METAL FINISHES MANUAL. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS: INDICATE IN DETAIL THE LAYOUT AND FABRICATION OF ALL UNITS, ANCHORS FINISH AND RELATIONSHIP WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. B. SHOPS SUBMITTED BY WEEK 2 OF CONSTRUCTION. 1. INDICATE MATERIALS, FINISHES, SIZES, PROFILES, MOLDINGS, METHODS OR ANCHORING, ASSEMBLY, ERECTION, ISOLATION, AND SEALANT. 2. INCLUDE MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICAL AND STRUCTURAL DATA AND STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS TO DEMONSTRATE THAT MATERIALS PROPOSED FOR USE CONFORM TO LOAD AND DEFLECTING REQUIREMENTS. 3. GLAZING: DETAILS FOR EAH GLASS INSTALLATION INCLUDING IDENTIFICATION AND PLACEMENT OF GLAZING TAPE OF CHANNELS, BLOCKS, SPACERS, AND GLAZING SEALANT. C. SAMPLES: 1. ALUMINUM: ALUMINUM EXTRUDED SECTION WITH SPECIFIED FINISH. 2. GLASS AND GLAZING MATERIALS: 4" SQUARE SAMPLES OF EACH TYPE OF GLASS, AND REPRESENTATIVE SAMPLES OF GLAZING ACCESSORIES SPECIFIED. 3. CURED SEALANT AND SILICONE COLORS. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. CONFORM TO EXTRUDED SECTIONS INDICATED, FASTENERS OF ALUMINUM OR EQUAL 1. FASTENERS: PLACE NO FASTENERS ON EXPOSED SURFACES UNLESS APPROVED ON SHOP DRAWINGS. 2. DRAINAGE: PROVIDE INCONSPICUOUS WEEP HOLES OR EQUIVALENT METHOD TO INSURE POSITIVE DRAINAGE OR INTERNAL MOISTURE TO EXTERIOR. B. WIND LOAD AND DEFLECTION: 1. DESIGN TO WITHSTAND CODE REQUIRED WIND LOADS WITHOUT BUCKLING, DISTORTION, OR DISTRESS, AND WITH MAXIMUM DEFLECTION OF 1/180 OF UNSUPPORTED LENGTH, EXCEPT MINIMUM WIND LOADING SHALL BE 20 PSF WHERE CODE ALLOWS LESSER LOAD. 2. PROVIDE BENT PLATE OR ROLLED STEEL INTERVAL STIFFENERS WITH HEAVY BITUMINOUS COATING TO ISOLATE FROM ALUMINUM. 3. GLASS EDGE BEARINGS AND CLEARANCES SHALL CONFORM TO CODE A. PROVIDE FOR EXPANSION AND CONSTRUCTION THROUGH AN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE OF FROM 20 DEGREES TO 150 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT MINIMUM. B. MATERIALS: 1. GLASS: CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS. STOREFRONT FABRICATOR TO ENGINEER SYSTEM FOR REQUIRED LOADS TO DETERMINE IF 1/2" OR %" THICKNESS IS REQUIRED 2. GLAZED CHANNELS: EXTRUDED VINYL OR NEOPRENE COLORED TO MATCH ADJACENT ALUMINUM. 3. LOCKS AND SPACES: PLASTIC OR SYNTHETIC RUBBER TYPES, NOMINAL TO 90 DUROMETER. 4. SEALANT FOR STOP GLAZING: TREMCO 440 TAPE OR PPG 1072 TAPE COLORED TO MATCH ADJACENT ALUMINUM. 5. SEALANT AND STRUCTURAL SILICONE: "795" BY DOW CORNING 6. SEALANT BACK MATERIAL: AS REQUIRED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER C. FINISH: FLUOROCARBON COATING, KYNAR 500 BY PENWALT CORP. 1.2 MIL THICKNESS FOR EXTERIOR AND SILICONE POLYESTER, 50% MINIMUM SILICONE RESIN CONTENT, FOR INTERIOR; ALL CUSTOM COLORS. D. FABRICATION: 1. ACCURATELY FORM AND FIT METAL TO DIMENSIONS, SHAPES AND DETAILS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS, AND MANUFACTURER'S DETAILS OF APPROVED ITEMS. 2. FURNISH EXTRUDED MEMBERS WITH TRUE, STRAIGHT, SHARP LINES AND ANGLES, FREE OF FRACTURES OF FLAWS. 3. BRAKE-FORMED SECTIONS MAY NOT BE SUBSTITUTED FOR REQUIRED EXTRUDED SHAPES. 4. DO NOT USE SCRATCHED, GOUGED, TWISTED, DENTED OR OTHERWISE DEFECTIVE MATERIALS. 5. JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS: ACCURATELY COPE AND JOINT CONNECTION MEMBERS TO A HAIRLINE FIT. EXCEPT AT REQUIRED OFFSETS, CONSTRUCT EXPOSED SURFACES WITH FLUSH JOINTS. A. MECHANICALLY ASSEMBLED JOINTS: PROVIDE CONCEALED REINFORCING SHAPES AND ACCESSORIES, OF TYPE AND DESIGN TO EQUAL OR EXCEED THE STRENGTH OF THE STRONGEST MEMBER CONNECTED USE ALUMINUM, NON-MAGNETIC STAINLESS STEEL, OR ZINC-COATED STEEL THAT IS CAREFULLY ISOLATED. B. WELDED JOINTS: PERFORM WELDING BY INERT GAS SHIELDED ARC METHOD OR FLUXLESS RESISTANCE WELDING METHOD IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARENT METAL MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED RECOMMENDATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS HEREIN. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 ERECTION A. INSTALL SQUARE, PLUMB AND IN TRUE ALIGNMENT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH DETAILS AND APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS; SURFACES FREE FROM DENTS, BUCKLES, DIMPLES, OR OTHER DEFECTS, ANCHOR FRAMES AND OTHER ITEMS SECURELY TO CONTIGUOUS CONSTRUCTION TO RESULT IN A RIGID INSTALLATION AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIRED SAFETY FACTORS. WHERE ANCHORAGE INVOLVE OTHER WORK, PROVIDE SETTING DRAWINGS FOR PROPER INSTALLATION. B. SEAL METAL-TO-METAL JOINTS TO PREVENT THE ENTRANCE OF WATER EXCEPT AT POINTS WHERE FRAME MEMBERS ARE DESIGNATED TO DRAIN WATER TO THE EXTERIOR. AT JUNCTURE BETWEEN FRAMES AND ADJACENT MATERIALS, SEAL ENTIRE PERIMETER ON BOTH SIDES. C. PROTECTION OF CONTACT SURFACES: PROTECT ALUMINUM SURFACES IN CONTACT WITH DISSIMILAR METALS OR WITH INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS SUCH AS CONCRETE AND OTHER CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS, BY PAINTING CONTACT SURFACES WITH BITUMINOUS PAINT BEFORE INSTALLATION OR ISOLATION WITH NON-ABSORPTIVE TAPE OR GASKETS. D. EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION: INSTALL ALUMINUM WORK SO AS TO AVOID OBJECTIONABLE DISTORTION OR OVERSTRESS OF PARTS AND FASTENINGS RESULTING FROM THERMAL EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION. E. GLAZING: 1. DETERMINE GLASS SIZES AND EDGE CLEARANCE BY MEASURING ACTUAL OPENINGS. 2. SET GLASS ON GLAZING BLOCKS TO EQUALLY SUPPORT THE FULL GLASS WEIGHT AND PREVENT ANY GIVE OR FRACTURE. 3. SET GLASS WITH SPECIFIED MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SHOP DRAWINGS AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 4. NEED WEEP HOLES AND PROPER AVENUES FOR RUN OFF. 3.02 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. AFTER INSTALLATION, CLEAN METAL AND GLASS SURFACES ON BOTH INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR OF ALL MORTAR, PLASTER, PAINT AND OTHER CONTAMINANTS. USE NO ABRASIVES. AFTER BEING CLEANED, ALL WORK SHALL BE PROTECTED AGAINST DAMAGE UNTIL DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. END OF SECTION SECTION 08411 SECURITY GATE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER'S VENDOR. COORDINATE WORK SO THAT ALL ADJACENT WALLS ARE REPAIRED, PATCHED, SANDED AND PAINTED AFTER INSTALLATION, ALL OTHER AREAS ARE REPAIRED IF NECESSARY AND GATES AND SURROUNDING AREA ARE CLEAN AND FREE OF EXCESS PAINT. SECTION 08700 HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 1. HARDWARE FOR STEEL FRAMES, ALUMINUM FRAMES, WOOD FRAMES, STEEL AND WOOD DOORS. 2. METAL THRESHOLDS, SEALS, DOOR BOTTOMS, ASTRAGALS AND MUTES. 3. CYLINDERS FOR DOORS FABRICATED WITH LOCKING HARDWARE. 4. HARDWARE GROUPS 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. SECTION 06400: ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK. B. SECTION 08110: STEEL DOORS & FRAMES. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. SCHEDULES: 1. SUBMIT SCHEDULE INDICATING EACH TYPE OF HARDWARE FOR EACH DOOR. 2. LIST MANUFACTURER'S NAME WITH EACH MANUFACTURER'S HARDWARE NUMBER TOGETHER WITH FINISHES IN US STANDARDS. 3. MANUFACTURER'S FINISH DESIGNATIONS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: 1. INDICATE LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF EACH TYPE OF HARDWARE. 2. SUPPLY TEMPLATES TO DOOR AND FRAME MANUFACTURERS TO ENABLE PROPER AND ACCURATE SIZING AND LOCATIONS OF CUT-OUTS FOR HARDWARE. 3. DETAIL ANY CONDITIONS REQUIRING CUSTOM EXTENDED LIP STRIKES, OR ANY OTHER SPECIAL OR CUSTOM CONDITIONS. C. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT TWO MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG CUTS OF EVERY ITEM FURNISHED FOR THIS PROJECT. SHOW ALL FINISHES, SIZES, CATALOG NUMBERS AND PICTURES. EXPLAIN FULLY ALL ABBREVIATIONS. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A ALL HARDWARE SHALL BE NEW AND FREE FROM DEFECTS AFFECTING SERVICEABILITY AND APPEARANCE. WORKING PARTS SHALL BE WELL FITTED, SMOOTH-WORKING AND WITHOUT EXCESSIVE PLAY. B. ALL MATERIALS OR PRODUCTS SPECIFIED HEREIN AND/OR INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS BY TRADE NAME, MANUFACTURE'S NAME OR CATALOG NUMBER SHALL BE PROVIDED AS SPECIFIED. C. SUPPLIER: RECOGNIZED BUILDERS HARDWARE SUPPLIER WITH MINIMUM FIVE YEARS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE IN SCHEDULING AND FURNISHING HARDWARE PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY. PROVIDE SERVICES OF ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE CONSULTANT TO SUPERVISE HARDWARE SCHEDULING AND INSTALLATION. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. ALL HARDWARE LISTED OR FURNISHES SHALL MEET REQUIREMENTS OF FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THIS INSTALLATION. ANY ITEMS FURNISHED OR INSTALLED THAT DO NOT MEET CODE REQUIREMENTS, SHALL BE REMOVED AND PROPER ITEMS SUBSTITUTED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST. REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1. ACCESS FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES: FOR PROJECTS LOCATED IN CALIFORNIA, COMPLY WITH CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 24; PROJECTS IN ALL LOCATIONS: COMPLY WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES (ADA-AG) 2. ANSI A117.1 -SPECIFICATIONS FOR MAKING BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES ACCESSIBLE TO AND USABLE BY PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED PEOPLE. 3. NFPA 101. 4. ANSI A117.1. 5. NFPA 252. 6. FIRE RATED DOORS: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 80 AND APPLICABLE CODES FOR FIRE RATED DOOR HARDWARE. PROVIDE HARDWARE BEARING UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORY (UL) LABELS. 7. DOORS INDICATED IN FIRE RATED PARTITIONS AND WALLS SHALL BE POSITIVE LATCHING AND SELF CLOSING WITH SMOKE GASKETS. B. PRODUCTS REQUIRING ELECTRICAL CONNECTION: LISTED AND CLASSIFIED BY UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES, INC., OR A TESTING FIRM ACCEPTABLE TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, AS SUITABLE FOR THE PURPOSE SPECIFIED AND INDICATED. C. FIRE-RATED OPENINGS: PROVIDE HARDWARE FOR FIRE-RATED OPENING SIN COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 80. THIS REQUIREMENT TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER OTHER REQUIREMENTS FOR HARDWARE. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. DELIVER, STORE, PROTECT AND HANDLE PRODUCTS TO SITE UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 01600. PACKAGE HARDWARE ITEMS INDIVIDUALLY; LABEL AND IDENTIFY EACH PACKAGE WITH DOOR OPENING CODE TO MATCH HARDWARE SCHEDULE. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 HARDWARE ITEMS SEE DRAWINGS FOR HARDWARE GROUPS, GROUP LOCATIONS AND DOOR TYPES. A. HINGES: SIZE AND TYPE: 1. DOORS 1-3/4 INCHES THICK AND UP TO 36 INCHES WIDE: 4-1/2 INCH HEAVY WEIGHT TYPE. 2. DOORS 1-3/4 INCHES THICK AND 37 INCHES TO 48 INCHES WIDE: 4-1/2 INCH HEAVY WEIGHT BALL OR OILITE BEARING TYPE. 3. DOORS 2 INCHES THICK AND/OR OVER 48 INCHES WIDE: 6 INCHES HEAVY WEIGHT BALL OR OILITE BEARING. 4. PROVIDE BALL BEARING OR OILITE BEARING HINGES AT DOOR WITH CLOSERS. 5. PROVIDE WIDTHS SUFFICIENT TO CLEAR TRIM PROJECTIONS WHEN DOOR SWINGS 180 DEGREES. PROVIDE WIDTHS TO ALLOW ALIGNMENT WITH ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES AT THE ANGLE INDICATED, WHERE DOORS SWING 180 DEGREES OR 90 DEGREES, AND ARE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 6. PROVIDE MINIMUM 3 HINGES TO 90 INCHES HIGH AND HINGES TO 120 INCHES HIGH FOR EACH DOOR LEAF, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY INDICATED. 7. SECURITY GATE: ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: RETAIL SECURITY (530) 677-7252 MODEL NUMBER: HD1204 *KEY LOCKS ALIKE WITH BEST CORE* B. BUTTS: 1. PROVIDE NONFERROUS BUTTS WITH NON-REMOVABLE PINS AT EXTERIOR DOORS AND LOCKED OUTSWINGING DOORS. 2. PROVIDE NON-RISING BUTTS AT INTERIOR DOOR. 3. PROVIDE STEEL BUTTS AT LABELED INTERIOR DOORS. 4. PROVIDE FLAT BUTTON TIPS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: MCKINNEY MODEL NUMBER: TA2714-26D 4"X4" NRP C. LOCKSETS AND LATCHSETS: PROVIDE CURVE UP STRIKES WITH WROUGHT BOXES FOR ALL LOCKS. DOOR HANDLE -ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: (HARDWARE GROUP "B" & "D") KABA-ILCO MODEL NUMBER: L1000 SERIES -ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: (HARDWARE GROUP "C ") SCHLAGE MODEL NUMBER: 1. LOCK LEVON 2. A-SERIES A80PD *KEY LOCKS ALIKE WITH BEST CORE* SMALL FORMAT INTERCHANGEABLE CORES (SFIC) -DESCRIPTION: CORES ARE STANDARD 7-PIN "SMALL FORMAT INTERCHANGEABLE CORES" MANUFACTURED TO INCORPORATE THE INSTAKEY FEATURES. CORES DIRECTLY FIT LOCKS AND LOCKSETS DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE INTERCHANGEABLE CORES OF FALCON, ARROW, BEST, ETC. -ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: (ONLY FOR EXTERIOR DOORS) "INSTAKEY SECURITY SYSTEM" ORDERING PROCEDURES: CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OR CORPORATE DESIGNATE (GENERAL CONTRACTOR) ARE REQUIRED TO: 1. VERIFY THAT ALL LOCK HARDWARE REQUIRING KEYED CYLINDER (S) SHALL BE OF THE TYPE THAT ACCEPTS INDUSTRY STANDARD "SMALL FORMAT INTERCHANGEABLE CORE" (E.G. FALCON, ARROW, BEST, ETC). CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL SAID LOCKS WITH CONTRACTOR'S OWN CORES AND QUANTITY OF KEYS REQUIRED FOR CONTRACTOR PURPOSES DURING CONSTRUCTION. 2. ORDER AND INSTALL INSTAKEY CORES AND KEYS. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OR CORPORATE DESIGNATE IS REQUIRED TO TO PLACE AND ORDER FOR CORES AND KEYS APPROXIMATELY TWO WEEKS (14 DAYS) PRIOR TO ESTIMATED STORE TURNOVER/COMPLETION. CALL OR FAX ORDER: INSTAKEY LOCK CORPORATION PHONE: (303) 761-9999 FAX: (303) 761-6359 INFORMATION PROVIDED: PURCHASE ORDER # OR JOB REFERENCE # LOCATION ADDRESS # OF CORES REQUIRED (REFERENCE DOOR LOCATION FOR EACH CORE) # OF KEYS REQUIRED CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S OR DESIGNATE NAME & PHONE NUMBER FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ABOVE SPECIFICATIONS AND/OR TIMELINES MAY RESULT IN SECONDARY MATERIALS AND LABOR CHARGES BEING INCURRED IN ORDER TO ACCOMMODATE CORPORATE UNIFORM KEY CONTROL PROGRAM. "FIVE BUTTON LOCKSET W/ AN INSTALLED CORE" ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: TRILOGY LOCKS D. CLOSERS: 1. FURNISH PRODUCTS OF ONE MANUFACTURER. SUPPLY PARALLEL-ARM CLOSERS AT REVERSE BEVEL DOORS AND WHERE DOORS SWING FULL 180 DEGREES. ARM TYPES SHALL SUIT INDIVIDUAL CONDITIONS, AS APPROVED. MOUNT CLOSERS ON PULL SIDE OF DOORS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. SIZES AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER EXCEPT WHERE SCHEDULE CALLS FOR LARGER SIZE. 3. THROUGH BOLTS AN GROMMET NUTS SHALL BE AVOIDED ON DOOR FACES IN ALL AREAS. 4. ALL LABELED DOORS SHALL BE SELF-CLOSING. 5. SURFACE DOOR CLOSERS SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY ANSI MODERN TYPE WITH FULL COVERS. 6. ALL CLOSERS SHALL HAVE SEPARATE VALVES FOR CLOSING SPEED, LATCH SPEED AND BACK-CHECK ADJUSTMENT. 7. CLOSER SPRINGS SHALL BE FULLY ADJUSTABLE. 8. INSTALLER SHALL INDIVIDUALLY SET SPRING TENSION AT EACH DOOR (SIZES 1 THROUGH 4 AT BARRIER FREE DOORS). 9. FLOOR CLOSER SPRING TENSION SHALL BE PRESET AT THE FACTORY. 10. CLOSERS SHALL BE ADJUSTED BY FACTORY REPRESENTATIVE. 11. STOREFRONT DOORS SHALL HAVE LOW PROFILE CLOSERS WHEN APPLICABLE. EXCEPTIONS AUTO SLIDE OR AUTO BI-FOLD DOORS. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: NORTEN A.D.A. COMPLIANT MODEL NUMBER: 1601H WITH HOLD OPEN @ PULL SIDE. FOR NON - RATED DOORS ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: (JUST FOR DOORS W/ EXTERIOR OR LOW PROFILE) SENTINEL SERIES NUMBER: COMPACT 40 SERIES, PARALLEL INSTALLATION. E. PIVOTS: PIVOTS SHALL BE SUPPLIED IN QUANTITY SIMILAR TO HINGES: 1. DOORS HUNG ON OFFSET PIVOTS ONLY, PROVIDE TWO PIVOTS FOR 60 INCHES OR LESS IN HEIGHT. DOORS OVER 60 INCHES TO 90 INCHES SHALL HAVE THREE PIVOTS. DOORS OVER 90 INCHES TO HAVE ONE ADDITIONAL PIVOT FOR EVERY 30 INCHES OR FRACTION THEREOF. 2. DOORS HUNG ON OFFSET PIVOTS WITH FLOOR CLOSERS SHALL HAVE AS MANY PIVOT POINTS AS MENTIONED ABOVE, CONSIDERING THE TOP PIVOT AND FLOOR HING, EACH BEING A PIVOT POINT. F. DOOR STOPS; ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: IVES MODEL NUMBER: 446 HEAVY DUTY FLOOR STOP & HOLDER (ONLY FOR EXTERIOR DOORS) ALL OTHER DOORS TO HAVE HEAVY DUTY FLOOR STOPS. ( NO WALL MOUNTED DOOR STOPS) G. KICK PLATES: MOUNT ON PUSH SIDE ONLY SIZE PER DOOR WIDTH (30" X 34") H. WEATHER-STRIPPING AND GASKETS: WHERE NOT PROVIDED ELSEWHERE, PROVIDE CONTINUOUS WEATHER-STRIPPING AT TOP AND SIDES OF EXTERIOR DOORS AND PROVIDE FIRE RATED GASKETS AT TOP AND SIDES OF EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR FIRE RATED DOOR. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: PEMKO MODEL NUMBER: S88D J. MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE: 1. MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE ITEMS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK SHALL BE LISTED IN THE HARDWARE SETS. 2. FURNISH SILENCERS W07 (BBVV) AT ALL HOLLOW METAL FRAMES NOT REQUIRING SEALS OR WEATHER-STRIP. 3. SILENCERS FOR OTHER DOOR: ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: IVES MODEL NUMBER: 20 4. DOOR SHOE: ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: PEMKO MODEL NUMBER: 217AV WITH VINYL INSERT 5. AUDIBLE PANIC HARDWARE: INSTALL ON ALL EXTERIOR EXIT DOORS OTHER THAN MAIN ENTRY DOORS. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: DETEX K. KEYING: "ALL DOORS SHALL BE KEYED IDENTICALLY, SO 1 KEY WILL UNLOCK ALL DOORS; EXCLUDING THE RESTROOM DOORS" CONSTRUCTION KEYING: PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION CYLINDERS FOR DOORS REQUIRING LOCKS DURING CONSTRUCTION. REPLACE WITH PERMANENT CYLINDERS JUST PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY. L. HARDWARE SPECIFIED FOR STEEL FRAMES OR STEEL DOORS SHALL BE MADE TO PROPERLY FIT IN HOLLOW MTL. DOORS AND FRAMES AND ARE TO BE SECURED WITH MACHINE SCREWS. TEMPLATES; OR PHYSICAL HARDWARE ITEMS, SHALL BE FURNISHED TO MANUFACTURER'S CONCERNED AND SHALL BE SUPPLIED SUFFICIENTLY IN ADVANCE TO AVOID DELAY IN THE WORK. M. REINFORCING REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE IN HOLLOW METAL JAMBS SHALL BE FURNISHED BY JAM MANUFACTURER, COORDINATED WITH HARDWARE MANUFACTURER AND PROVIDED IN TIME TO BE INSTALLED AND WELDED WITHIN JAMB DURING FABRICATION. A. FURNISH SCREWS, BOLTS, NUTS, EXPANSION SHIELDS, SHIM PLATES, ANCHORS AND OTHER FASTENERS OF SUITABLE TYPES AND SIZES RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL HARDWARE SECURELY TO 1MTHSTAND HARD USAGE OVER LONG LIFE. FINISH SHALL MATCH HARDWARE. B. SCREW FOR ITEMS APPLIED ON GYPSUM BOARD SHALL BE SUFFICIENTLY LONG TO PROVIDE SOLID CONNECTION TO FRAMING OR BACKING BEHIND THE GYPSUM BOARD. C. DO NOT SUE THROUGH BOLTS WHERE DOORS ARE SPECIFIED WITH HARDWARE BLOCKING AND 6 INCH SOLID TOP RAILS. D. FOR ALL HARDWARE GROUPS WHERE THERE ARE EXISTING DOORS AND HARDWARE, GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT THE EXISTING HARDWARE, ITS' CONDITION AND TYPE, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE HARDWARE GROUPS LISTED BELOW. ANY HARDWARE EQUAL TO THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED SHALL BE ALLOWED TO BE USED. ANY HARDWARE INCLUDED IN THE SCHEDULE, BUT NOT EXISTING AT THE PROJECT SITE OR VERIFIED TO BE INSTALLED BY THE LANDLORD, SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR THE PROJECT AND INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR PER SPECIFICATIONS. REFER ANY QUESTIONS CONCERNING REUSE OF EXISTING HARDWARE TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION. EXISTING HARDWARE SHALL BE RE-KEYED TO BE COMPATIBLE WITH ITEMS SPECIFIED IN THE HARDWARE SCHEDULE. ALL NEW HARDWARE TO BE KEYED ALIKE WITH (4) KEYS TO BE PROVIDED TO OWNER AT THE TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. R. MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE: 1. FURNISH CONTRACTOR: SILENCERS / INSTALL CONTRACTOR: IVES 20R. 2. PEEP HOLE TO COMLY A.D.A. HEIGHT. HARDWARE FINISHES: DOOR STOP: FINISH B26 SILENCER: BEIGE CLOSER: ALUMINUM BUTT HINGES: BRUSHED CHROME DOOR HANDLE: -FOR KABA-ILCO: BRUSHED CHROME -FOR SCHLAGE: FINISH 626 -FOR DUPRIN: SP28 SECURITY GATE: BRONZE ANODIZED ALUMINUM WEATHER SEAL: GREY KICK PLATE:BRUSHED ALUMINUM -- REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 1 9 2010 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 2.02 ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL MAKE PROVISIONS AND COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DEVICES IN CONNECTION WITH HARDWARE. 2.03 HARDWARE FINISHES S. SPECIAL CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO COORDINATE THE FINISH OF THE VARIOUS MANUFACTURERS TO INSURE A UNIFORM FINISH THROUGHOUT THE INSTALLATION. PROVIDE FINISHES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL FINISH HARDWARE AS REQUIRED. HARDWARE SHALL BE FITTED THEN REMOVED PRIOR TO PAINTING. REINSTALL HARDWARE AFTER PAINTING IS COMPLETE AND DRY. PRACTICES AS PRESCRIBED BY MANUFACTURES AND AS REVIEWED BY ARCHITECT. ALL HARDWARE MUST BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED PRIOR TO TURNING BUILDING OVER TO OWNER. B. MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR HARDWARE: HEIGHTS GIVEN ARE CENTER LINE HEIGHTS UP FROM FLOOR UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED AND SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE CALIFORNIA ARCHITECTURAL BARRIERS LAW AND THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA): HEIGHTS GIVEN INDICATE THAT ALL SHALL BE AT ONE HEIGHT WITHIN LIMITS GIVEN. HEIGHTS OF ITEMS NOT LISTED HERE OR SHOWN ON DRAWINGS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF BUILDERS HARDWARE ASSOCIATION; SUBJECT TO REVIEW BY ARCHITECT. 1. LOCKS AND LATCHES: 38 INCHES FROM FINISH FLOOR TO VENTER OF LEVER. 2. DOOR PULLS: 45 INCHES FROM FLOOR TO VENTER OF GRIP. 3. PUSH PLATE: 45 INCHES FROM FLOOR TO CENTER OF PLATE. COORDINATE WITH PULL LOCATION. 4. PUSH-PULL BAR: 42 INCHES FROM FLOOR TO CENTER OF BAR. 5. TOP HINGE: TO JAMB MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD, BUT NOT GREATER THAN 10 INCHES FROM HEAD OF FRAME TO CENTER LINE OF HINGE. 6. BOTTOM HINGE: TO JAMB MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD, BUT NOT GREATER THAN 12-1/2 INCHES FROM FLOOR TO CENTER LING OF HINGE. 7. INTERMEDIATE HINGES: EQUALLY SPACED BETWEEN TOP AND BOTTOM HINGES AND FROM EACH OTHER. 8. HINGE MORTISE ON DOOR LEAF: 1/4 INCH TO 5/16 INCH FROM STOP SIDE OF DOOR. 9. DEAD BOLT: NOT MORE THAN 48 INCHES FROM FLOOR TO OPERATING LEVER. 10. EXIT DEVICE: 40 INCHES FROM FLOOR TO CENTER OF TOUCH BAR, 38 INCHES FROM FLOOR TO CENTER OF CROSS BAR. C. ADJUST HARDWARE FOR SMOOTH OPERATION AND FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND ACCESSIBILITY. DURING THE INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE, A PERIODIC INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT SHALL BE MADE BY THE ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE SUPPLIER, OR THE AGENT. ANY HARDWARE IMPROPERLY INSTALLED OR IMPROPERLY FUNCTIONING SHALL BE REMOVED, REPAIRED OR REPLACED, AND REINSTALLED. AFTER INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE AND AFTER AIR SUPPLY IS TURNED ON, QUALIFIED HARDWARE SUPPLIER'S OR MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVES OF CLOSERS, PANIC BOLTS, LOCKS AND OTHER CRITICAL OPERATIONAL HARDWARE SHALL INSPECT AND ADJUST THE INSTALLATION, AND DELIVER INSTRUCTIONS FOR MAINTENANCE AND FUTURE ADJUST MENTS TO THE OWNER. ONE MONTH PRIOR TO EXPIRATION OF WARRANTY, PROVIDE INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT BY QUALIFIED HARDWARE SUPPLIER'S OR MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE OF CLOSERS, PANIC BOLTS, AND LOCKS. D. DO NOT PERMIT ADJACENT WORK TO DAMAGE HARDWARE OR FINISH. END OF SECTION SECTION 08800 GLAZING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. THE FOLLOWING WORK SHALL BE INCLUDED, BUT NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED TO: GLASS AND GLAZING OF EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR ENTRANCE DOORS, REMOVAL OF EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR SIDELIGHTS AND TRANSOM (STORE GLASS UNLESS REUSED), RE-GLAZING OF EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR SIDELIGHTS AND TRANSOM, & GLAZING AT DOORS. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICAL DATA FOR EACH GLAZING MATERIAL AND FABRICATED GLASS PRODUCT REQUIRED, INCLUDING INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS. B. SAMPLES: FOR VERIFICATION PURPOSES, 12" SQUARE SAMPLES OF EACH TYPE OF GLASS INDICATED (EXCEPT FOR CLEAR SINGLE PANE FLOAT GLASS), AND MINIMUM 12" LONG CURED STRIPS OF SEALANT OR GASKET EXPOSED TO VIEW. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND THE FOLLOWING UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, COMPLY WITH THE MOST STRINGENT. 1.FLAT GLASS MARKETING ASSOCIATION (FGMA) - GLAZING MANUAL AND SEALANT MANUAL FOR GLAZING STANDARDS. 2.SAFETY GLASS: UBC SECTION 5406, UBC STANDARD 54-2 AND ANSI Z97.1 WITH CERTIFYING LABEL ON EACH PIECE. 3.PRIME (FLOAT) GLASS: ASTM 01036. 4.FIRE-RESISTANT GLASS: TESTED PER ASTM E163 (UL 0) AND LISTED BY UL FOR "FIRE RESISTANCE". bto41-080 r(tUtiVED OW OF TUKWILA MAY 1 1 2010 PERMIT CENTER 1 a DESCRIPTION PERMIT SUBMITTAL 1- z Lu 0 4- = NEW FIXTURE 1- LU f IL 6 4- z 0 0 4- 0 0 cn _4(1 0 t?1 to co 1 d) iu co z Q Q 1 z 4 z 0 ui (-6 0 DR A WN E ui EK CHECK: EEK JOB NO: 10-014 OF: SHEETS PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. CLEAR FLOAT GLASS: 1. TYPE 1, QUALITY q3, CLASS 1 CLEAR, Y" THICK EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATING AUTHORITIES. 2. LOW E COATING IS REQUIRED FOR ALL EXTERIOR GLAZING, EXCEPT DOORS. B. CLEAR WIRED GLASS: 3. TYPE 11, QUALITY q8, CLASS 1, COMPLYING WITH ASNI Z97.1. 4. W THICK, WIRED AND POLISHED BOTH FACES. 5. USE FOR UL LABEL DOOR LIGHTS, FIRE -RATED CORRIDOR OPENINGS, STAIR AND OTHER UL LABEL OPENINGS. C. TEMPERED GLASS: 1. PRIME GLASS OF COLOR AND TYPE INDICATED, WHICH HAS BEEN HEAT- TREATED TO STRENGTHEN GLASS IN BENDING TO NOT LESS THAN 4.5 TIMES ANNEALED STRENGTH. FULLY TEMPER GLASS BY HORIZONTALLY HEAT TREATING WITH MINIMAL WAVINESS OR DISTORTION AND WITH ALL AREAS FREE OF TONG MARKS. 2. PROVIDE TEMPERED AND /OR LAMINATED GLASS WHERE SAFETY GLASS IS INDICATED OR WHERE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAWS AND SAFETY CODES. D. MIRROR GLASS: 1. CLEAR FLOAT GLASS (ASTM C1036, TYPE 1, CLASS 1, QUALITY q2), W THICK EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. SILVER COATING COPPER PROTECTIVE COATING AND 2 MIL THICK PAINT COATING; COMPLY WITH CS 27. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL GLASS AS DETAILED IN ACCORDANCE WITH FGMA STANDARDS FOR TYPE OF FRAME SYSTEM TO BE USED, AND WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF DOOR AND FRAME MANUFACTURERS. WHENEVER POSSIBLE, USE GLASS SETTING MATERIALS PROVIDED BY FRAME MANUFACTURERS. AT TOP AND BOTTOM OF BUTT GLAZED PANELS PROVIDE METAL CHANNELS OF SIZE REQUIRED TO SUPPORT GLASS, AND AS DETAILED. B. NO GLAZING SHALL BE DONE WHEN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 40 °F. C. GLAZING SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE "FLAT GLASS MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION GLAZING MANUAL ", LATEST EDITION. D. ALL GLASS SHALL BE INSTALLED FREE OF RATTLE. EXTERIOR GLASS SHALL BE WATERTIGHT. ALL GLASS SHALL BE WELL BEDDED WITH GLAZING COMPOUNDS AN GASKETS FINISHED NEATLY AT SIGHT LINES. REMOVE SELVAGE EDGE FROM WIRE GLASS. E. MARK GLASS AFTER INSTALLATION BY CROSSED STREAMERS ATTACHED TO FRAMING AND HELD AWAY FROM GLASS; DO NOT APPLY MARKERS TO SURFACE OF GLASS. F. MIRROR ATTACHMENT: INSTALL WHERE SHOWN USING MIRROR ADHESIVE. 1. SPOT APPLY MIRROR ADHESIVE TO WALL PER ADHESIVE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. 2. PLACE MIRROR INTO POSITION, AND PRESS FIRMLY INTO ADHESIVE FOR PROPER BOND. 3. INSTALL MOLDINGS AND CHANNELS AS DETAILED. MITER CORNERS. INSTALL COLUMN CORNERS AT ALL MIRRORED COLUMNS. LINE MOLDINGS AND CHANNELS WITH PROTECTIVE TAPE. 3.02 CLEANING A. IMMEDIATELY REMOVE DROPPINGS FROM FINISHED SURFACES. REMOVE NON PERMANENT LABELS AND EXCESS SEALANT IMMEDIATELY AFTER SEALANT CURES; CURE SEALANT FOR HIGH EARLY STRENGTH AND DURABILITY. REMOVE AND REPLACE GLASS WHICH IS BROKEN, CHIPPED, CRACKED, ABRADED OR DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, INCLUDING NATURAL CAUSES, ACCIDENTS AND VANDALISM. WASH AND CLEAN ALL GLASS SURFACES JUST PRIOR TO TURNING OVER TO OWNER. 3.03 WORKMANSHIP A. THE FINISHED SURFACES SHALL BE FREE FROM DAMAGE, FLAWS, BLEMISHES OR OTHER DEFECTS DETRIMENTAL TO APPEARANCE. END OF SECTION SECTION 08870 GLAZING FILM FOR GLAZING MANAGER'S WORKSTATION SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A.METAL FRAMING REQUIRED FOR GYPSUM BOARD, GYPSUM BOARD AND ACCESSORIES, JOINT TREATMENT, REPAIR OF EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES NOTED TO RECEIVE NEW APPLIED FINISHES. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE 4. REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, COMPLY WITH THE MOST STRINGENT. 1. ASTM C645 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR NON -LOAD BEARING STEEL STUDS, RUNNER AND RIGID FURRING CHANNELS FOR SCREW APPLICATION OF GYPSUM BOARD. 2. ASTM C754 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATION OF STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS TO RECEIVE SCREW ATTACHED GYPSUM WALLBOARD, BACKING BOARD, OR WATER - RESISTANT BACKING BOARD. 3. ASTM C36 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD. 4. ASTM C630 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR WATER - RESISTANT GYPSUM BACKING BOARD. 5. ASTM C442 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR GYPSUM BACKING BOARD. 6. ASTM C665 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR MINERAL FIBER BLANKET THERMAL INSULATION FOR WOOD FRAME AND LIGHT CONSTRUCTION BUILDINGS. 7. ASTM C840 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR APPLICATION AND FINISHING OF GYPSUM BOARD. 8. ASTM C475 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS FOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD CONSTRUCTION. 9. ASTM E119 - FIRE TESTS OF BUILDING CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS. 10. GYPSUM ASSOCIATION RECOMMENDED SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE APPLICATION AND FINISHING OF GYPSUM BOARD. 11. PROVIDE FIRE - RESISTANT RATED ASSEMBLED IDENTICAL TO THOSE INDICATED BY REFERENCE TO THE GYPSUM ASSOCIATION "FIRE- RESISTANCE DESIGN MANUAL" CURRENT EDITION OR AS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. B. ALLOWABLE TOLERANCES: 1. CEILING SUPPORT SYSTEM SHALL LIMIT DEFLECTION OF THE FINISHED CEILING TO LESS THAN 1/360 OF SPAN. 2. FOR FLAT SURFACES, THE MAXIMUM DEVIATION FROM TRUE PLUMB OR LEVEL PLANE, 1/8" IN 10' AS MEASURED UNDER STRAIGHT EDGE PLACED AT ANY LOCATION ON SURFACE. DELIVERY: DELIVER MATERIALS IN ORIGINAL UNOPENED BUNDLES AND CONTAINERS BEARING MANUFACTURER'S NAME, BRAND, TYPE, AND GRADE. HANDLE IN MANNER TO AVOID DAMAGE. STORE MATERIALS IN DRY VENTILATED SPACE OFF FLOOR PER MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS. NEATLY STACK GYPSUM WALLBOARD IN FLAT POSITION. AVOID EXPOSURE TO WEATHER BY USING PROTECTIVE COVER. PROTECT FROM SOILING AND CONSTRUCTION DAMAGE. 1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS A.COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF REFERENCED STANDARDS BEFORE, , DURING AND AFTER APPLICATION OF GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS. MAINTAIN CONTINUOUS, UNIFORM, COMFORTABLE BUILDING WORKING TEMPERATURES OF NOT LESS THAN 55 DEGREES F (55.40 F) FOR A MINIMUM PERIOD OF 48 HOURS PRIOR TO, DURING AND FOLLOWING APPLICATION OF GYPSUM BOARD AND JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS OR BONDING OF ADHESIVES. VENTILATE BUILDING SPACES AS REQUIRED FOR DRYING OF JOINT TREATMENT MATERIAL IMMEDIATELY AFTER ITS APPLICATION. AVOID DRAFTS DURING DRY, HOT WEATHER TO PREVENT TOO RAPID DRYING. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FRAMING MATERIALS A.STUDS: COMPLYING WITH REFERENCE STANDARDS. SCREW -TYPE, PUNCHED C- SHAPED ROLL - FORMED ELECTRO= GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET. B.RUNNERS: MATCHING STUDS. C.STIFFENERS: %" CR STEEL WEIGHING NOT LESS THAN 300 LBS. PER 1,000 LF; RUST INHIBITIVE COATING. D.GYPSUM BOARD FURRING CHANNELS: SCREW-TYPE, HAT- SHAPED, 2 -3/4" X 7/9" DEEP WITH W WIDE FLANGES, 25 GAUGE ELECTRO- GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET, ROLL - FORMED. E. CHANNELS: HOT OR COLD ROLLED, RUST INHIBITIVE PAINTED. F. FASTENERS AND ANCHORAGES: PER REFERENCED STANDARDS. G.BACKING PLATES /STOCKROOM HORIZONTAL FURRING: MINIMUM 16 GAUGE X 6" WIDE GYPSUM BOARD AND ACCESSORIES A.GENERAL: COMPLYING WITH REFERENCE STANDARDS. PRODUCTS BY DOMITAR GYPSUM, OR EQUAL FIRE RATED GYPSUM BOARD: TYPE X, UL RATED; MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LENGTHS; ENDS SQUARE CUT, TAPERED EDGES, 5/8" THICK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. PROVIDE ACCESSORIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH REFERENCED STANDARDS. 1. CORNER BEADS: BEADEX BIW OR USG "DURABEAD ". 2. EDGE TRIM: LE METAL BEAD, USG #200 -b OR BEADEX B-4. 3. GYPSUM BOARD JOINT TREATMENT: JOINT REINFORCING TAPE AND JOINT ADHESIVE SHALL BE THE GYPSUM BOARD MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PRODUCTS. 4. SKIM COAT COMPOUNDS: USE USG READY MIXED JOINT COMPOUND ALL PURPOSE AT GYPSUM BOARD. 5. IMBEDDED METAL REVEALS: BY FRY REGLET, INC., OR EQUAL. B.ACOUSTICAL INSULATION: NOISE BARRIER FIBERGLASS BATT INSULATION, FRICTION FIT TYPE WITHOUT INTEGRAL VAPOR BARRIER MEMBRANE; 3 -1/2" THICK, UNLESS NOTED; WITH FLAME SPREAD OF 25 OR LESS AND SMOKE DEVELOPMENT RATING OF 50 OR LESS. AS MANUFACTURED BY OWENS - CORNING, CERTAINTEED, MANVILLE, OR CELOTEX. C.ACOUSTICAL SEALANT: TYPE RECOMMENDED FOR USE IN CONJUNCTION WITH GYPSUM BOARD; NON - SHRINKING AND NON - CRACKING; AS MANUFACTURED BY TREMCO OR USG, "ACOUSTICAL SEALANT." ACCESS PANELS: MILCOR FRAMED TYPE, CONCEALED 175 DEGREE HINGES, LOCKS, FACTORY PRIMED FOR PAINTING IN FIELD. SIZES TO BE 18" X 18" UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR REQUIRED. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 METAL FRAMING ERECTION - GENERAL A.ERECT METAL FRAMING IN ACCORDANCE WITH REFERENCED STANDARDS. 1. DO NOT EXCEED MAXIMUM UNBRACED HEIGHT RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. 2. ISOLATE STUD SYSTEM FROM TRANSFER OF STRUCTURAL LOADING TO SYSTEM, BOTH HORIZONTALLY AND VERTICALLY. PROVIDE SLIP OR CUSHIONED TYPE JOINTS TO ATTAIN LATERAL SUPPORT AND AVOID AXIAL LOADING. B.FLOOR RUNNERS: SECURE WITH %" DIAMETER EXPANSION BOLTS; POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS AT LEAST 1" LONG MAY BE USED, WHERE PERMITTED BY CODE. SPACE FASTENS 4" FROM ENDS OF EACH PIECE; MAXIMUM 24" ON CENTERS INTERMEDIATELY; MINIMUM OF TWO FASTENERS PER PIECE OF RUNNER. C.CEILING RUNNERS AT OVERHEAD STRUCTURE: 1. INSTALL OVER SHORT LENGTHS OF 1 INCH, 22 GAGE "Z" SPACED NOT OVER 48" ON CENTER AND AT RIGHT ANGLES TO RUNNER. 2. AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION, USE NOT LESS THAN 2 -1/2" IN TRACK. D. STUDS: 3 -5/8" STUDS. 1. PROVIDE 20 GAUGE STUDS AT 24" MAXIMUM CENTERS TYPICALLY, UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN, SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED PER REFERENCE STANDARDS. 2. STUDS AT WALL- MOUNTED ITEMS: INSTALL MINIMUM 16 GAUGE STUDS AT 24" MAXIMUM CENTERS AT WALL HUNG LAVATORIES, URINALS, GRAB BARS, WALL -HUNG CASEWORK, FIXTURES OR EQUIPMENT; IN ADDITION PROVIDE 16 GAUGE STUDS WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 3. PROVIDE EXTRA STUDS AS REQUIRED TO MOUNT ELECTRICAL OR MECHANICAL CONTROLS WHERE SHOWN. INSURE STUDS WILL REMAIN PLUMB; CRIMP OR SCREW ATTACH TO RUNNERS AS REQUIRED. 4. WALLS OVER 6" DEEP: WHERE PARTITIONS ARE MORE THAN 6" DEEP, INSTALL TWO ROWS OF 2 -1/2" (MINIMUM) WIDTH STUDS, WITH 1 -1/2" RUNNER CHANNEL CROSS TIES AT 24" CENTERS VERTICALLY AND 24" CENTERS HORIZONTALLY ALL BOLTED OR SCREW FASTENED IN PLACE. 5. WALL BRIDGING: PROVIDE g /." CHANNEL BRIDGING, OR MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD BRIDGING, AT MAXIMUM 60" VERTICAL INTERVALS IN ALL WALLS. AT HEADS OF DOORS, AND HEADS AND SILLS OF WALL OPENINGS, PROVIDE 1 -1/2" CHANNEL BRIDGING EXTENDING TO THE SECOND STUD BEYOND EACH SIDE OF JAMBS. 6. INSTALL STUDS PLUM, SQUARE AND STRAIGHT. CUT STUDS' /" SHORT AND SECURE TO TOP TRACK IN A MANNER THAT ALLOWS FOR DEFLECTION OF STRUCTURE ABOVE. E. STIFFENERS: PROVIDE %" COLD ROLLED CHANNELS: USE TWO ROWS AT THIRD POINTS FOR STUDS WITH FINISH ONE SIDE ONLY; ONE ROW AT MIDPOINT FOR STUDS WITH FINISH BOTH SIDES, SHAPE INTO PUNCHED WEB OF EACH STUD; NEST LAPS AND WIRE TIE. F. DOOR AND OPENING FRAMING: INSTALL DOUBLE STUDS AT JAMBS AND EXTEND FROM FLOOR TO STRUCTURE ABOVE, SECURELY ATTACH TO EACH OTHER, FLOOR AND HEAD. INSTALL RUNNER AT HEAD (FOR JACK STUDS) AND SECURE TO JAMB STUDS. G.BLOCKING: INSTALL METAL BACKING PLATES FOR SUPPORT OF PLUMBING FIXTURES, MILLWORK, HANDRAILS, HARDWARE AND OTHER WALL MOUNTED ITEMS. H. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF BUCKS, ANCHORS, BLOCKING, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL WORK WHICH IS TO BE PLACED BY OTHERS IN OR BEHIND PARTITION FRAMING. ALLOW SUCH ITEMS TO BE INSTALLED AFTER FRAMING IS COMPLETE. I. ERECT WALL FURRING WHICH IS DIRECTLY ATTACHED TO MASONRY OR CONCRETE WALLS BY MEANS OF FURRING CHANNELS PLACED HORIZONTALLY OR VERTICALLY AS INDICATED OR DIRECTED. SHIM AS REQUIRED TO PLIMB, LEVEL OR STRAIGHTEN AND SECURE IN PLACE ON ALTERNATIVE CHANNEL FLANGES AT MAXIMUM 24" ON CENTER. J. LATERALLY BRACE SOFFITS AND PARTITIONS TO RESIST 5 PSF LATERAL LOAD AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODES. 3.02 CEILING FRAMING INSTALLATION A.COORDINATE LOCATION OF HANGERS WITH OTHER WORK. INSTALL CEILING FRAMING INDEPENDENT OF ABOVE- CEILING WORK. SPACE MAIN CARRYING CHANNELS AND HANGERS AT MAXIMUM 48" ON CENTER, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, AND NOT MORE THAN 6" FROM PERIMETER WALLS. LAP SPLICES MINIMUM 12" AND SECURE TOGETHER 2" FROM EACH END OF SPLICE. PLACE GYPSUM BOARD FURRING CHANNELS PERPENDICULAR TO CARRYING CHANNELS AT 16" ON CENTER FOR EXTERIOR CEILING BOARD AND WR BOARD AND 24" ON CENTER FOR ALL OTHERS, NOT MORE THAN 2" FROM PERIMETER WALLS. LAP SPLICES MINIMUM 8 ". B. REINFORCE OPENINGS IN SUSPENSION SYSTEMS WHICH INTERRUPT MAIN CARRYING CHANNELS OR FURRING CHANNELS, WITH LATERAL CHANNEL BRACING. EXTEND BRACING MINIMUM 24" PAST EACH END OF OPENINGS. C.INTERFERENCE: WHERE WIDE AIR CONDITION DUCTS OR SIMILAR OBSTRUCTIONS ABOVE GYPSUM BOARD CEILING INTERFERE WITH SUSPENSION HANGERS, PROVIDE INDEPENDENT FRAMING BELOW DUCTWORK OR OBSTRUCTION TO SUPPORT THE CEILING AS AN OBLIGATION UNDER THIS SECTION. 1. SUPPORT FRAMING FROM FLOOR OR ROOF STRUCTURE ABOVE. DO NOT ATTACH FRAMING TO DUCT WORK OR OBSTRUCTION. 2. PROVIDE LAYOUT OF PROPOSED SUPPORT SYSTEM FOR ARCHITECT'S REVIEW PRIOR TO BEGINNING SUCH WORK. D.LATERALLY BRACE ENTIRE SUSPENSION SYSTEM TO MEET SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS AS REQUIRED BY UBS. 3.03 GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION A.INSTALL GYPSUM BOARD IN ACCORDANCE WITH REFERENCED STANDARDS. EXAMINE ALL SURFACES TO RECEIVE GYPSUM BOARD. MAKE CERTAIN THE FRAMING IS PLUMB AND TRUE. THE FASTENING SURFACE OF ANY FRAMING OR FURRING MEMBER SHALL NOT VARY MORE THAN 1/8" FROM THE PLANE OF THE FACES OF ADJACENT FRAMING OR FURRING MEMBERS. B. ERECT SINGLE -LAYER STANDARD GYPSUM BOARD IN DIRECTION MOST PRACTICAL AND ECONOMICAL. ALL ENDS AND EDGES SHALL BE OVER FRAMING MEMBERS OR OTHER SOLID BACKING EXCEPT WHERE TREATED JOINTS OCCUR AT RIGHT ANGLES. MAXIMUM GAP AT FLOOR SHALL BE 1/2 ". C.ERECT SINGLE -LAYER FIRE RATED GYPSUM BOARD VERTICALLY WITH EDGES AND ENDS OCCURRING OVER FIRM BEARING, FOR DOUBLE -LAYER APPLICATIONS, USE GYPSUM BACKING BOARD FOR FIRST LAYER. USE FIRE RATED GYPSUM BACKING BOARD FOR FIRST LAYER AT FIRE RATED PARTITIONS. ENSURE THAT THE JOINTS OF SECOND LAYER OFFSET THE JOINTS OF FIRST LAYER A MINIMUM OF 10 ". FOR DOUBLE -LAYER APPLICATIONS, SECURE BOTH LAYERS TO FRAMING MEMBERS WITH SCREWS. D. PLACE CONTROL JOINTS AS REQUIRED BY REFERENCE STANDARDS, SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, CONSISTENT WITH LINES OF BUILDING SPACES AND AS DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT. E. PLACE CORNER BEADS AT EXTERNAL CORNERS. USE E LONGEST PRACTICAL LENGTHS. PLACE METAL EDGE TRIM WHERE GYPSUM BOARD TERMINATES, BUT DISSIMILAR MATERIALS, AND AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. F. FINISH GYPSUM BOARD JOINTS, BEADS, TRIM, ETC., IN ACCORDANCE WITH REFERENCED STANDARDS TO PRODUCE SURFACE READY TO RECEIVE FURTHER APPLIED FINISH. FEATHER COMPOUND COATS ONTO ADJOINING SURFACES SO THAT CAMBER IS MAXIMUM 1/32 ". 1. DO NOT SCUFF PAPER SURFACE OF GYPSUM BOARD WHEN SANDING JOINTS. 2. THE FINISHED SURFACES SHALL BE FREE OF DAMAGE, FLAWS, BLEMISHES OR OTHER DEFECTS DETRIMENTAL TO APPEARANCE; BE SMOOTH, TRUE AND EVEN IN ALL RESPECTS; WITH JOINTS AND FASTENINGS INVISIBLE AT APPLICATION OF APPLIED FINISHES AS MAY FOLLOW. 3. GYPSUM BOARD CONCEALED ABOVE CEILINGS SHALL BE FIRE TAPED ONLY. G.REPAIR OF EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES: 1. REPAIR ALL EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD WALL AND CEILING SURFACES NOTED TO RECEIVE NEW APPLIED FINISHES. 2. REMOVE AND REPLACE GYPSUM BOARD PANELS WITH FRACTURE EXTENDING THROUGH THICKNESS OF PANEL. 3. SPACKLE ABRASIONS AND FLOAT IRREGULARITIES AND SAND AS REQUIRED TO PRODUCE SURFACE EQUAL TO NEW SURFACE SPECIFIED HEREIN. H. SKIM COAT: THE FOLLOWING SKIM COAT REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO CONCRETE AND GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES NOTED AND TO ALL NEW GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES WHEREIN THE FLATNESS IS IN EXCESS OF 1/8" IN 10' AS MEASURED UNDER A STRAIGHT EDGE PLACED AT ANY LOCATION ON A SURFACE: 1. APPLY SKIM COAT PER COMPOUND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND OF THICKNESS REQUIRED TO COMPLETELY COVER SURFACE NOTED. 2. APPLY SKIM COAT COMPOUND TO FILL IRREGULARITIES OR SURFACES BETWEEN RIDGES FORMED BY JOINT TREATMENT AND AT OTHER DEPRESSIONS AND FLOAT WITH A STRAIGHT EDGE AS REQUIRED TO LEAVE FINISH SURFACE FLAT WITH A MAXIMUM DEVIATION FROM A TRUE PLANE OF 1/8" IN 10' AS MEASURED UNDER A STRAIGHT EDGE PLACED AT ANY LOCATION ON A SURFACE: 3. FINISH SKIM COAT SURFACE SHALL BE SANDED SMOOTH AND BE FREE OF DAMAGE. FLAWS, BLEMISHES OR OTHER DEFECTS DETRIMENTAL TO APPEARANCE OR WHICH WILL TELEGRAPH THROUGH APPLIED FINISHES AS MAY FOLLOW. 3.04 ACOUSTICAL ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION A.ERECT RESILIENT CHANNELS AT MAXIMUM 24" ON CENTER. MAKE JOINTS OCCUR OVER FRAMING MEMBERS. B. PLACE ACOUSTICAL INSULATION FULL HEIGHT IN PARTITIONS, TIGHT WITHIN SPACES, AROUND CUT OPENINGS, BEHIND AND AROUND ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL ITEMS WITHIN OR BEHIND PARTITIONS, AND TIGHT TO ITEMS PASSING THROUGH PARTITIONS. C.PLACE ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AS FOLLOWS: 1.SET FLOOR AND CEILING RUNNERS IN TWO CONTINUOUS BEADS OF SEALANT. 2.INSTALL CONTINUOUS BEADS OF ACOUSTICAL SEALANT TO PRODUCE AN AIR TIGHT SOUND SEAL AT INTERSECTIONS OF ALL PARTITIONS AND SHAFTS WITH FLOORS, CEILINGS, WALLS, COLUMNS AND OTHER ABUTTING CONSTRUCTION SO THAT THE ENTIRE PERIMETER IS SEALED. 3.AT OPENINGS AND CUTOUTS, FILL OPEN SPACES BETWEEN GYPSUM BOARD AND DUCTS, PIPES AND OTHER FLUSH OR PENETRATING ITEMS. 3.05 ACCESS PANELS A.RATED AND NON -RATED ACCESS PANELS AS SPECIFIED HEREIN AND UNDER OTHER SECTION SHALL BE INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION. PANELS SHALL BE LOCATED WHERE DIRECTED, REQUIRED OR SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND INSTALLED PLUMB OR LEVEL AND SQUARE WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. OBTAIN CLIENT'S REVIEW FOR ACCESS PANEL TYPES AND LOCATIONS NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS BUT NECESSARY DUE TO OTHER REQUIREMENTS. 3.06 ADJUST AND CLEAN A.FILL CRACKS WITH COMPOUND AND FINISH SMOOTH AND FLUSH. END OF SECTION SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01WORK INCLUDED A.EXPOSED SUSPENDED METAL GRID SYSTEMS, ACOUSTICAL UNITS, ACOUSTICAL INSULATION BLANKET FOR NOISE CONTROL ON CEILINGS ADJACENT TO SOUND INSTALLED PARTITIONS. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE B. REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND THE FOLLOWING UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, COMPLY WITH THE MOST STINGENT. A.PROVIDE SUPPLEMENTAL HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND FASTENERS FOR LATERAL BRACING OF THE SUSPENSION SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REFERENCED STANDARDS. B. INSTALL AFTER MAJOR ABOVE- CEILING WORK IS COMPLETE. COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF HANGERS WITH OTHER WORK. ENSURE HANGERS AND CARRYING CHANNELS ARE LOCATED TO ACCOMMODATE FITTINGS AND UNITS OF EQUIPMENT WHICH ARE TO BE PLACED AFTER THE INSTALLATION OF CEILING GRID. C. D. 1. ASTM C635- STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR ACOUSTICAL TILE AND LAY -IN -PANEL CEILINGS. 2. ASTM C636- RECOMMENDED PRACTICE FOR INSTALLATION OF METAL CEILING E. SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR ACOUSTICAL TILE AND LAY -IN- PANELS. 3. ASTM A641- STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR ZINC - COATED (GALVANIZED) CARBON STEEL WIRE. 4. ASTM C665- STANDARD SPECIFICATION OR MINERAL FIBER F i ER B LANKET THERMAL INSULATION FOR WOOD FRAME AND LIGHT CONSTRUCTION. 5. UBC STANDARD 47 -18 WITH STATE AND LOCAL SUPPLEMENTS. 6. CISCA- CEILING AND INTERIOR SYSTEMS CONTRACTORS ASSOCIATION STANDARDS. 7. PROVIDE AND INSTALL FIRE - RESISTANT RATED ASSEMBLES IN ACCORDANCE F. WITH UL REQUIREMENTS. 8. THE WORK HERE UNDER SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A SINGLE ENTITY WITH UNIT RESPONSIBILITY FOR FIELD MEASUREMENT, ENGINEERING, SUBMITTALS, FIELD INSTALLATION AND WARRANTY. INSTALLER SHALL BE A MANUFACTURER LICENSED APPLICATOR OR A FIRM, APPROVED AS AN APPLICATOR BY THE ACOUSTICAL MATERIAL MANUFACTURER'S WITH NOT LESS THAN FIVE YEARS EXPERIENCE IN THE SPECIFIED UNIT RESPONSIBILITY AND PROVING A BACKGROUND OF NOT LESS THAN THREE INSTALLATIONS OF COMPARABLE SIZE H. AND SCOPE TO THAT HEREIN SPECIFIED. INTERFERENCE: WHERE WIDE AIR CONDITIONING DUCTS OR SIMILAR OBSTRUCTIONS ABOVE ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS INTERFERE WITH SUSPENSION HANGERS, PROVIDE INDEPENDENT FRAMING BELOW OBSTRUCTION TO SUPPORT THE CEILING AS AN OBLIGATION UNDER THIS SECTION. SUPPORT FRAMING FROM FLOOR OR ROOF STRUCTURE ABOVE. DO NOT ATTACH FRAMING TO DUCTWORK. HANG INDEPENDENTLY OF WALLS, COLUMNS, DUCTS, PIPES AND CONDUIT. WHERE CARRYING MEMBERS ARE SPLICED, AVOID VISIBLE DISPLACEMENT OF THE LONGITUDINAL AXIS OR FACE PLANE OF ADJACENT MEMBERS. LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL NOT BE SUPPORTED FROM OR ON MAIN RUNNERS OR CROSS RUNNERS IF WEIGHT OF FIXTURE CAUSES TOTAL DEAD LOAD TO EXCEED THE DEFLECTION CAPABILITY. IN SUCH CASES, FIXTURE LOADS SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY SUPPLEMENTARY HANGERS LOCATED WITHIN 6" OF EACH CORNER, OR THE FIXTURES SHALL BE SUPPORTED INDEPENDENTLY. FIXTURES SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED SO THAT THE MAIN RUNNERS AND CROSS RUNNERS WILL BE ECCENTRIC ALLY LOADED. WHERE FIXTURE INSTALLATION WOULD PRODUCE ROTATION OF RUNNERS, STABILIZER BARS SHALL BE PROVIDED. INSTALL EDGE MOLDINGS AT INTERSECTION OF CEILING AND VERTICAL SURFACES, USING MAXIMUM LENGTHS, STRAIGHT, TRUE TO LINE AND LEVEL MITER CORNERS. PROVIDE EDGE MOLDINGS AT JUNCTIONS WITH OTHER DISSIMILAR SURFACES. SECURE TO JAMB STUDIES. G.FORM EXPANSION JOINTS TO ACCOMMODATE PLUS OR MINUS 1 INCH MOVEMENT AND MAINTAIN VISUAL CLOSURE. C.ALLOWABLE TOLERANCES 9. INSTALL CEILING SYSTEMS IN A MANNER CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING ALL SUPERIMPOSED LOADS, WITH MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE DEFLECTION OF 1/360 OF SPAN AND MAXIMUM SURFACE DEVIATION OF 1/8" IN 12'. 1.03 SUBMITTALS D.SAMPLE OF 6" X 6" SPECIFIED TILE AND INTERLOCKING T -BAR ASSEMBLY. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING A.DELIVER MATERIALS IN ORIGINAL UNOPENED BUNDLES AND CONTAINERS BEARING MANUFACTURER'S NAME, BRAND, TYPE, CLASSIFICATION AND DESIGN. HANDLE IN MANNER TO AVOID DAMAGE. STORE MATERIALS IN DRY VENTILATED SPACE OFF FLOOR PER MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTION. NEATLY STACK ACOUSTICAL UNITS IN FLAT POSITION. AVOID EXPOSURE TO WEATHER BY USING PROTECTIVE COVER. PROTECT FROM SOILING AND CONSTRUCTION DAMAGE. 1.05 SITE CONDITIONS A.MAINTAIN TEMPERATURES OF 60 DEGREES TO 85 DEGREES F AND HUMIDITY OF NOT MORE THAN 70% PRIOR TO, DURING AND AFTER INSTALLATION. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SUSPENSION SYSTEM A.SYSTEM CONFORMING TO ASTM -C -635 INTERMEDIATE DUTY, MAXIMUM DEFLECTION 1/360 SPAN. EXPOSED TEE UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. B. NON -RATED AND RATED: HOUR RATING AND LOCATIONS AS INDICATED. C.STRUTS AND SWAY BRACING: PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED FOR CONFORMANCE WITH LOCAL CODE SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS AND AS INDICATED. D. APPROVED MANUFACTURER'S: ARMSTRONG OR ARCHITECT APPROVED EQUAL. E. HANGER WIRE: PROVIDE NOT LESS THAN 10 GAGE GALVANIZED, SOFT- ANNEALED STEEL WIRE FOR CEILING SYSTEMS PROVIDING LATERAL SUPPORT FOR PARTITIONS AND NOT LESS THAN 12 GAUGE FOR CEILING SYSTEMS NOT INTENDED TO LATERALLY SUPPORT PARTITIONS. F. PROTECTIVE COATINGS AND FINISHES: PROVIDE ELECTROGALVANIZED STEEL COMPONENTS WITH LOW -GLOW COATINGS AND FINISHES TO MATCH ACOUSTICAL PANELS AND IN CONFORMANCE WITH ARCHITECTS CONTROL SAMPLES. THE FINISH SHALL BE ON ALL EXPOSED PORTIONS OF GRID. G.PERIMETER MOLDINGS. PROVIDE STANDARD ANGLE MOLDINGS: MATERIAL AND FINISH TO MATCH THE EXPOSED SUSPENSION COMPONENTS, IN SIZES AND PROFILE AS SHOWN. H. MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES: SPLINES, SADDLES, CLIPS, FASTENERS, AND OTHER ACCESSORIES; GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL. PROVIDE AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE SUSPENSION SYSTEMS AND INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING AND HVAS ELEMENTS. 2.03 ACOUSTICAL UNITS TILES: 1. MINERAL FIBER TILES AND PANELS, TYPE III, CLASS A, PER FED. SPEC. SS- S -M8B, SIZE, FIRE RATING, AND LOCATION AS INDICATED. 2. APPROVED MANUFACTURER: ARMSTRONG (800) 448 -1405, EXT. 8108 3. PRODUCT: PER FINISH SCHEDULE 2.04 ACOUSTICAL ACCESSORIES A.ACOUSTICAL INSULATION: NOISE BARRIER FIBERGLASS BATT INSULATION, FRICTION FIT TYPE WITHOUT SUSPENSION SYSTEM DESIGN INDICATED AND WITH THE REFERENCED STANDARDS. B. SUSPENSION SYSTEMS: INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE TO LOCAL CODE, ASTM C -636, AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES. SET WITH LASER EQUIPMENT. C.ACOUSTICAL TILE: INSTALL IN LEVEL PLANE IN STRAIGHT LINE COURSES AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS RUN TILE GRAIN IN ONE DIRECTION. D. HANGER - WIRES: 1. GENERAL: SPACE WIRES NOT OVER 48" CENTER BOTH WAYS; DO NOT SUPPORT MORE THAN 16 SQ. FT. OF CEILING PER HANGER. SUPPORT TERMINAL END OF EACH CROSS RUNNER OR MAIN RUNNER INDEPENDENT OF AND WITHIN 8" OF A WALL. INSTALL WIRE HANGERS WITHIN 3" OF EACH CORNER OF LIGHT FIXTURE OPENING WHERE POSSIBLE; ATTACH TO MAIN RUNNERS. 2. CONCRETE SUPPORTS: WRAP AROUND REINFORCING STEEL WITH A TWIST OR LOOP AND EMBED AT LEAST 2" INTO CONCRETE, OR ATTACH TO APPROPRIATE TYPE POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS OR INSERTS. 3. METAL DECKING: ATTACH BY PENETRATING THRU METAL DECK, TWIST AND LOOP; OR APPROPRIATE TYPE POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS. 4. STEEL SUPPORTS: WRAP AROUND, THRU STEEL, OR BY OTHER ACCEPTABLE METHODS. FIT ACOUSTIC UNITS IN PLACE, FREE FROM DAMAGED EDGES OR OTHER DEFECTS DETRIMENTAL TO APPEARANCE AND FUNCTION. LAY DIRECTIONALLY PATTERNED UNITS ONE WAY WITH PATTERN AS DIRECTED. FIT BORDER UNITS NEATLY AGAINST ABUTTING SURFACES. INSTALL UNITS LEVEL, IN UNIFORM PLANE AND FREE FROM TWIST, WARP AND DENTS. INSTALL HOL -DOWN CLIPS ON ALL ACOUSTICAL UNITS TO HOLD THEM TIGHT TO GRID SYSTEM WHERE WITHIN 20" OF AN EXTERIOR DOOR. I. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL INSULATION BLANKET ON SUSPENDED CEILING AT SOUND INSULATED PARTITIONS AS SHOWN. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS LAYER OF INSULATION 4' -0" WIDE, CENTERED ON PARTITIONS. 3.02 WORKMANSHIP COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE REFERENCED STANDARDS. THE FINISHED SURFACES SHALL BE FREE FROM DAMAGE, FLAWS, BLEMISHES OR OTHER DEFECTS DETRIMENTAL TO APPEARANCE; HAVE JOINTS AND EXPOSED GRID IN REQUIRED PATTERN, POSITION AND ALIGNMENT AND BE UNIFORM IN PLANE, COLOR, TEXTURE AND FINISH. ADJUST ANY SAGS OR TWISTS AS REQUIRED. END OF SECTION REVIEWED FOR C �OMPLIANCE AP -. RnVER.D MAY 1 9 2010 City of Tukwila BUILDING noncinnr o d RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 11.2010 PERMIT CENTER z al) OO C E74 Ct Ma DESCRIPTION NEW FIXTURE K4G COMMENTS EL 0 0 H 0 V! z 0 1- Q 4 Q z 4 VI 2 0 I w 0 1- to W 0_ di DRAWN: E:E K CHECK: EEK JOB NO: llo, 01- to (0 UJDcp ft � � (1) p-Z ft 0 1.1:1z oujI 4:14 o� 4cd- j V:iE�o 10 -014 co z 0 Q OF: SHEETS SECTION 09650 RESILIENT MATERIALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A.RESILIENT FLOORING AND RESILIENT BASES 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND THE FOLLOWING UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, COMPLY WITH THE MOST STRINGENT. 1. FS SS- T -312B TYPE IV- FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOR VINYL COMPOSITION TILE 2. FS SS -W40A, TYPE II - FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOR COMPOSITION B. INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS: AM MANUFACTURER LICENSED APPLICATOR OR A FIRM APPROVED AS AN INSTALLER BY THE RESILIENT FLOORING MANUFACTURER WITH NOT LESS THAN FIVE YEARS EXPERIENCE IN THE SPECIFIED UNIT RESPONSIBILITY AND PROVING A BACKGROUND OF NOT LESS THAN THREE INSTALLATIONS OF COMPARABLE SIZE AND SCOPE TO THAT HEREIN SPECIFIED. 1.03SITE CONDITIONS A.ENSURE FLOOR SURFACES ARE SMOOTH AND FLAT WITH MAXIMUM VARIATION OF 1/8" IN 10'. PREPARE FLOOR AS NECESSARY TO MEET THESE REQUIREMENTS. ENSURE CONCRETE FLOORS ARE DRY (MAXIMUM 7% MOISTURE CONTENT) AND EXHIBIT NEGATIVE ALKALINITY, CARBONIZATION OR DUSTING. MAINTAIN MINIMUM 70 DEGREES F AIR TEMPERATURE AT FLOORING INSTALLATION AREA FOR 48 HOURS PRIOR TO, DURING, AND FOR 48 HOURS AFTER INSTALLATION. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 55 DEGREES F THEREAFTER. STORE FLOORING MATERIALS IN AREA OF APPLICATION. ALLOW THREE DAYS FOR MATERIAL TO REACH SAME TEMPERATURE AS AREA. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A.COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE REFERENCED STANDARDS. 1. VINYL COMPOSITION TILE: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE ON DRAWING. MATCH EXISTING WHEN APPLICABLE. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: "ARMSTRONG" 2. PVC COMPOSITE TILE INSTALLED BY VENDOR. 3.BASE: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE ON DRAWING. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: "ARMSTRONG" B. EDGE TRANSITION STRIPS: RESILIENT MOLDINGS FOR TRANSITION BETWEEN RESILIENT FLOORING AND CARPET (REDUCES TYPE). MANUFACTURED BY JOHNSONITE, COLORS AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COLORS. 2.02 ACCESSORIES /ADHESIVES /SEALERS SUB -FLOOR FILLER: PREMIXED LATEX, ARMSTRONG S -180 LATEX UNDERPAYMENT, MIXED WITH WATER TO PRODUCE CEMENTITIOUS PAST. PRIMERS AND ADHESIVES: WATERPROOF; OF TYPE RECOMMENDED BY RESILIENT FLOORING MANUFACTURER FOR SPECIFIC MATERIAL. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION REMOVE SUB -FLOOR DIRT, GREASE, RIDGES AND BUMPS, CLEAN FLOOR AND FILL LOW SPOTS, CRACKS, JOINTS, HOLES AND OTHER DEFECTS WITH SUB -FLOOR FILLER; APPLY, TOWEL AND FLOAT FILLER TO LEAVE SMOOTH, FLAT HARD SURFACE. APPLY FILLER TO 1/8" MAXIMUM THICKNESS AND ALLOW TO CURE PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF SUCCEEDING LAYERS. DO NOT INSTALL LAYTEX TYPE E FILLER IN EXCESS OF 3/8" TOTAL THICKNESS. PROHIBIT TRAFFIC UNTIL FILLER IS CURED. INCLUDE FLOATED FILLER RAMPS. AT SLOPES NOT TO EXCEED 1: 36, AT DOORS AND OTHER LOCATIONS WHERE RESILIENT FLOORING ADJOINS HIGHER DISSIMILAR FLOORING AS FOLLOWS: 1. RESILIENT FLOORING SHALL FINISH 1/8" BELOW ADJOINING CARPET PILE. 2. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS, RESILIENT FLOORING SHALL FINISH FLUSH WITH ALL OTHER DISSIMILAR FLOORING, SILLS, ETC. 3.02 INSTALLATION - FLOOR A.OPEN FLOOR TILE CARTONS, ENOUGH TO COVER EACH AREA, AND MIX TILE TO ENSURE SHADE VARIATIONS DO NOT OCCUR WITHIN ANY ONE AREA. B. CLEAN SUBSTRATE. SPREAD CEMENT EVENLY IN QUANTITY RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER TO ENSURE ADHESION OVER ENTIRE AREA OF INSTALLATION. SPEED ONLY ENOUGH ADHESIVE TO PERMIT INSTALLATION OF FLOORING BEFORE INITIAL SET INSTALL WITH MINIMUM OF 34 FULL SIZE TILE WIDTH AT ROOM OR AREA PERIMETER TO PATTERN REQUIRED. TERMINATE RESILIENT FLOORING AT CENTERLINE OF DOOR WHERE ADJACENT FLOOR FINISH IS DISSIMILAR. LAY FLOORING CONTINUOUS THROUGH DOORS AND OPENINGS WHERE ADJACENT AREAS AND ROOMS HAVE SAME FINISH. INSTALL EDGE STRIPS AT UNPROTECTED OR EXPOSED EDGES WHERE FLOORING TERMINATES. SCRIBE FLOORING TO WALLS, COLUMNS, CABINETS, FLOOR OUTLETS AND OTHER APPURTENANCES, TO PRODUCE TIGHT JOINTS. 3.03 INSTALLATION - BASE A.FITS JOINTS TIGHT AND VERTICAL. INSTALL BASE IN LONGEST LENGTHS POSSIBLE. MITER INTERNAL CORNERS. USE PREMOLDED SECTIONS FOR EXTERNAL CORNERS AND EXPOSED ENDS. INSTALL BASE ON SOLID BACKING. ADHERE TIGHTLY TO WALL AND FLOOR SURFACES. SCRIBE AND FIT TO DOOR FRAMES AND OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS. INSTALL STRAIGHT AND LEVEL TO VARIATION OF PLUS OR MINUS 1/8" OVER 10'. 3.04 CLEAN -UP AND PROTECTION A.REMOVE ACCESS ADHESIVE FROM FLOOR, BASE AND WALL SURFACE S WITHOUT CAUSING DAMAGE. CLEAN FLOOR AND BASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. PROHIBIT TRAFFIC FROM FINISHED FLOORS FOR 48 HOURS AFTER INSTALLATION. CLEAN AND WAX FLOOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 3.05 WORKMANSHIP A.COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE REFERENCED STANDARDS. THE FINISHED SURFACES SHALL BE FULLY BONDED TO THE SUBSTRATE; FREE FROM DAMAGE, FLAWS, OR OTHER DEFECTS DETRIMENTAL TO APPEARANCE; HAVE TIGHTLY FITTED JOINTS AND SEAMS BE UNIFORM IN PATTERN, SPACING, MARGIN AND FINISH. END OF SECTION CARPET -. E T10N 096 PANT SEI'IERAt . 1:t SUMMARY k THIS SECTION INCLUDES. MODULPk [ 1Si ?N-B ED) coNsrUCTIO# > ° C Ef ..TILE: 1;2 WE I471-.. 1.3 A• 1,5 PRODLIOT I ATk :FOR EACH PRODUCT IND ;CARPET TILE` FUft ..SIZJ .EXPOSED 00E; NSITIQN, 1;044,1.1.04 sAMMPIES, QUAtJTY ASSURANCE. FT <NI5£Rl` t TALI:ERR QUALIEIOATIO W Aft: DIPERIENO I�AI,I EI: 11 0 Is O1 iiFIE0 tIT I°T;4QII CrOVERING :, INST TION: BOO:: WHO ` > .DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE WITH: ITS GERTITt)N PRO P.R0.4 IQ€INREtI ITS.. Ey AND HAI puN 4, SECTION:..: r1 ECTCpN(n+NS 0 HANI I:INI ;" .COMPLY; I 104x.. SECTION 72,. 'SITE CONFTIONS, TEMP�TURE AD .HUM @IIY . /,ryJ(y+Z 'II NMENTAL. LIMNTAT NS I O NOT INSTALL CARPE TILEES .: SPACES. IS COMPLETE AI�Ii1�..DRY, A IO..:AMB TI ERATUI : AND HUMIITITY :E IDITI.ONS- ARE MA N ANNED AT THE LEVELS INDICAT 3 R ; PROJECT WHEN OCCUPIED FOR IEI.TENDE USE. ISTALL .:.CARPET 'IIL .'DYE t fClE. S $... NTIL SLABS sUiFICiENTI;Y DRY T4 BOND WITH A€IHESIVE.::AND: :CONC TE $TABS HAVE. P?H:. RN.. REMANDED: B'( CARP DIVE:: ANUFACTURER D. HERE: DEMOUNTABLE PA€tTIT'IONS OR OTHER.;ItEMS Aid NN}ICATENI :: FOR::.II TALLA : ON i 3P OF C 'Er.TIC, INSTAI:L..CARPET TES •BEFORE INST"AWNG.:THESE.: ITEMS WARRANO: SPEOIAI : WAIRRANTY Mg OAR MAI+IUI=ACTURER.S STAARtT FORM IN WHICH MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPAIII OR•R qEi COM. ENTS..OF PEI' TILE: INSTALNATIOW "THAT FAIL. IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP I ITH N SPECIETEO wARRAKy WARRANTY .PERIOD ; "AILUITES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT L ITED TO,:: MORE: IT N 10. PERCENT LOSS; FACE DER, EDGE RAVEIJN ,RUNS : LOSS T11Fi'. BIND STRE TFI ;.: I EiSIOMAL STAIIJ1Y; AID .€ EI. NATTCI+i.` 1., WARRANTY PERIOD:: 10 `YEARS. FROM . DATE. O!F .SUBST'AIT:::COMPLETION. T., EXTRA MATTRI A. 'FURNISH E'4 c.:i T I.S.: I CR ED BELOW, ;BEQRE INSfALLAIIQN 6E04% T T PRODUCTS .:;:IN STALLED AND T RAT ARIA PACI(AC :Om Row :COVERING: RAGE AND IDENT1FTED WITH' BEES DESOR Ix NO :CONT 1. :.CARPI# lLE #- FULL-SIZE UNTS:: EQUAL : . [5] <INSERT' NUMBS PERCENT ;OP AMOUNT. 1NSTALIEDMR. EACH TYPE tNOOCATEO. 13IXi'. NOT T :10 SQ :.: (a3 , PRAT 2.. CUM 2:1 CARPET TILE A. AVAILABLE ..PROD :: SUI IECT TO.':cOMPLIANCE MAY BE INCORPORA . .INTO TH WORT€:: If .... :. YETI � tl!I�L F)LLQW NG; ..::. :. I3 :PRODUCTS; SUR ECT TO COMPLtAAl!ICE WITH REOUIRI«MENTS. •PI= VIDE ONE OF THEE DLL. WIN . INTERFACE is 'COLOR: SEi FII+NI$H SCHEDULE... b. ..PAUERN:: sEt iSNi :SCIOUNL INSTAM:ATii # AG SI; .UIREM :PRODUCTS •NOT,.U:IMITED TCI, TAE`: "GEL LS. L UNG: AND PATCH NG tPOUNI)S. LATE1t MO ED, HYDRAULIC-CEMENT-BED FORMULATION ;III OR. RECOMMENDED: B'Y CARPET i'II E: = FACTVRER. jam..... .: {�� R; #y�j1 p �+�y,� y�S� 9' ADHES < ; ,R Ti; :N4 I " #) I � ,.: t�E ` PRESSURE. SEN.S_.N iiiVE :TYPE TO SUIT PROD1 CTS #. SUBFLOOR CONDITIONS INDICATED, ThAT..COMPLIES. !ITH LI'IY 13OURNOIV:Pa. INSTALLED CANPET."111E: AND 15 RECOMMENCED BY. TILE MANUFACTURER FOR: RELEAASABI E INSTALLATION. PART 3 •-- E'EMN. I gisTok1ION A:. OFN :: COMPLY. W. CRIAL 4. SEC'TIQN4 :14 "I+AI'�PI~ I CI)U07' TILE IAF' RERS AOTU WEN BIS1'AL,LAT ON iNsigwitms. 11 INSTALI.AT ON MN:THOD; AS :RECOWRIO.ED IN .WRI II CARPET C EXTEND CARPET TILE 1 E.:SPAC ; • DOOR:.REIEALS, CLCSUS OBSTRUCTTQNS, .REMOVABLE FLANGE$, ALCC% S,.AND $tM OPEN! 13. :INSTALL PATTERN: PARALLEL TO :WAL S .AND BORD S.. END OF SECTION SET MANUFACTURER BOTTO SECTION 09740 RESINOUS FLOORING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.THIS SECTION INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING: 1.2 SUBMITTALS A.INSTALLER CERTIFICATES: SIGNED BY MANUFACTURER CERTIFYING THAT INSTALLERS COMPLY WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. B. MATERIAL TEST REPORTS: FROM A QUALIFIED INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY INDICATING AND INTERPRETING TEST RESULTS OF THE RESINOUS FLOORING'S REACTION TO CHEMICALS AND OTHER REAGENTS AND SUBSTANTIATING COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS. C.MATERIAL CERTIFICATES: IN LIEU OF MATERIAL TEST REPORTS WHEN PERMITTED BY ARCHITECT, SIGNED BY MANUFACTURERS CERTIFYING THAT MATERIALS FURNISHED COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS. D.MAINTENANCE DATA: FOR RESINOUS FLOORING TO INCLUDE IN THE MAINTENANCE MANUALS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 1. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: ENGAGE AN EXPERIENCED INSTALLER (APPLICATOR) WHO HAS SPECIALIZED IN INSTALLING RESINOUS FLOORING SIMILAR IN MATERIAL, DESIGN, AND EXTENT TO THAT INDICATED FOR THIS PROJECT AND WHO IS ACCEPTABLE TO RESINOUS FLOORING MANUFACTURER. 1. ENGAGE AN INSTALLER WHO IS CERTIFIED IN WRITING BY RESINOUS FLOORING MANUFACTURER AS QUALIFIED TO INSTALL RESINOUS FLOORING SYSTEMS SPECIFIED. B. SOURCE LIMITATIONS: OBTAIN PRIMARY RESINOUS FLOORING MATERIALS, INCLUDING PRIMERS, RESINS, HARDENING AGENTS, AND SEALING OR FINISH COATS, THROUGH ONE SOURCE FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER PROVIDE. PROVIDE SECONDARY MATERIALS INCLUDING PATCHING AND FILL MATERIAL, JOINT SEALANT, AND REPAIR MATERIALS OF TYPE AND FROM SOURCE RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER OF PRIMARY MATERIALS. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A.DELIVER MATERIALS IN ORIGINAL PACKAGES AND CONTAINERS, WITH SEALS UNBROKEN, BEARING MANUFACTURER'S LABELS INDICATING BRAND NAME AND DIRECTIONS FOR STORAGE AND MIXING WITH OTHER COMPONENTS. B. STORE MATERIALS TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS TO PREVENT DETERIORATION FROM MOISTURE, HEAT, COLD SUNLIGHT, OR OTHER DETRIMENTAL EFFECTS. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS: COMPLY WITH RESINOUS FLOORING MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE, MOISTURE, VENTILATION, AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING RESINOUS FLOORING INSTALLATION. 1. MAINTAIN TEMPERATURES OF NOT LESS THAN 40 DEGREES F AND NOT MORE THAN 80 DEGREES F DURING INSTALLATION AND DRYING TIMES. B. LIGHTING: PROVIDE PERMANENT LIGHTING OR, IF PERMANENT LIGHTING IS NOT IN PLACE, SIMULATE PERMANENT LIGHTING CONDITIONS DURING RESINOUS FLOORING INSTALLATION. C.CLOSE SPACES TO TRAFFIC DURING RESINOUS FLOORING APPLICATION AND FOR NOT LESS THAN 24 HOURS AFTER APPLICATION, UNLESS MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDS A LONGER PERIOD. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE ONE OF THE PRODUCTS INDICATED FOR EACH DESIGNATION IN THE RESINOUS FLOORING SCHEDULE AT THE END OF THE PART 3. 2.2 MATERIALS A.RESINOUS FLOORING - RESINOUS FLOOR SURFACING SYSTEM CONSISTING OF BODY COAT(S) INCLUDING PRIMER; RESIN AND HARDENER AND SEALING OR FINISH COAT(S). 1. PRODUCT: A.FLORIC POLYTECH: ON 2000 - CLEARSEAL (NO TINT) 2. COLOR AND PATTERN: AS SPECIFIED BY PRODUCT DESIGNATION INDICATED ABOVE. 3. WEARING SURFACE: SMOOTH 4. COMPONENTS: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COMPONENTS COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 5. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES= AS INDICATED BY SYSTEM DESIGNATION AND COMPONENTS INDICATED ABOVE. 6. CHEMICAL RESISTANCE: AS INDICATED BY SYSTEM DESIGNATION AND COMPONENTS INDICATED ABOVE. B. PATCHING AND FILL MATERIAL. RESINOUS PRODUCT OF OR APPROVED BY LER (APPLRESINOUS FLOORING MANUFACTURER) AND RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATION INDICATED. C.JOINT SEALANT* TYPE RECOMMENDED OR PRODUCED BY RESINOUS FLOORING MANUFACTURER FOR TYPE OF SERVICE AND JOINT CONDITIONS INDICATED. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A.GENERAL: PREPARE AND CLEAN SUBSTRATE ACCORDING TO RESINOUS FLOORING MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FO R SUBS T RATE INDICATED. PROVIDE CLEAN, DRY AND NEUTRAL SUBSTRATE FOR RESINOUS FLOORING APPLICATION. 1. REPAIR SPALLS, CRACKS, VIODS AND JOINTS WITH FILLER AS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 3 SECTION "CONCRETE FLOOR TOPPING" 2. REPAIR DAMAGED AND DETERIORATED CONCRETE ACCORDING TO RESINOUS FLOORING MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS. B. CONCRETE SUBSTRATES* C.MATERIAL CERTIFICATES: IN LIEU OF MATERIAL TEST REPORTS WHEN PERMITTED BY ARCHITECT, SIGNED BY MANUFACTURERS CERTIFYING THAT MATERIALS FURNISHED COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS. D.MAINTENANCE DATA: FOR RESINOUS FLOORING TO INCLUDE IN THE MAINTENANCE MANUALS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 1. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: ENGAGE AN EXPERIENCED INSTALLER (APPLICATOR) WHO HAS SPECIALIZED IN INSTALLING RESINOUS FLOORING SIMILAR IN MATERIAL, DESIGN, AND EXTENT TO THAT INDICATED FOR THIS PROJECT AND WHO IS ACCEPTABLE TO RESINOUS FLOORING MANUFACTURER. • 1. ENGAGE AN INSTALLER WHO IS CERTIFIED IN WRITING BY RESINOUS FLOORING MANUFACTURER AS QUALIFIED TO INSTALL RESINOUS FLOORING SYSTEMS SPECIFIED. B. SOURCE LIMITATIONS: OBTAIN PRIMARY RESINOUS FLOORING MATERIALS, INCLUDING PRIMERS, RESINS, HARDENING AGENTS, AND SEALING OR FINISH COATS, THROUGH ONE SOURCE FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER PROVIDE. PROVIDE SECONDARY MATERIALS INCLUDING PATCHING AND FILL MATERIAL, JOINT SEALANT, AND REPAIR MATERIALS OF TYPE AND FROM SOURCE RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER OF PRIMARY MATERIALS. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A.DELIVER MATERIALS IN ORIGINAL PACKAGES AND CONTAINERS, WITH SEALS UNBROKEN, BEARING MANUFACTURER'S LABELS INDICATING BRAND NAME AND DIRECTIONS FOR STORAGE AND MIXING WITH OTHER COMPONENTS. B. STORE MATERIALS TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS TO PREVENT DETERIORATION FROM MOISTURE, HEAT, COLD SUNLIGHT, OR OTHER DETRIMENTAL EFFECTS. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS: COMPLY WITH RESINOUS FLOORING MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE, MOISTURE, VENTILATION, AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING RESINOUS FLOORING INSTALLATION. 1. MAINTAIN TEMPERATURES OF NOT LESS THAN 40 DEGREES F AND NOT MORE THAN 80 DEGREES F DURING INSTALLATION AND DRYING TIMES. B. LIGHTING: PROVIDE PERMANENT LIGHTING OR, IF PERMANENT LIGHTING IS NOT IN PLACE, SIMULATE PERMANENT LIGHTING CONDITIONS DURING RESINOUS FLOORING INSTALLATION. C.CLOSE SPACES TO TRAFFIC DURING RESINOUS FLOORING APPLICATION AND FOR NOT LESS THAN 24 HOURS AFTER APPLICATION, UNLESS MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDS A LONGER PERIOD. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE ONE OF THE PRODUCTS INDICATED FOR EACH DESIGNATION IN THE RESINOUS FLOORING SCHEDULE AT THE END OF THE PART 3. 2.2 MATERIALS A.RESINOUS FLOORING - RESINOUS FLOOR SURFACING SYSTEM CONSISTING OF BODY COAT(S) INCLUDING PRIMER; RESIN AND HARDENER AND SEALING OR FINISH COAT(S). 1. PRODUCT: A.FLORIC POLYTECH: ON 2000 - CLEARSEAL (NO TINT) 2. COLOR AND PATTERN: AS SPECIFIED BY PRODUCT DESIGNATION INDICATED ABOVE. 3. WEARING SURFACE: SMOOTH 4. COMPONENTS: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COMPONENTS COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 5. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES= AS INDICATED BY SYSTEM DESIGNATION AND COMPONENTS INDICATED ABOVE. 6. CHEMICAL RESISTANCE: AS INDICATED BY SYSTEM DESIGNATION AND COMPONENTS INDICATED ABOVE. B. PATCHING AND FILL MATERIAL. RESINOUS PRODUCT OF OR APPROVED BY LER (APPLRESINOUS FLOORING MANUFACTURER) AND RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATION INDICATED. C.JOINT SEALANT* TYPE RECOMMENDED OR PRODUCED BY RESINOUS FLOORING MANUFACTURER FOR TYPE OF SERVICE AND JOINT CONDITIONS INDICATED. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A.GENERAL: PREPARE AND CLEAN SUBSTRATE ACCORDING TO RESINOUS FLOORING MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBSTRATE INDICATED. PROVIDE CLEAN, DRY AND NEUTRAL SUBSTRATE FOR RESINOUS FLOORING APPLICATION. 1. REPAIR SPALLS, CRACKS, VIODS AND JOINTS WITH FILLER AS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 3 SECTION "CONCRETE FLOOR TOPPING" 2. REPAIR DAMAGED AND DETERIORATED CONCRETE ACCORDING TO RESINOUS FLOORING MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS. B. CONCRETE SUBSTRATES* 1. TROWEL FINISHED CONCRETE SLAB, MINIMUM 4 INCHES THICK, MINIMUM STRENGTH OF 3,000 PSI AT 28 DAYS, REINFORCED WITH MINIMUM #3 BARS AT 24" O.C. IN NEW CONDITIONS, FIBROUS REINFORCED CONCRETE SHALL NOT BE USED. IN EXISTING CONDITIONS WITH A FIBROUS REINFORCED CONCRETE, THE FLOOR SHALL BE FLOATED IN ORDER TO ACHIEVE A PROPER FINISH IN THE EPDXY FLOORING. A. SLAB ON GRADE CONDITIONS: PROVIDE A SUB -BASE OF 2 INCHES OF SAND OVER 4 INCHES OF GRAVEL SHALL BE COMPACTED TO 95% COMPACTION. THE SUBGRADE SHALL BE COMPACTED AT 95% COMPACTION. FURNISH AND INSTALL MOISTURE BARRIER PER TENANT'S SPECIFICATIONS. B. ABOVE GRADE LEVEL LOCATIONS: PROVIDE A 4" MINIMUM THICK CONCRETE SLAB CONCRETE SLABS SHALL BE FREE OF CURING COMPOUNDS, BOND BREAKERS AND OTHER CONTAMINANTS. CONCRETE SLABS SHALL BE POURED A MINIMUM OF 30 DAYS PRIOR TO THE DATE TENANT RECEIVES POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES FROM LANDLORD. 2. CONCRETE SLAB SHALL BE UNIFORMLY LEVEL, AT A SINGLE ELEVATION WITHOUT DEPRESSIONS. THE SURFACE SHALL BE SMOOTH AND OF UNIFORM SOLID CONCRETE WITH NO VISIBLE ROCK, GRAVEL OR SIMILAR SUBSTANCE. FLOOR SLAB FLATNESS AND LEVELNESS SHALL BE MEASURED USING THE AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE ( #117. F- NUMBER STANDARD FOR THE SPECIFICATION AND MEASUREMENT OF CONCRETE FLOORS. REQUIRED FLATNESS AND LEVELNESS, USING THIS STANDARD SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: FLOOR FLATNESS / FLOOR LEVELNESS z FF 35 / FL 25. 3. CONCRETE SLAB TO BE LEVEL WITH SURROUNDING SLAB ELEVATION. SLAB SHALL EXIST AT AN ELEVATION CONSISTENT WITH SURROUNDING AREAS SO THAT TRANSITIONS FROM THE PREMISES FLOOR SLAB TO MALL FINISH FLOOR, SIDEWALK, OR OTHER ADJACENT COMMON AREAS DO NOT EXCEED 1/4" (.25 ") AND MUST HAVE A POSITIVE SLOPE AWAY FROM PREMISES. A.PROVIDE CONTROLS JOINT FILLER PER INDUSTRY STANDARD AND THE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS USING THE FOLLOWING PRODUCT: FLORIC POLYTECH: CRACK, SPALL AND JOINT FILLER: EJF -100 EPDXY JOINT FILLER CRACK AND JOINT FILLER FOR MOVING CRACKS OR EXPANSION JOINTS: EJF -200 OR EJF -300 FLEXIBLE EPDXY JOINT FILLER B. CONTROL JOINTS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN CONCRETE SLABS AT A 10' MINIMUM AND A MAXIMUM OF 20' -0" O.C. IN EACH DIRECTION BASED ON COLUMN CENTERLINES. C.ISOLATION JOINTS SHALL BE LOCATED (IN DIAMOND PATTERN AT BASE OF COLUMN) TO PROVIDE SEPARATION BETWEEN CONCRETE SLAB AND ALL STRUCTURAL COLUMNS AND FOOTINGS. PLACE ISOLATION JOINTS AROUND ALL BUILDING STRUCTURAL COLUMNS AND FILL WITH PREFORMED JOINT FILLER WITH AN ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANT. 4. LANDLORD TO PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION TO THE TENANT CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER CONFIRMING COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS WITHIN THIS EXHIBIT FROM A LICENSED SURVEYOR, WHEN REQUESTED. 5. IF REQUESTED, ALLOWABLE SLAB FLATNESS AND LEVELNESS TOLERANCES TO BE VERIFIED WITH SITE LASER- MAPPED 10 -FOOT GRID, INCLUDING COLUMNS, SUPPLIED BY LANDLORD PRIOR OF DELIVERY OF PREMISES TO TENANT. 6. SLAB SHALL NOT CONTAIN RESIDUE, DEPOSITS, STAINS OR TIRE MARKS. ALL FAULTS SHALL BE REPAIRED PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF SPECIFIED FLOOR SEALER. PRIOR TO REPAIRS OR OTHER FLOOR TREATMENTS, LANDLORD SHALL SUPPLY TO TENANT, IN A TIMELY MANNER, CONCRETE FLOOR TESTING FOR CONCRETE MOISTURE VAPOR EMISSIONS, CONDUCTED BY A QUALIFIED INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM -F- 1869 -98. CONTINGENT UPON VAPOR EMISSION RESULTS, TREATMENTS SHALL BE UTILIZED IN AREAS EXCEEDING MAXIMUM EMISSION LIMITS, AS APPROVED IN WRITING BY TENANT, TO COMPLY WITH FLOOR COVERING REQUIREMENTS. 7. AT ANY LOCATION WITH AN EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB OR NEW FLOOR SLAB WITH TILT -UP WALL TYPE CONSTRUCTION, LANDLORD SHALL PROVIDE FLOOR LEVELING AND TOPPING (TOPPING AGENT SHALL BE ARDEX SD -T OR MAPEI ULTRATOP AND A MINIMUM OF Y" THICK OR THICKER IF REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER) APPLICATION THROUGHOUT THE LEASED SPACE IS MANDATORY, UNLESS THIS REQUIREMENT IS WAIVED BY TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER IN WRITING. 8. FLOOR REPAIR, PATCHING AND LEVELING MATERIALS FOR THOSE FLOORS NOT MEETING THE ABOVE CRITERIA SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: A.NO SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE ALLOWED WITHOUT TENANT'S PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION. B. TOPICAL REPAIRS SHALL BE MADE USING ONE OF THE FOLLOWING APPROVED CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS: I. SELF - LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT: ARDEX K -15; MAPEI ULTRAPLAN M20. SELF - LEVELING CONCRETE TOPPING: ARDEX SD -T; MAPEI ULTRATOP. STRICTLY FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN SPECIFICATION FOR SURFACE PREPARATION, PRIMING, THICKNESS AND METHOD OF APPLICATION. C.MATERIAL SHALL BE APPLIED ONLY BY AN EXPERIENCED QUALIFIED APPLICATOR R O WITH A MINIMUM OF FIVE (5) YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE WITH SPECIFIED OR SIMILAR MATERIALS. PREVIOUS JOB EXPERIENCE SHALL BE OF SIMILAR SCOPE AND SIZE TO TENANT'S PROJECT. D.IN THE EVENT TENANT'S WORK REQUIRES INSTALLATION OF EXISTING MALL FLOOR MATERIAL BETWEEN PUBLIC /COMMON AREA AND TENANT'S STOREFRONT, THEN LANDLORD SHALL SUPPLY SUCH FLOORING (MATERIAL ONLY), WITHOUT ANY COST TO TENANT, TO COMPLY WITH SUCH REQUIREMENT. 9. LANDLORD SHALL PERFORM A MOISTURE TEST OF THE FLOORING SYSTEM AND PROVIDE TO TENANT EVIDENCE THAT MOISTURE VAPOR EMISSION LEVELS OF THE CONCRETE FLOOR DO NOT EXCEED 10 POUNDS / 1000 SQUARE FEET / 24 HOURS WHEN APPLYING EPDXY DIRECTLY TO CONCRETE. WHEN INSTALLING CEMENTITIOUS TOPPINGS, DO NOT EXCEED MOISTURE VAPOR EMISSION LEVELS OF 3 POUNDS / 1000 SQUARE FEET 124 HOURS. IF THE MOISTURE CONTENT EXCEEDS THE ABOVE MAXIMUM LIMIT, LANDLORD SHALL PROVIDE TREATMENT, APPROVED IN WRITING BY TENANT, COMPATIBLE WITH FLOORING COATINGS AND REPAIR MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS' REQUIREMENTS FOR THE FLOORING PRODUCTS. A.PRIOR TO TESTING SLAB MOISTURE CONTENT, STOREFRONT MUST BE INSTALLED, HVAC MUST BE OPERATING, AND SITE MUST BE AT RELATIVE HUMIDITY AND AMBIENT TEMPERATURE PLANNED FOR BUILDING OCCUPANTS FOR AT LEAST 72 HOURS. CONTINUE TO MAINTAIN RELATIVE HUMIDITY AND AMBIENT TEMPERATURE PLANNED FOR BUILDING OCCUPANTS THROUGH TESTING, PRODUCT ACCLIMATION, DURING INSTALLATION, AND AFTER INSTALLATION OF EPDXY COATING FLOOR. B. ACCLIMATION PERIOD: ALLOW AN ACCLIMATION PERIOD FOR ALL PRODUCTS OF 3 DAYS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. C.CONSULT WITH THE PRODUCT MANUFACTURER FOR SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS AND NOTIFY THE CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER. 10. EPDXY FLOORING SYSTEM (FOR TURNKEYS) A.CONCRETE SLAB AND /OR PREVIOUSLY SPECIFIED CEMENTITIOUS TOPICAL REPAIR MATERIAL MUST BE PREPARED AND SHOT -BLAST TO PROVIDE A UNIFORM, CONTAMINANT -FREE, PROFILED SURFACE. SHOT -BLAST FLOOR (IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO COATING) AT A MACHINE SPEED OF 40 - 60 FEET PER MINUTE USING S170 OR S230 SHOT SIZE WITH A UNIFORM, LIGHT BRUSH -BLAST AS REQUIRED TO , Q CREATE A SMOOTH, SUITABLE BONDING SURFACE FOR EPDXY COATING. SHOT BLAST MACHINE SHALL BE 15" OR LARGER.BLAST MACHINE TO RUN STRAIGHT AND PARALLEL TO STOREFRONT ENTRY DOORS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. AT NO TIME SHALL SHOT BLASTING TAKE PLACE DURING MACHINE TURNS. ALL RANDOM CRACKS THE WIDTH OF A NICKEL OR LARGER, HOLES, SPALLS THE SIZE OF A QUARTER UP TO 3- INCHES IN DIAMETER, CONSTRUCTION JOINTS AND OTHER SURFACE DEFECTS MUST BE NEATLY FILLED AND STRUCK FLUSH WITH SURROUNDING SURFACE. USE EJF -200 EPDXY JOINT FILLER MANUFACTURED BY FLORIC POLYTECH, STRICTLY ADHERING TO MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS. ALL REPAIRS SHALL HAVE MINIMAL OR NO RESIDUE ON SURROUNDING SURFACES. ALL SPALLS AND HOLES DEEPER THAN 3/32" MUST BE FILLED. FILL / COVER LARGER HOLES / AREAS WITH MAPEI OR ARDEX PRODUCTS SPECIFIED. 11. CONCRETE FINISH - EPDXY FLOORING SYSTEM (FOR TURNKEYS) A.CONCRETE SURFACE SHALL RECEIVE TWO (2) COATS OF ON -2000 CLEARSEAL EPDXY COATING MANUFACTURED BY FLORIC POLYTECH STRICTLY. ADHERING TO MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS. LANDLORD SHALL PROTECT FLOOR PER MANUFACTURER'S GUIDELINES UNTIL TURNOVER TO TENANT. 3.2 APPLICATION A. GENERAL: APPLY COMPONENTS OF RESINOUS FLOORING SYSTEMS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS INSTRUCTIONS TO PRODUCE A . UNIFORM, MONOLITHIC WEARING SURFACE OF THICKNESS INDICATED. 1.000RDINATE APPLICATION OF COMPONENTS TO PROVIDE OPTIMUM ADHESION OF RESINOUS FLOORING SYSTEM TO SUBSTRATE AND OPTIMUM INTERCOATADHESION. 2.CURE RESINOUS FLOORING COMPONENTS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, PREVENT CONTAMINATION DURING APPLICATION AND CURING PROCESSES. 3.AT SUBSTRATE EXPANSION AND ISOLATION JOINTS, PROVIDE JOINT IN RESINOUS FLOORING TO COMPLY WITH RESINOUS FLOORING MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS. A. APPLY JOINT SEALANT TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS. B. APPLY PRIMER OVER PREPARED SUBSTRATE AT MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED SPREADING RATE. C. APPLY SEALING OR FINISH COAT(S) OF TYPE RECOMMENDED BY RESINOUS FLOORING MANUFACTURER TO PRODUCE FINISH INDICATED. APPLY IN NUMBER OF COATS AND AT SPREADING RATES RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY MANUFACTURER. D. ALLOW RESINOUS FLOORING SYSTEM TO CURE. E. BUFF RESINOUS FLOORING TO REMOVE HIGH -GLOSS FINISH BY LIGHTLY SCRUBBING WITH FLOOR MACHINE USING 175 RPM MACHINE AND BLACK PAD. 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. PROTECT RESINOUS FLOORING FROM DAMAGE AND WEAR DURING THE REMAINDER OF CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. USE PROTECTIVE METHODS AND MATERIALS INCLUDING TEMPORARY COVERING, RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY RESINOUS FLOORING MANUFACTURER. B. CLEAN RESINOUS FLOORING NOT MORE THAN 4 DAYS BEFORE DATES SCHEDULED FOR INSPECTIONS INTENDED TO ESTABLISH DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION IN EACH PROJECT AREA. USE CLEANING MATERIALS AND PROCEDURES RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY RESINOUS FLOORING MANUFACTURER. bw-o8O ODE REVI .-- CODECOMPLIANCE FOR COMpLIq q PAR LACE �V�D I Y 1 2010 City of Tukwila BUILDING D' �.l Vn <1,ltnAl CITY of TUKWILA MAY 1 1 2010 PERMIT CENTER c 3 Cb iisiso a alma cts Owl f) DESCRIPTION NEW FIXTURE LAYOUT / IND DOCUMENTS 4- Z W f U u d m E 6 0 W. 0_ 4 z in 4 0_ a a 5 til U 111 VJ z 0 E- n 4 z 4 VJ z 0 0 m m DR A WN CHECK: EEK JOB NO: OW F. 5 (I) 4) ff 111 9 430 0- it ai CD 0_z ft 0 OWE Z 6) 5 n LL o� -4#6 10 -014 1 OF: SHEETS FLORIC POLYTECH RESINOUS FLOORING FLORIC POLYTECH - ON -2000 CLEARSEAL (WATER -BASED MOISTURE TOLERANT) CLEAR EPDXY COATING TECHNICAL DATA SHEET 1.) PRODUCT DESCRIPTION A) COMPOSITION FLORIC POLYTECH ON -2000 CLEARSEAL IS A DURABLE, CLEAR, CHEMICAL RESISTANT FLOOR COATING DESIGNED FOR USE IN SERVICE BAYS, LIGHT MANUFACTURING AREAS AND RETAIL FLOORING, ETC. ON -2000 CLEARSEAL OFFERS MODERATE CHEMICAL RESISTANCE, EXCELLENT CLEAN ABILITY, AND SUPERIOR APPEARANCE. A WATER -BASED EPDXY MATERIAL, ON -2000 CLEARSEAL IS DESIGNED FOR, COMPATIBILITY OVER "GREEN" AND HIGH MOISTURE CONCRETE SUBSTRATES, WHILE OFFERING THE ADDED CONVENIENCE OF FAST CURE. DUE TO ITS STRONG ABILITY TO PENETRATE AND ADHERE DEEP IN THE CONCRETE CAPILLARIES, IT ALSO SERVES AS ITS OWN PRIMER. FLORIC POLYTECH ON -2000 CLEARSEAL IS A V.O.C. COMPLIANT SEALER (SQAMD RULE 1113) WITH ONLY A SLIGHT SOLVENT ODOR DURING INSTALLATION. B) TYPICAL USES FLORIC POLYTECH ON -2000 CLEARSEAL IS USED IN LIGHT MANUFACTURING AREAS, AUTOMOBILE SERVICE BAYS, RETAILS SPACES, ETC. C) ADVANTAGES - LIMITATIONS ADVANTAGES 1.EXCELLENT CLEAN ABILITY AND ABRASION RESISTANCE. 2.AVAILABLE IN GLOSS, OR MAY BE DE- GLOSSES. 3.COMPLIES WITH VOC REGULATIONS. 4.COMPATIBLE OVER "GREEN" AND HIGH MOISTURE CONCRETE SUBSTRATES. 5.2- HOUR POT -LIFE 6.CONFORMS TO ADA REQUIREMENTS FOR COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION (WHEN DEGLOSSED) LIMITATIONS. LIMITATIONS 1.NO VISIBLE END OF POT -LIFE 2.MOVING CRACKS IN CONCRETE MAY REFLECT THROUGH FINISH. 2.) PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND TECHNICAL DATA A) SYSTEM THICKNESS - 5 -10 MILS B) PENCIL HARDNESS (ASTM - 3363) -6H C) IMPACT RESISTANCE (ASTM D -2794) DIRECT - >160 IN./LBS REVERSE - > 80 IN. /LBS D) THERMAL SHOCK (ASTM D -1211) - GOOD E) FLEXIBILITY (ASTM D -1737, 180 BEND, 3/16" MANDREL) - PASSES F) CHEMICAL RESISTANCE (ASTM D -1308) GASOLINE NO EFFECT MOTOR OIL NO EFFECT COFFEE NO EFFECT WINDEX NO EFFECT FORMULA 409 NO EFFECT METHANOL LOSS OF GLOSS 10% NA -OH NO EFFECT 10% ACETIC ACID DESTROYED 10% HCL SWELLING RECOVERED 10% SULFURIC ACID SWELLING G) GLOSS, 60 DEGREES >83 (ASTM 0 -523) H) ELONGATION >23% (ASTM 522 -88) I) ABRASION RESISTANCE 133.5MG (ASTM D -4060) CS -17 DISK, IKG, 1000 CYCLES- 3.) INSTALLATION A.PREPARE SURFACE BY CAREFUL AND THOROUGH REMOVAL OF LAITANCE, GREASE, AND FOREIGN MATTER. B.APPLY EPDXY PRIMER COAT (ON -2000 CLEARSEAL), FILLING EXISTING CRACKS OR VOIDS IN THE CONCRETE NOTE: IF NEEDED APPLY EJF SEMI- RIDGED EPDXY JOINT FILLER TO CRACKS AND CONTROL JOINTS. C.SPREAD (ON -2000 CLEARSEAL) BU SQUEEGEE AND BACK ROLL IN ONE TO TWO COATS TO ACHIEVE A UNIFORM FILM BUILD AND DESIRED MIL THICKNESS. 4.) PRODUCT AVAILABILITY EAST AND WEST COAST DISTRIBUTION COORDINATION CONTACT: • FLORIC POLYTECH PH # (909) 483 -1870 FAX # (909) 483 -1869 5.) SPECIFICATION AND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE FLORIC POLYTECH RANCHO CUCAMONGA, CA 91730 PH # (909) 483 -1870 FAX # (909) 483 -1869 FLORIC POLYTECH EJF -200 EPDXY PASTE (NON -SAG) TECHNICAL DATA SHEET 1.) PRODUCT DESCRIPTION A) COMPOSTION FLORIC POLYTECH EJF -200 (NON -SAG) EPDXY PASTE IS A TWO- COMPONENT PLASTICIZED LIQUID EPDXY RESIN, CONCRETE GRAY IN COLOR. IT WAS DEVELOPED SPECIFICALLY FOR USE IN NON - MOVING JOINTS, MINOR PATCHES, PATCHES, SPALLS AND RADIUS COVE BASE PRE DETAILING. FLORIC POLYTECH EJF -200 EPDXY PASTE IS SEMI- RIDGED, HARD AND RESILIENT. B) TYPICAL USES FLORIC POLYTECH EJF -200 IS TYPICALLY USED IN NON MOVING STEEL REINFORCED JOINTS, SMALL SPALLS IN MANUFACTURING AREAS, AUTOMOBILE SERVICE BAY, AND FOR THE INSTALLING OF A PRE RADIUS IN COVE BASE DETAILS PRIOR TO ROLLING DOWN COATING OR SEEDING QUARTZ SEAMLESS FLOORING. 2.) PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND TECHNICAL DATA A) SHORE "D" HARDNESS - 45 (5) B) TENSILE STRENGTH (ASTM D-638) - 425 PSI C) TENSILE ELONGATION 1/8 X 1 -1/2 1/8 X 1 -3/4 1/8X2 3/16X% 3/16 X 1 3/16 X 1 -1/4 3/16 X 1 -1/2 3/16 X 1-3/4 3/16X2 1 /4X% 1/4X1 1/ 4 X 1 -1/4 1/4 X 1 -1/2 1/4 X 1 -3/4 1/4X2 3/8 X 1 '/z X 1 $A X 1 1 X 1 3.) INSTALLATION 100 85 75 135 100 85 70 60 50 100 80 60 50 45 40 50 40 25 20 A) PREPARE SURFACE BY CAREFUL AND THOROUGH REMOVAL OF LAITANCE, GREASE, AND FOREIGN MATTER. B) PRE -MIX CONTAINERS OF THE INDIVIDUAL 'A' AND 'B' COMPONENTS WITH A JIFFY TYPE MIXING BLADE USING A VARIABLE SPEED MIXING DRILL AT 450 -700 RPM TO RE -BLEND ANY SETTLEMENT THAT MAY HAVE OCCURRED DURING STORAGE AND SHIPMENT. POUR THE CONTENTS OF THE UNIT B- COMPONENT INTO THE LIKE UNIT A- COMPONENT. MAKE SURE THAT ALL OF THE CONTENTS OF THE B- COMPONENT ARE POURED, AS THEY ARE CRITICAL TO THE PROPER MIXI NG RATIO. US IN G A VARIABLE SPEED DRILL AND JIFFY TYPE MIXING PADDLE, BLEND 'A' AND 'B' COMPONENTS TOGETHER AT A MEDIUM TO HIGH SPEED TO CREATE ADEQUATE SHEAR MIXING FOR A MINIMUM OF 3 -5 MINUTES, TAKING CARE NOT TO ENTRAIN AIR INTO MIX. COMPLETELY SCRAPE CONTENTS OF THE MIXING VESSEL INTO A 2ND MIXING VESSEL, SCRAPING ANY UNMIXED MATERIAL ON WALLS AND IN CORNERS INTO THE VESSEL. MIX FOR AN ADDITIONAL 30-60 SECONDS, AND TAKE THIS MIX AND TRANSFER IT TO A THIRD CONTAINER, RE -USING THE THIRD CONTAINER FOR TRANSPORTING MATERIAL TO AND FROM MIXING STATION. C) INSTALL EJF -200 BY BULK GUN, GROUT BAG OR PUTTY KNIFE. IT IS RECOMMENDED ALL EDGES ARE MASKED USING QUALITY 3M BLUE MASKING TAPE AND PULLING IT, BEFORE MATERIALS START TO SET. NOTE: IF THE TAPE IS PULLED TO LATE THE EDGES OF THE MATERIAL WILL NOT RELAX BACK IN TO PLACE. 4.) PRODUCT AVAILABILITY EAST AND WEST COAST WAREHOUSING AND DISTRIBUTION COORDINATION. PH# (909) 483 -1870 FAX# (909) 483 -1869 CONSULT FLORIC POLYTECH FOR SPECIFICATION ASSISTANCE, DETAILING ETC. 5.) SPECIFICATION AND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE FLORIC POLYTECH RANCHO CUCAMONGA, CA 91730 PH# (909) 483 -1870 FAX# (909) 483 -1869 FLORIC POLYTECH SRP -100 MORTAR (SKIM, PATCH & REPAIR) TECHNICAL DATA SHEET PRODUCT DESCRIPTION A) COMPOSITION FLORICA POLYTECH SRP -100 MORTAR IS A JUST ADD WATER, CEMENTITIOUS POLYMER MODIFIED, CONCRETE FEATHEREDGE, SKIM, PATCH AND REPAIR PRODUCT. IT IS FORMULATED WITH A PROPRIETARY BLEND OF POWDERS, AGGREGATE, AND WATER DISPERSIBLE VINYL ACETATE - ETHYLENE COPOLYMERS. SRP -100 MORTAR PRODUCES A TENACIOUS BOND TO THE CONCRETE SUBSTRATE WHILE STILL MAINTAINING A COMPATIBLE CO- EFFICIENT OF EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION. IT IS RAPID SET, TOUGHER AND MORE DURABLE THAN TRADITIONAL GYPSUM AND LATEX PATCH MATERIALS, IT HAS AN INTERNAL SELF - CURING MECHANISM THAT ALLOWS IT TO BE COATED, SEALED OR PAINTED, SHORTLY AFTER IS HAS TURNED HARD REDUCING PROJECT TIME LINES. IT IS ENVIRONMENTALLY SAFE, HAS ZERO VOC WITH VIRTUALLY NO ODOR, AND CLEANS UP WITH JUST SOAP AND WATER WHEN WET. B) USE SRP -100 MORTAR IS USED TO FILL AND SMOOTH SURFACE DEFECTS SUCH AS SPALLS, GOUGES, DENTSM CHIPS, BUG HOLES, HONEYCOMBS AND ANY TYPE OF MODERATE SIZE OR SHAPE DEFECTS THAT NEED TO BE SMOOTHED PRIOR TO COATING APPLICATIONS OR INSTALLATION OF FLOOR COVERINGS. C) ADVANTAGES - LIMITATIONS ADVANTAGES 1. SIMPLE TO MIX AND USES. 2. RAPID CURE FOR RECOAT APPLICATIONS. 3. EXCELLENT ADHESION AND ABRASION- RESISTANCE. 4. ITS MORE DURABLE THAN MOST TRADITIONAL GYPSUM AND LATEX PATCH MATERIALS.5. ENGINEERED WITH A PORTLAND BASE. 6. MAY BE KNIFE BLADED INTO PLACE, LIGHTLY BROOMED OR SMOOTH TROWELED. 7. PATCHES TO A FEATHEREDGE FINISH. LIMITATIONS 1. MAY REFLECT WORKING CRACKS IN SUBSTRATE 2. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR APPLICATIONS BELOW 50 3. MATERIAL IS RAPID SET; WORKING TIMES ARE NOT LIKE REGULAR CONCRETE. 4. MUST BE INSTALLED OVER CLEAN, PROPERLY PREPARED AND PROFILED SUBSTRATES. 5. MUST NOT BE EXPOSED TO CONTINUED LONG TERM EMERSION IN WATER. 2.) INSTALLATION A) PREPARE SURFACE BY CAREFUL AND THOROUGH REMOVAL OF LAITANCE, GREASE, BOND BREAKERS, SEALERS AND OTHER FOREIGN MATTER, SURFACE MUST BE STRUCTURALLY SOUND, SOLID AND COMPLETELY CLEAN TO BARE CONCRETE SUBSTRATE. B) MIX SRP -100 MORTAR WITH CLEAN WATER TO PRODUCE A CREAMY, SMOOTH CONSISTENCY. BLENDING WILL REQUIRE THE USE OF A DRILL AND JIFFY BLADE- MIXING PADDLE FOR 3 -5 MINUTES UNTIL THE MATERIAL IS UNIFORM AND HOMOGENOUS. D) ADHESION TO CONCRETE E) POT LIFE @ 70F -13 -15 MIN. F) TRAFFIC READY @ 70F - 8 -12 HRS G) COVERAGE CHART (LINEAR FEET PER US GALLON) JOINT SIZE IN INCHES LF /GAL. 1/8X3/. 1/8X1 1/8 X 1 -1/4 200 150 125 TECHNICAL APPLICATION SPECIFICATION: TAS - 3100E K & G FLOORING SYSTEM PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF THIS SPECIFICATION: THIS SPECIFICATION SHALL ACT AS THE FLORIC POLYTECH INC. MANUFACTURERS STANDARD APPLICATION SPECIFICATION OF INSTALLATION PROCEDURES FOR FLORIC POLYTECH K & G FLOOR SYSTEM. THESE APPLICATION PROCEDURES FOR FLORIC POLYTECH K & G FLOOR SYSTEM ARE INTENDED SOLEY FOR APPLICATIONS OVER PREVIOUSLY PREPARED, STRUCTURALLY SOUND CONCRETE SURFACES (FOR ANY OTHER SURFACES: CONSULT FLORIC POLYTECH INC.), BY PROFESSIONALLY TRAINED AND QUALIFIED CONTRACTORS WITH FULL. KNOWLEDGE OF INDUSTRY STANDARDS AND PRACTICES. FLORIC POLYTECH MAKES NOT CLAIM TP CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION: HOWEVER ANNUAL TRAINING SCHOOLS ARE AVAILABLE FOR CONTRACTORS SEEKING "FACTORY TRAINED" STATUS FOR WARRANTY PURPOSES. PRODUCT DESCRIPTION: FLORIC POLYTECH K & G FLOOR SYSTEM IS A THIN MIL SYSTEM WHICH CONSISTS OF 2 COATS OF A CLEAR 2 COMPONENT WATER BASED EPDXY OVER A LIGHTLY "BRUSH" BLASTED CONCRETE SURFACE. THICKNESS: 6 -8 WET MILS (150 -200 MICRONS) IN A TWO -COAT APPLICATION. DESCRIPTION AND PACKAGING & COVERAGE ITEM # JOINT FILLER: 2840 -00000 EJF -200 'A & B' COMPONENT KIT (UNIT 1) AMOUNT REQUIRED (PER 100 SQ. FT) 0.07 UNIT PRE - MEASURED: 1 PART 'A' TO 1 PART 'B' COVERAGE: 205 LINEAL FEET PER MIXED GALLON. ITEM # ON 2000 CLEARSEAL: 2280 -00000 ON -2000 CLEARSEAL 'A' COMPONENT (5 GAL. PAIL) 2281 -00000 ON -2000 CLEARSEAL 'B' COMPONENT (5 GAL. PAIL) AMOUNT REQUIRED (PER 100 SQ. FT) 0.06 PAILS 0.03 PAILS MIX RATIO: 2 PARTS 'A' COMPONENT TO 1 PART 'B' COMPONENT COVERAGE: 325 SQ. FT PER MIXED GALLON (1ST COAT) 500 SQ. FT PER MIXED GALLON (2ND COAT) ITEM # (PER 100 SQ. FT) 2262 -00000 AMOUNT REQUIRED: AS NEEDED SKIM PATCH: SRP -100 SPR -100 GRAY MORTAR (30 LB. BAG) MIX RATIO: 2 PARTS POWDER TO 1 PART CLEAN WATER COVERAGE: 250 -350 SQ.. FT PER MIXED BAG AS A SKIM COAT NOTE U: THIS COVERAGE WILL ONLY BE ACHIEVED ON A LIGHTLY "BRUSH" SHOT - BLASTED SURFACE. CAUTION: COVERAGE'S OVER HEAVILY SHOT - BLASTED, SCARIFIED, SCABBLED, OR MILLED SURFACES WILL BE DRASTICALLY LESS AND SHOULD BE BACK ROLLED ,. WITH LONG NAP ROLLER TO AVOID PONDING IN LOW AREAS. COVERAGE'S OVER TOPPINGS CONTAINING GYPSUM (PLASTER), ANHYDRITE, OR OTHER ABSORPTIVE MATERIALS MAY ALSO REDUCE COVERAGE RATES. TEST SECTIONS AND MOCK UPS: FLORIC POLYTECH K & G FLOOR SYSTEM IS AN EXPRESSION OF INDIVIDUAL TALENTS AND TECHNIQUES. EXPERIMENTATION WITH APPLICATION PROCEDURES ARE HIGHLY RECOMMENDED PRIOR TO TACKLING A PROJECT WITH THIS PRODUCT. IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT SAMPLES AND MOCK-UPS BE USED. UPS E US .REPRESENTATIVE TEST SECTIONS MUST BE PRODUCED FOR THE OWNER'S APPROVAL IN WRITING. 1) STEP ONE: SURFACE PREPARATION AND SURFACE EVALUATION A) PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY INSTALLATION OF FLORIC POLYTECH MATERIALS THE CONCRETE SUBSTRATE SHOULD BE EVALUATED FOR UNACCEPTABLE CONDITIONS SUCH AS DUSTING, POWDERING, AND /OR OTHER TYPE OF LATENT STRUCTURAL DEFECTS. THE SUBSTRATE SHOULD ALSO BE EVALUATED TO DETERMINE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, COMPATIBILITY WITH COATINGS, AND MOISTURE VAPOR EMISSIONS. SUBSTRATE PREPARATION SHOULD BE STARTED ONLY AFTER ALL SUBSTRATE TESTING HAS BEEN COMPLETED. B) AREAS IN FLOOR CONTAMINATED WITH HYDRALIC FLUID, CUTTING OILS, AND /OR ANY OTHER SUCH PENETRATING MATERIAL PRONE TO MIGRATION, SHOULD BE MARKED, DEGREASED AMD SHOT - BLASTED UNTIL THEY TURN WHITE. STUBBORN STAINS MAY NEED TO BE DEGREASED, FLAME BURNT, AND THEN SHOT-BLASTED. IMMEDIATELY PRIME -COAT THESE AREAS WITH ON -2000 CLEARSEAL TO AVOID FURTHER CONTAMINANT MIGRATION TO THE SURFACE. C) FLORIC POLYTECH K & G FLOOR SYSTEM IS A THIN- SECTION FLOORING (6 -8 MILS) AND WILL THUS REFLECT ANY PRONOUNCED GROOVES OR SCORES WITHIN THE SUBSTRATE. THE DEGREE OF SURFACE AREA SPECIFIED MAY REQUIRE THAT POCK - MARKS, ROUGH SPOTS, AND /OR SURFACE IRREGULARITIES IN THE CONCRETE SHOULD BE REPAIRED WITH THE APPROPRIATE FLORIC POLYTECH APPROVED PRODUCT. MINOR IRREGULARITIES CAN BE SPOT - PATCHED USING FLORIC POLYTECH SRP -100 SKIM REPAIR PATCH. FLORIC POLYTECH EJF -200 OR EJF -225 SHOULD BE USED TO FILL IN COLD JOINTS AND CONTROL JOINTS. CONSULT FLORIC POLYTECH FOR SUBSTRATE PATCH AND REPAIRS PRODUCTS, TREATMENT OF CRACKS, EXPANSION JOINTS, SEISMIC JOINTS, DEEP FILL PATCHES, HIGH EARLY STRENGTH CONCRETE DESIGN FOR FULL DEPTH REPAIRS, AND ADJOINING DRAIN AND EDGE TERMINATIONS. D) SURFACES SHOULD ONLY BE LIGHTLY "BRUSH - BLASTED" WITH MACHINES OPERATING AT HIGH SPEED LEVELS RANGING, USING REDUCES SHOT SIZE (S170- S230), APPROPRIATE FOR THE EQUIPMENT USED. SHOT BLASTING SHOULD BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNATIONAL CONCRETE REPAIR INSTITUTE (ICRI) STANDARDS FOR CONCRETE SURFACE PREPARATION. THE PATTERN OF BLASTING SHOULD BE PERFORMED PARALLEL TO THE FRONT ENTRANCE IN STRAIGHT LINES. CERTAIN SHOT -BLAST MACHINES ( "BLASTRAC MODEL 15D SUPER ", OR EQUAL) ARE SPECIALLY DESIGNED FOR THIS TYPE OF PREPARATION AND ARE RECOMMENDED FOR THIS USE. C) ONCE MATERIAL IS MIXED, POUR, SCREED AND TROWEL INTO PLACE. USE CAUTION TO AVOID LEAVING FISHERS OR VOIDS UNDER MATERIAL, FORCE MATERIAL IN TO CRATERS AND VOIDS IN CONCRETE, LEAVING NO HOLLOW SPOTS. 3.) PRODUCT AVAILABILITY EAST AND WEST COAST DISTRIBUTION COORDINATION CONTACT: FLORIC POLYTECH PH# (909) 483 -1870 FAX# (909) 483 -1869 CONSULT FLORIC POLYTECH FOR SPECIFICATION ASSISTANCE. DETAILING ETC. 4.) SPECIFICATION AND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE FLORIC PLOYTECH RANCHO CUCAMONGA, CA 91730 PH# (909) 483 -1870 FAX# {909)483.-1869 (CAUTION: THE PRODUCTION OF ACCEPTABLE SHOT - BLASTED SURFACES FOR APPLICATION OF FLORIC POLYTECH K & G FLOOR SYSTEM IS HIGHLY DEPENDENT UPON THE SKILL OF THE SHOT -BLAST MACHINE OPERATOR.) E) SHOT - BLASTED CONCRETE SURFACES MUST BE SWEPT, VACUUMED, AND /OR BLOWN FREE OF ANY DEBRIS, RESIDUAL DUST, AND STEEL SHOT TO AVOID CONTAMINATION OF SUBSEQUENT SEALER COATS. F) BEFORE PROCEEDING TO THE MIXING AND APPLICATION STEPS, CONCRETE SUBSTRATE MUST BE CLEAN AND DRY, WITH SUFFICIENT MATERIAL REMOVED TO PROVIDE OPTIMUM BOND TO A SOUND SURFACE. OPTIMUM BONDING SUBSTRATES SHALL BE SHOT- BLASTED AND FREE OF LAITANCE, GLAZE, EFFLORESCENCE, AND ANY OTHER BOND - INHIBITING CURING COMPOUNDS OR FORM RELEASE AGENTS. G) DO NOT PROCEED TO MIXING AND APPLICATION STEPS IF SUBSTRATE AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS EXCEED TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY LIMITS OF 55 -90F (12 -33C), AND NOT TO EXCEED 95% RELATIVE HUMIDITY. A FIVE PERCENT VARIANCE BETWEEN WET BULB READING AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO THE APPLICATION OF FLORIC POLYTECH K & G FLOOR SYSTEM. 2) STEP TWO: SURFACE PATCHING & CRACK TREATMENT: (WHEN REQUIRED) PRODUCT: FLORIC POLYTECH SRP -100 THICKNESS: AS REQUIRED EQUIPMENT: IN ADDITION TO THE STANDARD PROFESSIONAL TOOLS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE ANY POLYMER FLOOR COATING APPLICATION, THE FLORIC POLYTECH ON -2000 APPLICATION WILL REQUIRE THE FOLLOWING TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT: CLEARLY IDENTIFIABLE MIXING VESSEL, DRILL MOTOR FOR MIXING, TROWEL FOR APPLICATION. AS DIFFERENT APPLICATION TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES WILL LEAVE DIFFERENT LOOKS, TEST SECTIONS MUST BE APPLIED USING APPROPRIATE CLEANING AND APPLICATION METHOD BEFORE USE AND APPLICATION OF PROJECT. SRP -100 APPLICATION: A) MIXING: USING A VARIABLE SPEED DRILL AND JIFFY TYPE MIXING PADDLE, BLEND 2 PARTS SPR -100 POWDER WITH 1 PART CLEAN POTABLE WATER AT A MEDIUM TO HIGH SPEED TO CREATE ADEQUATE SHEAR MIXING FOR A MINIMUM OF 3 -5 MINUTES. MIX SHOULD BE HOMOGENOUS AND LUMP FREE. B) COVERAGE: SRP -100 WILL TYPICALLY COVER - 250 -350 SQUARE FEET PER 30 LB. BAG MIX AS A SKIM PATCH. C) APPLICATION METHOD: USE A TROWEL TO APPLY. NOTE: IT 1S IMPORTANT TO MAINTAIN A WET EDGE WHEN INSTALLING MATERIAL. MAINTAIN FRESH MATERIAL ALONG THE EDGE, CONSTANTLY WORKING ALL EDGES TO AVOID COLD JOINTS. D) SPR -100 HAS A 10 -20 MINUTE POT LIFE; HOWEVER IT WILL DRY FOR RECOAT IN 2-4 HOURS. 3) STEP THREE: NON -SAG JOINT FILLER PRODUCT: FLORIC POLYTECH EJF -200 THICKNESS: 3/16" WIDE AND 5/8" DEEP (NON -SAG) EQUIPMENT: IN ADDITION TO THE STANDARD PROFESSIONAL TOOLS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE ANY EPDXY JOINT FILL APPLICATION, THE FLORIC POLYTECH EJF -200 APPLICATION WILL REQUIRE THE FOLLOWING TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT: CLEARLY IDENTIFIABLE MIXING VESSEL, DRILL MOTOR FOR MIXING, BLUE 3M 1" MASKING TAPE, BULK GUN FOR APPLICATION. AS DIFFERENT APPLICATION TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES WILL LEAVE DIFFERENT LOOKS, TEST SECTIONS MUST BE APPLIED USING APPROPRIATE CLEANING AND APPLICATION METHOD BEFORE USE AND APPLICATION OF PROJECT. PROTECTION: PROTECT WALLS AND SURROUNDINGS SURFACES NOT TO RECEIVE FLORIC POLYTECH ON -EJF -200. DO NOT ALLOW COATINGS TO COME IN CONTACT WITH WOOD, METAL OR ANY SURFACES NOT INTENDED TO BE COATED. EJF -100 APPLICATION: MIXING: PRE -MIX CONTAINERS OF THE INDIVIDUAL 'A' AND 'B' COMPONENTS WITH A JIFFY TYPE MIXING BLADE AT USING A VARIABLE SPEED MIXING DRILL AT 450 -700 RPM TO RE -BLEND ANY SETTLEMENT THAT MAY HAVE OCCURRED DURING STORAGE AND SHIPMENT. UNIT PACKAGING: UNIT PACKAGING IS PRE - WEIGHED FOR ITS PROPER MIX RATIO AND THE ENTIRE CONTENTS OF BOTH 'A' AND 'B' COMPONENTS SHOULD BE SCRAPED INTO A SEPARATE CLEARLY MARKED MIXING CONTAINER. NOTE: THAT THERE ARE BIG RED 'A' AND BLACK 'B' LABELS ON THE PACKAGING. USING A VARIABLE SPEED DRILL AND JIFFY TYPE MIXING PADDLE, BLEND 'A' AND 'B' COMPONENTS TOGETHER AT A MEDIUM TO HIGH SPEED TO CREATE ADEQUATE SHEAR MIXING FOR A MINIMUM OF 3 -5 MINUTES. COMPLETELY DRAIN CONTENTS OF THE MIXING VESSEL INTO A 2ND MIXING VESSEL, SCRAPING ANY UNMIXED MATERIAL INTO THE VESSEL, AND MIX FOR AN ADDITIONAL 30 -60 SECONDS. TAKE THIS MIX AND TRANSFER IT TO A THIRD CONTAINER, RE -USING THE THIRD CONTAINER FOR TRANSPORTING MATERIAL TO AND FROM MIXING STATION. NOTE: YOU MUST NEVER MIX MATERIALS IN GREATER VOLUME THAN 2 -3 GALLONS PER BATCH, AS THIS VOLUME OF MATERIAL WILL NOT SHEAR INTO EACH OTHER ADEQUATELY WITH CONVENTIONAL SITE MIXING METHODS. INADEQUATE MIXING WILL CAUSE THE MATERIALS TO DRY IMPROPERLY AND MAY STAY STICKY ALTHOUGH CLEAR IN COLOR, AND MATERIAL WILL EXO -THERM QUICKLY REDUCING POT LIFE. B)COVERAGE: APPROXIMATE COVERAGE IS AS FOLLOWS: THICKNESS: COVERAGE RATE: 3/16" X 5/8" 205 LINEAL FEET PREMIXED GALLON C)APPLICATION METHOD: USE A BULK GUN TO APPLY NOTE: IT IS IMPORTANT TO MAINTAIN A WET EDGE WHEN INSTALLING MATERIAL. CONSTANTLY WORK ALL EDGES TO AVOID COLD JOINTS. D)EJF -200 HAS A 30-45 MINUTE POT LIFE; HOWEVER IT WILL DRY FOR RECOAT IN 6 -10 HOURS. 4) STEP FOUR: ON -2000 APPLICATION PRODUCT: ON -2000 CLEARSEAL THICKNESS: 6 -8 MILS EQUIPMENT: IN ADDITION TO THE STANDARD PROFESSIONAL TOOLS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE ANY POLYMER FLOOR COATING APPLICATION, THE FLORIC POLYTECH ON -2000 APPLICATION WILL REQUIRE THE FOLLOWING TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT: CLEARLY IDENTIFIABLE MIXING VESSEL, DRILL MOTOR FOR MIXING, SQUEEGEES FOR TROWELS, ROLLER FRAMES AND COVERS OR SPRAYER FOR APPLICATION. AS DIFFERENT APPLICATION TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES WILL LEAVE DIFFERENT LOOKS, TEST SECTIONS MUST BE APPLIED USING APPROPRIATE CLEANING AND APPLICATION METHOD BEFORE USE AND APPLICATION OF PROJECT. PROTECTION: PROTECT WALLS AND SURROUNDING SURFACES NOT TO RECEIVE FLORIC POLYTECH ON -2000. DO NOT ALLOW COATINGS TO COME IN CONTACT WITH WOOD, METAL OR ANY SURFACES NOT INTENDED TO BE COATED. ON -2000 BOND COAT APPLICATION: FLORIC POLYTECH ON -2000 IS SELF- PRIMING. GENERALLY THE FIRST COAT OF ON -2000 IS CONSIDERED THE BOND COAT APPLICATION. A)MIXING: PRE -MIX CONTAINERS OF THE INDIVIDUAL 'A' AND 'B' COMPONENTS WITH A JIFFY TYPE MIXING BLADE AT USING A VARIABLE SPEED MIXING DRILL AT 450 -700 RPM TO RE -BLEND ANY SETTLEMENT THAT MAY HAVE OCCURRED DURING STORAGE AND SHIPMENT. USING A VARIABLE SPEED DRILL AND JIFFY MIXING PADDLE, BLEND 'A' AND 'B' COMPONENTS TOGETHER AT A MEDIUM TO HIGH SPEED TO CREATE ADEQUATE SHEAR MIXING FOR A MINIMUM OF 3 -5 MINUTES. COMPLETELY DRAIN CONTENTS OF THE MIXING VESSEL INTO A 2ND MIXING VESSEL, SCRAPING ANY UNMIXED MATERIAL INTO THE VESSEL, AND MIX FOR AN ADDITIONAL 30 -60 SECONDS. TAKE THIS MIX AND TRANSFER IT TO A THIRD CONTAINER, RE -USING THE THIRD CONTAINER FOR TRANSPORTING MATERIAL TO AND FROM MIXING STATION. NOTE: NEVER MIX MATERIALS IN GREATER VOLUME THAN 6 GALLONS PER BATCH AS THE MATERIAL WILL NOT BE THOROUGHLY BLENDED. FOR EXAMPLE, DO NOT MIX TWO 5 GALLON PAILS OF 'A' COMPONENT WITH ONE 5 GALLON PAIL OF 'B' COMPONENT, AS THIS VOLUME OF MATERIAL WILL NOT SHEAR INTO EACH OTHER ADEQUATELY WITH CONVENTIONAL SITE MIXING METHODS. INADEQUATE MIXING WILL CAUSE THE MATERIALS TO DRY IMPROPERLY AND MAY STAY STICKY ALTHOUGH CLEAR IN COLOR. BULK PACKAGING: BULK PACKAGING IS NOT PRE - WEIGHED FOR ITS PROPER MIX RATIO AND MUST BE POURED INTO A SEPARATE VOLUMETRIC MEASURING DEVICE SUCH AS MARKED QUART, OR GALLON CONTAINER. BULK PACKAGING MIX RATIO IS 2 -PARTS 'A' -TO- 1- PART'B' BY VOLUME. EXAMPLE: 2 QUARTS A- COMPONENT + 1 QUART B- COMPONENT 2 GALLONS A- COMPONENT + 1 GALLON B- COMPONENT PRE - MEASURE BY VOLUME A- COMPONENT INTO A SEPARATE MIXING VESSEL. PRE - MEASURE BY VOLUME B- COMPONENT INTO THE SEPARATE MIXING VESSEL. B)COVERAGE: APPROXIMATE COVERAGE IS AS FOLLOWS: THICKNESS: COVERAGE RATE: 5 MILS 325 SQUARE FEET PER MIXED GALLON NOTE: COVERAGE IN AREAS OVER SELF LEVELING OR GYPSUM BASED UNDERLAYMENTS MAY BE REDUCED TO AS LITTLE AS 250 SQUARE FEET PER GALLON. C)APPLICATION METHOD: POUR MIXED MATERIAL OUT IN A LINE STARTING PARALLEL TO WALL. SPREAD MATERIAL WITH A LONG, CLEAN, NEOPRENE ASPHALT TYPE SQUEEGEE AND BACK ROLL IT WITH A QUALITY 3/8" -1/2" NAP ROLLER COVER. (ROLLER COVERS SHOULD BE SHED - RESISTANT AND HAVE A PHENOLIC RESIN CORE.) APPLY MATERIAL IN A UNIFORM COAT LEAVING NO RIDGES OR PUDDLES. AVOID EXCESSIVE RE- ROLLING. SPEAD MATERIAL AT A RATE OF NO MORE THAN 6 WET MILS MAXIMUM PER COAT. NOTE: IT IS IMPORTANT TO MAINTAIN A WET EDGE WHEN INSTALLING MATERIAL. MAINTAIN FRESH MATERIAL ALONG THE SQUEEGEE EDGE, CONSTANTLY WORKING ALL EDGES TO AVOID COLD JOINTS. CAUTION: MIXED 'A' AND 'B' MATERIAL IS WHITE IN COLOR AND LOOKS IDENTICAL TO 'A' COMPONENT. WHEN YOU POUR 2 GALLONS OF 'A' COMPONENT INTO A MIXING VESSEL AND MIX IT WITH 1 GALLON 'B' COMPONENT, THE 3 GALLONS OF MIXED ON -2000 WILL LOOK IDENTICAL TO THE 3 GALLONS OF 'A' COMPONENT. IN ORDER TO PREVENT CONFUSION IT IS IMPORTANT TO HAVE A CLEARLY MARKED OR OTHERWISE IDENTIFIABLE MIXING CONTAINER. WARNING: DO NOT USE MIXED MATERIAL LEFT OVER FROM PREVIOUS DAY OR WHICH HAS OTHERWISE EXPIRED ITS POT LIFE OF 3 HOURS. RECOMMENDATION: POUR BAYS OF NO LARGER THAN 40 -60 FT WIDE PER 4 PERSON CREW. NOTE: ON -2000 WHEN APPLIED WILL GO DOWN WHITE IN COLOR AND DRY CLEAR, HOWEVER AVOID PUDDLING AND THICK APPLICATIONS, AS THESE AREAS MAY REMAIN WHITE. IQUES AFTER FIRST PRIME OF ON -2000 CLEAR SEAL IS SUFFICIENTLY CURED (-4 -8 HOURS, ASSUMING SURFACE AND AMBIENT TEMPERATURES ARE 700), THE SECOND AND THIRD CONSECUTIVE COATS MUST BE APPLIED WITHIN 36 HOURS OF PREVIOUS COAT TO ENSURE INTER -COAT ADHESION. ON -2000 BASE COAT APPLICATION: USE SIMILAR EQUIPMENT, PROTECTION, MIXING AND APPLICATION METHODS TO APPLY SUBSEQUENT COATS OF FLORIC POLYTECH ON -2000. NOTE: COVERAGE ON SECOND OR THIRD COATS OF ON -2000 WILL BE GREATER THAN PRIMER COAT. USE THE FOLLOWING COVERAGE RATE FOR BASE COATS. COVERAGE: APPROXIMATE COVERAGE IS AS FOLLOWS: THICKNESS: COVERAGE RATE: 3 MILS 500 SQUARE FEET PER MIXED GALLON DE- GLOSSING AND PROTECTION: AFTER FLOOR IS. DRY ( -8 -12 HOURS), THE FLOOR MUST BE DE- GLOSSED BY BURNISHING IT WITH A BLACK JANITORIAL PAD ATTACHED ON A FLOOR POLISHING MACHINE. 5) STEP FIVE: CARE AND MAINTENANCE SURFACE MAY BE CLEANED USING CLEAN WATER AND A NON - CAUSTIC, BIODEGRADABLE DETERGENT CLEANER WITH A DAMP MOP APPLICATION. MAINTAIN FLORIC POLYTECH ON -2000 APPLICATION VIA OCCASIONAL WAXING WITH FLORIC POLYTECH SYNTHETIC FLOOR FINISH (SW-117 OR SW -120). ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: 1. FOR SAFETY REASONS AND THE DRYING /CURING PROCESS, ADEQUATE VENTILATION IS REQUIRED DURING THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION PROCESS OF BOTH TO EVACUATE ANY FUMES, AND TO REDUCE BUILD UP OF MOISTURE FOR THE ON -2000 AND SUBSEQUENT SEALER APPLICATION. 2. SEALER SHOULD BE APPLIED IN DECLINING TEMPERATURE TO AVOID OUT GASSING OF SUBSTRATE WHICH COULD AFFECT SEALING APPLICATION CURE. 3. A FIVE PERCENT VARIANCE BETWEEN WET BULB READING AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO THE APPLICATION OF SEALER. GENERAL CAUTIONS: 4. READ AND FOLLOW FLORIC POLYTECH TECHNICAL APPLICATION SPECIFICATIONS TAS - 2002 5. ALWAYS OBTAIN, READ AND OBSERVE MANUFACTURER'S SAFETY DATA SHEETS (MSDS) BEFORE HANDLING RESINOUS MATERIALS. BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE PRODUCTS ON PAPER BEFORE YOU OPEN THE CONTAINER. 6. READ AND OBSERVE PRECAUTIONARY STATEMENTS ON PRODUCT LABELS. REVIEWED ECOMPLI N ppPo� ABC. E IVAY 1 (`) 1918 �i�Y of - Tukwila BUILDING 1711aRrav brOO9° RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY' 112010 PERMIT CENTER C a CI) a 4 Ci3 QR. a 11 cc DESCRIPTION PERMIT SU5MITTAL 4- z W H a W Mtfi 6i 1- DR A WN --1 4 iL 0_ 0_ 4 i- z t1� 0_ a 5 ill -) tn E CHECK: EEK JOB NO: cyLu 01- a_Vo) nft (04P z Z0 0111w0 Izz cO U pc ��d LL F- 3 IP- -idd- ILI to k i? ti) 10 -014 z 0 4 u OF: SHEETS 7. KEEP CONTAINERS TIGHTLY CLOSED. 8. KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN. 9. FOR PROPER WORKABILITY IT IS IMPORTANT THAT THE FLORIC POLYTECH MATERIALS BE STORED AND MIXED AT A TEMPERATURE OF 55F - 80F (18C - 26C). 10. ALL CONCRETE CURING AGENTS, SEALERS AND HARDENERS MUST BE REMOVED FROM THE CONCRETE PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF THE BOND COAT. 11. GOOD VENTILATION MUST BE PROVIDED DURING APPLICATION, PARTICULARLY IN CONFINED SPACES. TO AVOID A FIRE HAZARD DO NOT ALLOW USE OF ANY CLEANING SOLVENTS SUCH AS (ACETONE, XYLENE, LACQUER, THINNER, TOLUENE OR MEK ETC) IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY POWERED TOOLS OR EQUIPMENT I.E. (GRINDERS, FLOOR, BUFFERS, SANDERS, ETC) WHEN CLEAN FLOORS OR REMOVING EXISTING COATINGS. AVOID WORKING IN AREAS WITH EXPOSURE TO OPEN FLAMES SUCH AS HEATER, OVEN WITH PILOT LIGHTS, WELDING OR CUTTING EQUIPMENT AND ANY OTHER SUCH SOURCE OF OPEN FLAME. PLEASE THINK AND ACT SAFELY WHEN WORKING WITH ANY FLAMMABLE MATERIALS. PART 1 - GENERAL CONTRACTORS 1.1 SUPERINTENDENTS JOB SITE FLOORING CHECKLIST A. CHECK FLOOR FOR ANY SURFACE CONTAMINANTS SUCH AS GREASE, MASTIC, LAITENCE, CUTTING OILS, PAINTS, CURING COMPOUNDS, EXISTING PATCH OR REPAIR MATERIALS, AND ANY OTHER TYPE OF BOND BREAKING MATERIALS. IDENTIFY ALL FLOORING CONDITIONS AND TYPES OF MATERIALS AND REPORT THEM TO THE PROJECT MANAGER AND FLOORING SUB-CONTRACTOR. NOT: MATERIALS SUCH AS CU111NG OILS AND HYDRAULIC FLUID CAN MIGRATE TO SURFACE AND SHOULD BE BLASTED WHITE AND COVERED WITH ON-2000 CLEARSEAL IMMEDIATELY TO BLOCK MIGRATION. B. CHECK FLOOR FOR FLATNESS, LARGE HOLES, SPALLED AND UNEV N CONCRETE AREAS. AREAS REQUIRING PAINTING, LEVELING OR RE-SLOPING SHOULD BE QUANTIFIED AND RELAYED TO THE PROJECT MANAGER AND SUB-CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THE START DATE. AREAS 0 FTHE FLOOR REQUIRING SLOPING, PATCHING OR SPALL REPAIR SHOULD BE FIXED WITH FLORIC POLYTECH APPROVED MATERIALS. THIS CONSULTATION IS ENCOURAGED AND 15 NO CHARGE. C. CHECK MOISTURE VAPOR PRESSURE USING A CALCIUM CHLORIDE MOISTURE TEST KIT. REPORT THESE READINGS AND ANY OTHER TYPE UNUSUAL SLAB CONDITJONS TO THE PROJECT MANAGER AND SUB-CONTRACTOR IMMEDIATELY. ALL MOISTURE RELATED INFORMATION MUST BE COPIED TO FLORIC POLYTECH FOR WARRANTY PURPOSES. NOTE: ANY TAMPERING OR DISTURBANCE WiTH THIS TEST CAN YIELD NON-ACCURATE HIGH-TEST RESULTS, CAUSING ADDED COSTS AND TIE TO THE SCHEDULE. TEST KITS SHOULD BE SET ONE PER ThOUSAND SQUARE FEET. D. ALL FLOORING MATERIALS DELIVERED TO PROJECT PRIOR TO START DATE MUST BE KEPT DRY AND PROTECTED FROM FREEZING TEMPERATURES. MATERIALS MUST BE ACCLIMATED TO ROOM TEMPERATURE 77F 2-4 DAYS PRIOR TO FLOOR INSTALLATION. E. BASIC INSTALLATION STEPS FOR FLORIC POLYTECH RESINOUS FLOORING: 1. PRIOR TO THE APPLICATION OF FLORIC POLYTECH ON-2000 CLEARSEAL AND SURFACE PREPARATION, HEAVILY OIL CONTAMtNATED AREAS MUST BE IDENTIFIED AND MARKED, AS THESE CONTAMINATED AREAS ARE PRONE TO MIGRATION. THE AREAS MARKED MUST BE BOND CQATED IMMEDIATELY AFTER SHOT BLASTING IS COMPLETED. NOT: CONTAMINATED AREAS MUST BE BLASTED WHITE BEFORE COATING AND MAY REQUIRE DEGREASING OR FLAME TORCHING FIRS. 2. SHOT BLASTING SHOULD BE STARTED ONLY AFTER ALL SUB K8ENlS AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN MET AND TESTING HAS BEEN COMPLETED. GRIND ALL EDGES AND PERFORM SHOT BLASTING IN ACCORDANCE VVITH THE INTERNATIONAL CONCRETE REPAIR INSTITUTE (ICRI) STANDARDS FOR CONCRETE SURFACE PREPARATION. ThE PA1TERN OF BLASTING SHOULD BE PERFORMED PARALLEL TO THE STOREFRONT IN STRAIGHT LINES EXCEPT 5-6 FT FROM EACH END AND EDGES WHICH WILL RUN PARALLEL WTH THE WALL. USE SMALL SHOT AND RUN MACHINE AT HIGH SPEED SE111NGS. 3. PRIOR TO APPLYING ON-2000 CLEARSEAL IT IS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE ALL CRACK, JOINT, AND SUBSTRATE REPAIR. ALL JOINTS AND CRACKS MUST BE FILLED VVITH FLORIC POLYTECH EJF-200 EPDXY JOINT FILLER, CRACKS MUST BE ROUTED FILLED AND STRIP COATED TAKING GARE TO SMOOTH EDGES OF STRIPE COAT. APPLICATION OF ON-2000 CLEARSEAL MUST ONLY BE CONDUCTED ON A CLEAN, WELL-VACUUMED SUBSTRATE. ALL SEALER AND JOINT FILLER APPLICATION SHOULD BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE W1TH MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN STANDARD APPLICATION SPECIFICA11ONS FOR ON-2000 CLEARSEAL. 4. AFTER FLOOR IS DRY TO THE TOUCH AND YOUR THUMB DOES NOT LEAVE A MARK ON THE SURFACE WHEN 1WISTED, YOU MAY DE-GLOSS THE SURFACE USING A BLUE OR BLACK FLOOR STRIPJNG PAD ON A FLOOR MACHINE. ON-2000 SHQULD BE DE-GLOSSED WITHIN 12-48 HOURS FROM LAST SEAL COAT. AFTER LAST SEAL COAT HAS CURED AND FINISH HAS BEEN DE-GLOSSED, YOU MAY COVER THE FLOOR \MTH A PROTECTION COURSE; HOWEVER, FLOOR VVILL NOT BE READY FOR LIFT TRAFFIC FOR A MINIMUM OF 72 HOURS AND WILL STILL REQUIRE PROTECTION BOARD END OF SECTION SECTION # 09900 PAINTING P&ID,l - GENERAL SCOPE 1.1 SUMMARY A PROVIDE PAINT AS SPECIFIED AND NDICATED ON DRANGS, INCLUDING PAINTING OF MILLWORK SUPPLIED BY OTHERS. 1. WORK INCLUDED: PAINT ITEMS NOT SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDED UNDER FOLLOMNG PARAGRAPH. 2. ITEMS NOT TO BE PAINTED: a. DRYWALL SURFACES CONCEALED FROM VIEW b. FACTORYFINISHED EQUIPMENT AND OTHER MATERIALS WITH COMPLETE FACTORY HNSH, INCLUDING MERCHANDISING SHELVING AND WRAP COUNTER. c. FINISH HARDWARE EXCEPT WHERE PRIMED FOR PAINTED FNISH. d. ACOUSTICAL TILE AND SUSPENSION SYSTEMS. e. LIGHTING FIXTURES. f. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES. 1.2 SUBMIT AS A, PRODUCT DATA 1. MANUFACTURER'S DATA, SUCH AS TECHNICAL LITERATURE, BROCHURES, SPECIFICATIONS, MATERIAL LISTS AND PRODUCT DESIGNATION. NCLUDE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PREPARATION AND APPLICATION. 2. OPERATtON AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS AND INSTRUCTIONS. INDICATE SHELF LIFE OF MATERIALS a. INDICATE SHELF LIFE OF MATERIAL b. INDICATE CLEANINGS METHODS RECOMMENDED c. INDICATE CLEANING METHODS TO AVOID. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A COATS, THE NUMBER OF COATS SPECIFIC ARE THE MINIMUM REQUIRED. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL CQATS IF REQUIRED FOR FULL COVERAGE. 1. IF NOT OTHERWSE INDICATE, THE MINIMUM FINISH REQUIRES 1 PRIMER OR PREP COAT AND 2 FINISH COATS. B. PROVIDE FINISH COATS AND VERIFY COMPATIBILITY WITH PRIMER COATS SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS. C. PROVIDE READY-MIX COATING. WHEN MODIFICATIONS TO READY-MIX COATING ARE REQUIRED, SUCH AS THINNING, COLORING OR REINFORCING; COMPLY WffH COATING MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. D. COMPLY WITH LOCAL, REGIONAL, STATE, PROVINCIAL AND OTHER FEDERAL AIR QUALITY STANDARDS. E. APPLICATOR SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING THE WORK OF THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. DELIVER, STORE AND HANDLE IN ACCORDANCE WTH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. PROTECT FROM ADVERSE EXPOSURE TO WEATHER AND TEMPERATURE EXTREMES, AVOID FREEZING. B. DELIVER MATERIALS TO ThE PROJECT SITE IN UNOPENED CONTAINERS BEARING MANUFACTURER'S NAME AND PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS CORRESPONDING TO DESIGNATION ON MATERIAL LIST. C. STORE MATERIALS IN A DRY, CLEAN AND WELL VENTILATED AREA. STORE CONTAINERS CLOSED. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. COMPLY VVITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR APPLICATION CONDITIONS. B. DO NOT APPLY COATING WHERE DUST IS AIR-BORNE. C. DO NOT APPLY COATING WHEN RA(N, FOG OR MIST IS PRESENT, OR WHEN ANTICIPATED PRIOR TO CURING, OR WHEN SURFACE OR ROOM TEMPERATURE 15 BELOW 50 DEGREES F. O. MASK OFF AND PROTECT FLOORS, FIXTURES, FURNITURE, EQUIPMENT HARDWARE AND ADJACENT SURFACES. E. ACCLIMATE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS. 1.6 WARRANTY A WARRANTY TERM: 5 YEARS. B. INCLUDE COVERAGE FOR SCRUB ABILITY FADNG, COLOR CHANGE, CHALKING OR PEELING. PART 2' PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. PAINT: BENJAMIN MOORE B. PATCHING: FULLER O'BRIAN (888-265-6753) OR GLIDDEN (800-984-5444). 2.2 MATERIALS A. PAINT: PROVIDE TOP COMMERCIAL LINE PRODUCTS. 1. COLOR PIGMENTS PURE, NON-FADING TYPES TO SUIT SUBSTRATESAND SERVIE INDICATED NO LEAD CONTENT. 2. QUALITY: PROVIDE FINISH COATS CAPABLE OF BEING WASHED WITH MILD DETERGENT WJTHOUT LOSS OF COLOR, SHEEN OR PIGMENTS. 3. PROV1DE MATERIALS WITH NO VOC CONTENT. B. SALES AREA WALLS - SEE FINISH SCHEDULE O. TOILET ROOMS,STOCKROOMS, AND EXIT CORRIDORS: SEE FINISH SCHEDULE D. REMOVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE WRAPPINGS PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY. E. SEALER: FULLER O'BRIAN'S "SPATE" HIGH BUILD FLAT LATEX 302-39, OR GLIDDEN'S "SPREAD " PATCH ''''-''' DIMENSIONS. F. ���� MAINTENANCE 2) F�]�ONURR�RVNTH8HELF B166-2026 1. PRO VI T�PEANDGHEB�OF��NTFRDKATHE@A�E SHELF: I 3) TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER: KRS KD100GW1OKE COLOR LOT AG THE APPLIED MATERIALS, |N SEALED CON�\NERSLA8E[PROJEOT CONTAINERS. 4) SOAP U|8PENSER'BY��CUO-QCU515806QR�/ NAME, SHEEN, TYPE OFPA|NT AND COLOR FORK8ULAAND COLOR NUK8BERON ' 5)'WASTERECEPlACLE' RECEPTACLE: CONTAINERS. � 6) SANITARY NAPKIN B�7O INDICATED ONDRu�8NGSGUPPLEK8ENTED VNTHOES|��N4JIONFOR SHEEN. DISPOSAL: ?) TOILET ROOM PARTllDN1�0CLASSIC SERIES 2. DELIVER TQ{%NNEFySPER@{]NNELAT SUBSTANTIAL COK0PLEOC}N. ' ' ' IART 3- EXECUTION 8) PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER: VISTA - PADDLE HANDLE 8P54338-SMOKE 3.1 EXAMINATION 9) ROLL TISSUE HOLDER : JUNIOR JUMBO GP 58050 A. VERIFY SUBSTRATES ARE ACCEPTABLE TO RECEIVE THE WORK OF THIS SECTION. EXAMINE PART 3- FIXTURES, HARDWARE AND ACCE8GOFUEG SURFACES SCHEDULED TOREOE�E PAINT AND FINISHES FOR CONDITIONS THAT VNLL ' 3.1 GENERAL ADVERSE[fAFFEOTEXECUT|ON.PERNk�NENCEAND��UAL|TYOFVVDRK 3.2 PREPARATION A.GTANDAF�L�S AND KA|LLV��RNPROVIDED BY TENANT, |NSTALLECJBYT.8.��. '- -- -- WALL PL/�yFD�[UREGFURNISHED A �����E|N������ RECOMMENDATIONS. "�=='�'��' ==��� - MANUFACTURER'S - - F VACUUM AND CLEAN SUBSTRATE. AND N�|N�TALLEO��TE�A�TUNLEG�3NFb��RPLAN PLAN. C. PROTECT ITEMS NOT TO BE PAINTED OR REMOVED PRIOR TO PAINTING, IF REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED, REPOSITION AND REINSTALL AFTER PAINTING. NEED TO BE INSTALLED BY T.G.C. AND ON PLAN: D. CLEAN SURFACES TO BE PAINTED FREE OF ANYTHING WHICH MAY INTERFERE1NITH PROPER FUNCTIONING OF PAINTING FINISH. HC8ENCH/K8!RRC>S/M|RRC>RS 1. FILL AND SAND PATCHES, REPAIRS AND OTHER SURFACE BLEMISHES TO CONFORM VVITHFITTING ROOM PARTITIONS ADJACENT SURFACES. CASHWRAP 2. SEAL PATCHED AREAS TO RECEIVE PAINT. RECEIVING ROOM FIXTURE 3. APPLICATION OF PAINT OR PRIMER INDICATES PAINTING CONTRACTOR ACCEPTANCE OF GUARD'S STANDARD RESPONSIBILITY FOR SURFACE CONDITION AND APPEARANCE OF FINISHED PRODUCT RESULTANT FROM SURFACE CONDITION. B. INSTALLATION; 3.3 INSTALLATION 2. USE ONLY CONCEALED FASTENERS WHENEVER POSSIBLE A GENERAL 3. INSTALL EXPOSED MOUNTING DEVICES AND FASTENERS TO MATCH ThE ACCESSORIES. 1. APPLY PAINT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS; USE APPLICATORS 4. PROVIDE ALL ANCHORS, BOLTS, AND OTHER NECESSARY AND REQUIRED FASTENERS, AND TECHNIQUES BEST SUITED FOR SUBSTRATE AND TPE OF MATERIAL BEING APPLIED. AND ATrACH STANDARDS SECURELY TO WALL AND PARTITIONS IN LOCATIONS AS 2. ALLOW EACH COAT TO DRY THOROUGHLY BEFORE SUCCEEDING COAT APPLICATION. INDICATED ON PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. COMPLY WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S 3. APPLY MATERIALS AT MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION SPREADING RATE, TO INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH TYPE OF SUBSTRATE CONSTRUCTION. ESTABLISH A TOTAL DRY FILM THICKNESS AS INDICATED. IF NOT INDICATED, PROVIDE PART 4 - MUSIC EQUIPMENT DRY FJLM ThJCKNESS AS RECOMMENDED BY THE COATING MANUFACTURER. 4.1 MATERIALS B. PRIME COATS A. SOUND SYSTEM 8Y MUZAK 1. APPLY TO ITEMS NOT PREVIOUSLY PRIMED. B. 2. RE-COAT PRIMED AND SEALED SURFACES WHERE THERE IS EVIDENCE OF SUCTION SPOTS OR UNSEALED AREAS IN THE FIRST COAT C. FINISH COATS 1. PROVIDE SMOOTH EVEN TEXTURE AND COVERAGE. 2. LEAVE NO LAPS, IRREGULARITY IN TEXTURE AND COVERAGE. D. WHERE COVERAGE IS INCOMPLET OR NOT UNIFORM, PROVIDE AN ADDITIONA COAT OR B. COATS AS REQUIRED. 1. PATCHED AREAS: MATCH AND ADJACENT SURFACES. 2. LEAVE AREAS IN CLEAN ORDERLY CONDITION. 3. CORRECT WORK WHICH DOES NOT MEET APPROVAL OF MEN'S WEARHOUSE, INC.'S REPRESENTATIVE. E. SCHEDULES; SPECIFICATIONS ESTABLISH MINIMUM PROCEDURE, QUALITY AND NUMBER OF COATS; PROVIDE FOLLOWING PAINT FINISH SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURER'S AND COLORS AS SCHEDULED. 1. GYPSUM WALLBOARD: a. 1 ST COAT: FLAT LATEX OR PVA SEALER. b. 2ND OR 3RD COAT: LATEX ENAMEL (SHEEN AS SCHEDULED) 2. TRANSPARENT FINISHED WOOD/MDF: a. 1ST COAT: 8HER48O[)O VINYL SEALER 24% SOLIDS TG7P3. b. 2ND AND 3RD COAT: SHER-WOOD WATER WHITE CONVERSION VARNISH V84F 83-DRE 3. PAQUE FINISHED WOOD: o. IST COAT: ENAMEL UNDERCOAT. b. 2ND AND 3RD COAT: SEMI-GLOSS 100% ACRYLIC LATEX ENAMEL. 4. FERROUS METAL: a. 1ST COAT: RUST INHIBITIVE METAL PRIMER. b. 2ND AND 3RD COAT: SEMI-GLOSS ACRYLIC LATEX ENAMEL. 5. ALUMINUM: a. 1ST COAT: CHROMATE PRIMER b. 2ND AND 3RD COAT: SEMI-GLOSS 100% ACRYLIC LATEX ENAMEL 6. PLASTER: a. IST COAT: ALKYD WALL PRIMER SEALER AT INTERIOR LOCATIONS, LATEX WALL PRIMER AT EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. b. 2ND AND 3RD COAT: EGGSHELL 100% ACRYLIC LATEX EMULSION. 3.4 CLEANING A DURING PROGRESS OF WORK REMOVE FROM STE DISCARDED PAINT MATERIALS, RUBBISH, CANS AND RAGS AT END OF EACH WORK DAY. B. UPON COMPLETION OF PAINTING WORK, REMOVE MASKING, CLEAN PAINT SPATTERED SURFACES. REMOVE PAINT BY PROPER METHOD OF WASHING AND SCRAPING, USING CARE NOT TO SCRATCH OR OTHERWSE DAMAGE FINISHED SURFACES. C. PERFORM FINAL DETAILED CLEANING AND DUSTING, READY FOR OCCUPANCY. 3.5 PROTECTION A. PROTECT WORK OF OTHER TRADES, WHETHER TO BE PAINTED OR NOT, AGAINST DAMAGE AND FINISHING WORK. B. CORRECT DAMAGE BY CLEANING, REPAIRING OR REPLACING AND REPAINTING, 8 ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. C. PROVIDE "WET PAINT' SIGNS AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT NEWLY PAINTED FINISHES. END OF SECTION SPECIALTIES IARTl - SIGNS 1.1 GENERAL A. ALL 8|8NAGE EAST OF THE MISSISSIPPI TOBE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY ALTO SIGNS - 2OOO SOUTH 71ST STREET - PHILADELPHIA, PA. 19142; CONTACT, JAMES MALIN - TEL: (800) 435-2252. B. ALL SIGNAGE WEST OF THE MISSISSIPPI TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY SIGNTECH ELECTRICAL ADVERTISING, |NO.; 4M44 FEDERAL BLVD. - SAN DIEGO, CA82101'2505;CONTACT MELISSA EAl]SQA\KER EX. 139- PHONE* (81S)-52cG1OD.'[G;.O.|S RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL ELECTRICAL HOOK UPS AND BLOCKING FOR 8|GN/GE PART 2 - TOILET ACCESSORIES: 2.1 GENERAL A. INSTALL ALL ACCESSORIES TQ COMPLY WITH GOVERNING CODES. B. MATERIALS 1. ACCESSORIES SHALL BE SUPPLJED AS MANUFACTURED BY "BOBRICK" a. EQUIVALENT EQUIPMENT MAY BE PROPOSED 8Y SUBMITTING CUTS QF PIECES FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO BID SUBMISSION. 1) GRAB BARS: g-61OG SERIES VNTH ANCHOR PLATES TQ WITHSTAND 250LB. PRESSURE, VERTICAL & HORIZONTAL. SEE DRAVVING FOR LOCATION AND SPEAKERS: BOGEN 8 INCH; STOCK #S86T725PG8W (SPEAKER) W/ MOUNTING BRACKET STOCK #RE84 - BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS AT 50 SPRING STREET, RAMSEY NJ 07446 BY TENANTS GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 4.2 INSTALLATION A. ALL SPEAKERS AND WIRE TO BE SUPP ED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR AS !NDICATED ON PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL WIRING, AS REQUIRED TO CONNECT SPEAKERS TO CLIENTS STEREO/TAPE DECK, IN MINIMUM SIZE 34" EMT. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WIRING AS PER PLAN EQUIPMENT IN MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS TO MAINTAIN STERO CHANNEL SEPARATION. WIRING TO TERMINATE AT LOCATION SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND COVER OPENING WJTH APPROPRIATE WHITE PLASTIC PLATE. SECTION 10520 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS PART 1 - GENERAL PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS AND CABINET ACCESSORIES. 1.1 SUBMITTALS A. SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL PRODUCT DATA AND O&K0SUBMITTALS ����� PRODUCTS ��°^^- ,"v"��/� LOC/gDON V-030C 2.1 GENERAL 5WATT V-1036C A. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS - ALL FIRE EXTNGU|8HE��W1UST8EULA�P����DF|RE EXTINGUISHERS APPROVED. 15 WATT EXTINGUISHERS � QUIET 110' NOTED. IF NOT ALREADY PROVIDED. A FIRE EXTINGUISHER IS TO BE MOUNTED ON A WALL MOUNTED BRACKET W1TH A SIGN IN EACH MECHANICAL ROOM. (12.00O SQ. FT.) N/A B. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS - ALL FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS SHALL COMPLY VVITH ADA MODERATE 80' HEIGHT AND SIGN CRITERIA PROVIDE RECESSED CABINETS WITH SIGNS, UNLESS NOTED (64,000 SQ. FT.) N/A OTHERWISE. NOISY 50' PART 3 - EXECUTION (2,500 SQ. FT.) 75' 3.1 GENERAL (5,600 SQ. FT.) A. INSTALL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS IN ACCORDANCE 1NITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS VERY NOISY 30' AND INSTRUCTIONS. (900 SQ. FT.) 45' 3.2 COORDINATION (2,000 SQ. FT.) • THE CONTRACTOR 18 RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION THE PARTITION TYPES WITH THE DIMENSIONS OF THE RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS. w THE CONTRACTOR MUST PROVIDE THE APPROPRIATE SIZE RECESSED CABINET FOR EACH FIRE EXTINGUISHER LOCATION SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS • THE CONTRACTOR IS ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD MEASURING ThE PARTITIONS TO ENSURE THAT EACH RECESSED CABINET WILL FIT END OF SECTION 4.3 BULL HORN SPECIFICATIONS: V-1030C AND V-1036C PAGING HORN AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLIES SPECIFICATIONS DESCRIPTION THE V-1030C AND V-1036C ARE PAGING HORN/AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLIES. THE V-1030C ISA SELF-CONTAINED 5 WATT PAGING SYSTEM WITH A 5 WATT AMPLIFIER; THE V-1036C 18 A SELF-CONTAINED 15 WATT PAGING SYSTEM WITH A 15 WATT AMPLIFIER. BOTH UNITS INCORPORATE A HIGH EFFICIENCY HORN WITH A VOLUME CONTROL. AUDIO WIRE RUNS WHEN A REMOTE POWER UNIT IS USED, THE AUDIO PAIR RUN SHOULD BE LIMITED TO 5,000 FEET AND A MAXIMUM OF 4 HORNS WHEN USING 24 AWG WIRE. A V-1094A, PAGE PORT PRE-AMP/EXPANDER, MAY BE ADDED TO INCREASE THE NUMBER OF HORNS AND/OR DISTANCE. TWISTED PAIR WIRE (STANDARD TELEPHONE WIRE) SHOULD BE USED FOR CONNECTIONS. POWER WIRE RUN FOR G000 QUALITY SOUND, THE DISTANCE RECOMMENDED BETWEEN THE POWER SUPPLY AND HORNS SHOULD BE ADHERED TO. SEE THE VALCOM POWER RUN GAUGE GUIDE FOR ADDITIONAL WIRE GAUGES AND DISTANCES. NUMBER OF HORNS PER POWER RUN WIRE RUN LENGTH (FEET) 15 WATT 5 WATT V-1036C \-1030C 1 4 125 200 0 2 250 400 0 1 500 800 24 AWG 22 AWG INSTALLATION WIRING CONNECTIONS TWISTED PAIR WIRE (STANDARD TELEPHONE WIRE) SHOULD BE USED FOR CONNECTIONS. GREEN -TIP (AUDIO) RED -RING (AUDIO) BLACK -GROUND POWER IN WHITE -(-24VDC) BROWN -NOT USED ATTACHING SPEAKER TO BASE NOTE: FORE EASE OF INSTALLATION, THE BASE CAN BE ATTACHED TO THE SPEAKER BEFORE OR AFTER THE BASE 15 MOUNTED. " " 11 LOOSEN POSITION ADJUSTMENT KNOB INSERT THE BALL OF THE BASE INTO THE SOCKET OF THE SPEAKER TIGHTEN THE POSITION ADJUSTMENT KNOB MOUNTING THESE HORNS SHOUD BE MOUNTED 15 TO 20 FEET ABOVE THE FLOOR TO ALLOW FOR BEST SOUND DISTRIBUTION. THE UNITS CAN BE MOUNTED TO A WALL, A BEAM, OR AN ELECTRICAL BOX. " MOUNT THE BASE TO A WALL USING THE TWO HOLES PROVIDED. KNOCKOUT HOLES ARE PROVIDED FOR PUNCH OUT, SHOULD ADDITIONAL HOLES BE DESIRE. " A "C" CLAMP IS PROVIDED WITH THE HORNS TO ALLOW MOUNTING TO A BEAM. PLACE THE BOLT THROUGH THE HOLE IN THE BOTTOM OF THE BASE TO SECURE THE "C" CLAMP TO THE BEAM (SEE FIGURE 1). IT IS SUGGESTED THAT THE HORN BE MOUNTED TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE "1" BEAM TO PROVIDE MAXIMUM POSITIONING ADJUSTMENTS. " CONNECTION TO AN ELECTRICAL BACKBOX IS ACCOMPLISHED BY CHANNELING WIRE THROUGH THE BALL OF THE BASE AND MAKING APPROPRIATE CONNECTIONS. THE BASE HAS HOLES PUNCHED FOR A DOUBLE-GANG SQUARE BOX, BUT BY PUNCHING OUT ADDITIONAL KNOCKOUT HOLES, THE BASE CAN BE MOUNTED TO A SINGLE-GANG OR OCTAGONAL BOX (SEE FIGURE 2). THE HORNS MAY BE ROTATED OR MOVED UP AND DOWN TO OBTAIN THE DESIRED POSITION BY LOOSENING THE POSITION ADJUSTMENT KNOB (SEE FIGURES 1 AND 2) AT THE BOTTOM OF THE UNIT APPROXIMATELY ONE TURN. MAKE REQUIRED ADJUSTMENTS AND RE-TIGHTEN KNOB. PART 5 - SAFE BOLTING INSTRUCTION REQUIRED TOOLS: DRILL, WRENCH, 7/16" (11.0MM) BIT, FOR WOOD ANCHORING: 9/32" (7.2OMN) 8[[ FOR MASONRY ANCHORING: 3/8"(9.5OK0KA) MASONRY DRILL BIT AND MASONRY ANCHORS, LAG SCREWS, WASHERS. A. THE STEPS ARE AS FOLLOWS: 1. TIP THE SAFE ON ITS RIGHT SIDE. (000R HINGES HORIZONTAL WITH THE FLOOR) 2. UNLOCK THE SAFE AND OPEN THE 000R. 3. LOOK ON THE BOTIDM (OUTSIDE) OF THE SAFE FOR 1WO-INDENTATION IN OPPOSITE CORNER. USING A 7/1 6" (1 1 .OMM) BIT, DRILL A HOLE THROUGH EACH JNDENTATION PERPENDICULAR TO THE BO1TOM OF THE SAFE. 4. CLOSE THE DOOR AND TIP THE SAFE UPRIGHT. PLACE IT WHERE DESIRED AND REOPEN THE DOOR. 5. USE A SCREW OR DRILL BIT TO MARK THE FLOOR THROUGH BOTH HOLES. 6. MOVE THE SAFE ASIDE TO CLEAR BOTH MARKED SPOTS FOR DRILLING. 7. DRILL INTO THE FLOOR. FOR WOOD: 1. USING AW/32"(7.2K8N) BIT, DRILL A HOLE 21/2" (S4MM) DEEP IN EACH MARKED SPOT. FOR MASONRY: 1. USING A3�(9.50MM)BIT, DRILL A HOLE 2 IA" (64MM) DEEP IN EACH MARKED SPOT. 2. INSTALL A MASONRY ANCHOR IN EACH HOLE 8. REPLACE THE SAFE IN THE DESIRED POSITION, WITH THE HOLES IN THE SAFE ALIGNED WITH THOSE IN THE FLOOR. 9. SECURING THE SAFE: FOR WOOD: 1. PASS EACH LAG SCEW THROUGH AS WASHER, THEN THROUGH THE SAFE AND INTO A HOLE. 2. TIGHTEN WITH A WRENCH. FOR MASONRY: 1. PASS EACH LAG SCREWTHROUGH A WASHER, THEN THROUGH THE SAFE AND INTO A MASONRY ANCHOR. 2. TIGHTEN WITH AWRENCH. APPLICATIONS " USE WITH VALCOM PAGE CONTROL " EXPANDING THE CAPABILITY OF TELEPHONE SYSTEMS WHICH CONTAJN LIMITED PAGING CAPABILITIES A. ^ LOUD RINGER APPLICATION IN SYSTEMS WHERE LOUD-SPEAKER TONE SIGNALING IS EMPLOYED B. V-1030C - NOMINAL SPECIFICATIONS INPUT IMPEDANCE:1000 OHMS NOMINAL INPUT LEVEL-15OBK8TO+10O8K8 CURRENT AT -24VDC:900MA V-103GC- NOMINAL SPECIFICATIONS INPUT IMPEDANCE:1000 OHMS NOMINAL INPUT LEVEL:-15 DBK0TO+1UO8K8 CURRENT AT -24VDC:900MA DIMENSIONS/WEIGHTS " 11 " V-1036C-7�8"HX10.00VVX10�0" D (1875OMHX25.40 CM W X 26.42 CM D) ENVIRONM ENT " TEMPERATURE:-20 TO +55 DEGREES C HORN SPACING (COVERAGE SHOWN IN PARENTHESIS) EXAMPLE: IN A QUIET ENVIRONMENT, V-1030C, 5 WATT HORNS, WOULD BE SPACED 110 FEET APART SIDE TO SIDE AND WOULD PROVIDE GOOD QUALITY SOUND 1 1 0 FEET IN FRONT OF EACH HORN APPROXIMATELY 12,000 SQ. FT. OF COVERAGE. DEFINITIONS: QUIET: 50-65DB. THIS WOULD INCLUDE AREAS SUCH AS WAITING ROOMS, DOCTOR'S EXAMINATION ROOMS, STOCK AREAS, ETC. MODERATE: $5-80OB. THIS INCLUDES AREAS SUCH AS WAREHOUSES, SHIPPING AREAS OR LIGHT MANUFACTURING. NOISY: 80-9ODB. THIS INCLUDES MACHINE SHOPS OR HEAVY MANUFACTURING. VERY NOISY: GREATER THAN 9ODB. THIS WOULD INCLUDE ANY AREAS WHERE TALKING TO ANOTHER PERSON 15 VERY DIFFICULT. WORKERS MAY BE REQUIRED TO WEAR EARPLUGS. A. B. PART 6 - CASHWRAP MAT BY "AMERICAN MARKETING PRODUCTS INC." PROVJDED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT. END OF SECTION SYMMETRY SIMULATE BRICK INSTALLATION SPECIFICATION SHEET 1. SET A LEVEL MARK FOR THE TOP OF THE LOWEST ROW OF SHEETS. PLYWOOD SHEATHING (SUBSTRATE) SHOULD BE APPLIED TO THE AREAS WHERE THE BRICK IS BEING INSTALLED 2. START$NG FROM THE BOTFOM LEFT CORNER OF THE ELEVATION, REMOVE THE PROTRUDING (6) INTERLOCKING BRICKS BY SCORING THE BACKSIDE OF THE BRICKS WITH A RAZOR KNIFE. CUT THE BRICKS PARALLEL WITh THE OTHER BRICKS ON THE PANEL 3. APPLY A GENEROUS AMOUNT OF P1 PREMIUM ADHESIVE TO THE BACKSIDE OF THE SHEET CONCENTRATING THE ADHESIVE ON THE AREAS THAT WILL BE IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH THE PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE. THE BOTTOM OF THIS SHEET WILL BE IN CONTACT WITH THE FLOOR OR BASEBOARD: BE SURE TO SET A BEAD OF ADHESIVE ALONG THE PERIMETER OF THE SHEET TO PREVENT THE PANEL FROM CURLING. 4. MECHANICALLY FASTEN THROUGH THE GROUT AND PLYWOOD WITH A 1/2 NARROW CROWN STAPLE UTILIZING A PNEUMATIC GUN. SET THE PRESSURE ON THE GUN TO ALLOW THE STAPLE TO EMBED IN THE BRICK BUT NOT GO THROUGH IT. BE SENSITE TO THE SIGHT LINES OF WHERE YOU ARE MECHANICALLY FASTENING THE GROUT. *I.E. MECHANICALLY FASTEN BELOW THE BRICKS AT LOWER ELEVATIONS AND ABOVE BRICKS AT HIGHER ELEVATIONS) 5. CONTINUE ALONG THE BOTTOM LEVEL UNTIL COMPLETE. THE SHEETS ARE DESIGNED TO INTERLOCK FROM LEFT TO RIGHT. ADDITIONAL MATERIAL AT THE INTERLOCK IS THERE TO ALLOW FOR SOME VARIATION IN THE SQUARE-NESS OF THE WALL. THIS SHOULD NOT BE TRIMMED OFF. SIMPLY LAY THE LEFT SIDE OF THE NEXT SHEET OVER THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE PREVIOUSLY ATTACHED SHEET INSURING THE NEW PANEL IS FLUSH WITH THE WALL. THIS WILL PREVENT ANY OF THE PLYWOOD FROM SHOWING THROUGH. 6. ANY CUTrING SHOULD BE DONE BY MARKING ON THE BACKSIDE OF THE BRICK AND CUTrING WITH A JIGSAW OR RAZOR KNIFE. NOTE, WHEN CUTrING WITH A RAZOR KNIFE THE MATERIAL NEED ONLY BE SCORED AND BENT IN ORDER TO PREVENT THE FLEXIBLE MATERIAL FROM BINDING THE BLADE, SEVERAL PIECES OF SCRAP WOOD OR DRYWALL SHOULD BE PLACED ON THE BACK OF THE SHEET DURING CUTTING. 7. REPEAT STEP 3-4 IN ASCENDING ORDER. WHEN STACKING AN ADDITIONAL PANEL ABOVE AN EXISTING PANEL REMOVE HALF A BRICK SECTION OFF THE LEFT SIDE OF THE ENTIRE SHEET TO INSURE A TYPICAL STAGGERED BRICK PATTERN. (SEE ATrACHED) THIS WILL BE REQUIRED ON EVERY OTHER SHEET GOING UP THE WALL VERTICALLY. ANY INCONSISTENCY IN THE JOINTS CAN BE FILLED WITH QU1CK-CRETE BRAND TYPE CAULKING. THESE AREAS AND ANY ADDITIONAL TOUCH UP REQUIRED (VISIBLE STAPLES, ETC.) CAN BE COMPLTED WITH A LATEX PAINT SIMILAR IN COLOR TO THE GROUT THESE MATERIALS AND THE ADHESIVE CAN BE PURCHASED AT ANY LOCAL HARDWARE STORE AND ARE NOT INCLUDED WITH THE PANELS. IF ANY QUESTIONS ARISE DURING INSTALLATION PLEASE CALL SYMMETRY PRODUCTS AT 1-800-886-3626. /CODE ����VI��������F���� pfr, 1 ,,-J 2010 �' K�V0�K�f � Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION bto-- RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA [U9/ �^v+ 1 1 2010 ^ PERMIT CENTER Isr,„ gy) Noiso ra. Om a = cc us DESCRIPTION PERMIT SUBMITTAL LAYOUT / BID DOCUMENTS 0 to z 0 DR A WN ^� CHECK: EEl< JOB N[): 10..014 oco SHE T: OF: SHEETS as 0 D Q 0 6.6 5 .69 23.6 5.70 24.14 24.14 34. 13.1 39.31 28.00 16.56 14.. Jt 12.78 11.99 +12.g 19.10 26.9 19.89 15.38 .75 18.56 25.3 22.84 16.814.33 *20.01 25.9 b 17.44 12.54 17.23 20.7 0.40,„9-59 9.71 11.94 13.1 /nom Q� V •46 0 *WMN r R_ .44 1.53 2.97 2.44 3.44 N ILL '9 2.8: 4...7 K &G Fashion Superstore Path of Egress Calculations: Manager's Office Floor Illuminance Values(Fc) Average =18.53 Maximum =35.09 Back of House Floor Illuminance Values(Fc) Average= 21.22 Maximum =42.63 Receiving Floor Illuminance Values(Fc) Average =15.84 Maximum= 26.95 Sales Area Floor Illuminance Values(Fc) Average =3.35 Maximum =14.59 Hallway Floor Illuminance Values(Fc) Average =31.22 Maximum =50.54 Restroom Entry Floor Illuminance Values(Fc) Average = 41.21 Maximum =55.8 Women's Restroom Floor Illuminance Values(Fc) Average =35.20 Maximum =42.9 Breakroom Floor Illuminance Values(Fc) Average =9.36 Maximum =19.92 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED Mk 1.9 2010 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVij Minimum =7.82 Avg /Min =2.37 Max /Min =4.49 Minimum =4.86 Avg /Min =4.37 Max /Min =8.77 Minimum =6.63 Avg /Min =2.39 Max /Min =4.06 Minimum =0.54 Avg /Min =6.20 Max /Min =27.02 Minimum = 17.01 Avg /Min =1.84 Max /Min =2.97 Minimum =27.1 Avg /Min =1.52 Max /Min =2.06 Minimum =28.5 Avg /Min =1.24 Max /Min =1.51 Minimum =3.56 Avg /Min =2.63; Max /Min =5.60 EGRESS LIGHTING CALCULATIONS PLAN SCALE: 1 /8" =1 ' -0" b(O-oBb • DESCRIPTION PERMIT SUBMITTAL s)I Z lU O 0 m 13 0 X 0 W 0 X 0 0 ids 0_ 0_ 4 z E 0_ a z a 0 u W 0 O ce O 0 0 • DRAWN: JB CHECK: TR JOB N O: 10-014 0 0 (0 6) 7 0_ 0- 1)• \ z Z 0 �► 7.- 1 0 tu.ki 1: a u_ 9 6) ,y; (. jpj kold- E (Y. LY) ci LEH-2 Ul oat w w it 4 a Z IZ • RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 11.2010 PERMIT CENTER OF: 1 - 1 SHEETS `w■